This file contains the following:

Title Part Number Rev

Manuals

Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ 360 PSI Fire Suppression System for use with Fluoroketone 06-236553-001 BB
Fire Suppression Agents Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual

Addenda

2-Way NPT and Grooved Selector and Lockout Valve Addendum for Kidde Fire Systems 06-237873-001 AA
Clean Agent Systems
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits Addendum for 06-237955-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems Industrial ECS-500™ and Fluoroketone Clean Agent Systems

December 2023
P/N 06-236553-001
December 2022

Kidde Fire Systems

ECS™ 360 PSI
Fire Suppression System for
use with
Fluoroketone
Fire Suppression Agents

Design, Installation, Operation, and

Maintenance Manual

LISTED LISTED
UL Listing File UL Listing File FM Approvals
No. EX 4674 No. EX 4674 Project ID 3020593

EXPORT INFORMATION (USA)

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
This document contains technical
data subject to the EAR
 FOREWORD
This manual is written for those who design, install, operate, or maintain the Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ 360
PSI Fire Suppression System (ECS System). Kidde Fire Systems is referenced by the by the term "KFS".
The ECS System can be used with either of the following clean agents:
• Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
• 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Unless specified by name, this manual will refer to these clean agents by the term “agent”.
Note: Kidde Fire Systems no longer sells the ECS 360 product line in the US market, but still provides
replacement components and accessories. For new systems in the US market, use the Kidde Fire
Systems ECS-500™ Fire Suppressing System.
Note: In certain instances in this document pressure values are expressed in units of “psi” and
are intended to mean gauge pressure, “psig” unless otherwise noted.

IMPORTANT
KFS assumes no responsibility for the application of any systems other than those addressed in this
manual. The technical data contained herein is limited strictly for information purposes only.
KFS believes this data to be accurate, but it is published and presented without any guarantee or warranty
whatsoever. KFS disclaims any liability for any use that may be made of the data and information contained
herein by any and all other parties.
ECS Systems are to be designed, installed, inspected, maintained, tested and recharged by qualified,
trained personnel in accordance with the following:
• Standard of the National Fire Protection Association No. 2001, Latest Edition titled Clean Agent Fire
Extinguishing Systems.
• All instructions, limitations, cautions, and warnings, contained in this manual, 06-236553-001.
• All information contained on the system container nameplate(s).
Storage, handling, transportation, service, maintenance, recharge, and test of agent storage containers
shall be performed only by qualified and trained personnel in accordance with the information in this
manual and Compressed Gas Association pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1:
• C-1, Methods for Hydrostatic Testing of Compressed Gas Cylinders.
• C-6, Standards for Visual Inspection of Compressed Gas Cylinders.
• P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases In Containers.
CGA pamphlets are published by the Compressed Gas Association: cganet.com
For additional reference information refer to:
• National Fire Protection Association (USA): nfpa.org
• Fire Industry Association (UK): fia.uk.com
FIA Guidance docs page: fia.uk.com/resourceLibrary/
• Euralarm (UK): euralarm.org
Euralarm Guidance docs page: euralarm.org/insight-policy/guidance.html
Any questions concerning the information presented in this manual should be addressed to:

American and Asian Markets European Market

Kidde Fire Systems Kidde Fire Protection

400 Main Street 1st Floor, Stokenchurch House,
Ashland, MA 01721 Oxford Road, Stokenchurch,
Phone: (508) 881-2000 Buckinghamshire,
Toll Free: (800) 872-6527 HP14 3SX, United Kingdom
Fax: (508) 881-8920 Tel: +44 (0)1494 480410

06-236553-001 i December 2022

 SAFETY DATA SHEETS
The Safety Data Sheets (SDS) can be found in Appendix B. The latest version of the SDS you are searching
for can be found online at the Kidde Fire Systems website (www.kiddefiresystems.com). Use the built-in
navigation links to view the desired sheet.

SAFETY SUMMARY
ECS Systems use pressurized equipment; therefore, personnel responsible for fire suppression systems
must be aware of the dangers associated with the improper handling, installation or maintenance of this
equipment.
Fire suppression system service personnel must be trained in the proper handling, installation and service
of ECS System equipment and follow the instructions used in this manual and in the Safety Bulletin and
cylinder nameplate contained in Chapter 6.
KFS has provided warnings and cautions at appropriate locations throughout the text of this manual. These
warnings and cautions are to be adhered to at all times. Failure to do so may result in serious injury to
personnel.
DEFINITIONS

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death,
WARNING serious bodily injury and/or property damage.

Indicates a potentiality hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in

CAUTION property or equipment damage.

December 2022 ii 06-236553-001

 SAFE CYLINDER HANDLING PROCEDURES

Pressurized (charged) cylinders are capable of violent discharge and, as such, are
extremely hazardous. Pressurized cylinders must be handled safely to avoid accidents
WARNING that could cause bodily injury, death, or property damage.

Before handling ECS System products, all personnel must be trained in the safe handling of the containers
as well as in the proper procedures for installation, removal, filling, and connection of other critical devices,
such as flex hoses, control heads, discharge heads, safety caps, and anti-recoil devices.
READ, UNDERSTAND and ALWAYS FOLLOW the design, installation, operation and maintenance manuals,
owners manuals, service manuals, etc., that are provided with the individual systems.

The instructions contained in this foreword and throughout the manual must be
followed in the exact sequence as written to prevent serious injury, death or
WARNING property damage.

The following safety procedures must be observed at all times:

MOVING CONTAINER
Containers must be shipped compactly in the upright position, and properly secured in place. Containers
must not be rolled, dragged or slid, nor allowed to be slid from tailgates of vehicles. A suitable hand truck,
fork truck, roll platform or similar device must be used. Ensure that the safety and the protection caps are
installed on the cylinder when it is moved.

ROUGH HANDLING
Containers must not be dropped or permitted to strike violently against each other or other surfaces.

STORAGE
Containers must be stored standing upright where they are not likely to be knocked over, or the containers
must be secured.
For additional information on safe handling of compressed gas cylinders, see CGA Pamphlet P-1 titled
“Standard for Safe Handling of Compressed Gases In Containers”. CGA pamphlets may be purchased from
The Compressed Gas Association: cganet.com

SAFETY CAP
• Each agent cylinder is factory equipped with a safety cap installed on the valve outlet, and securely
chained to the valve to prevent loss. This device is a safety feature, and will provide controlled safe
discharge when installed if the cylinder is actuated accidentally.
• The safety cap must be installed on the valve outlet AT ALL TIMES except when the cylinders are
connected into the system piping or being filled.
• The safety cap is intentionally chained to the cylinder valve to prevent loss while in service and must
not be removed from its chain.

PROTECTION CAP
A protection cap is factory installed on the actuation port and securely chained to the valve to prevent loss.
The cap is attached to the actuation port to prevent tampering or depression of the actuating pin. No
attachments (control head, pressure operated control head) are to be connected to the actuation port
during shipment, storage, or handling.

06-236553-001 iii December 2022

SAFETY TRANSPORT CAPS/SHROUDS
For UN/TPED/TPE cylinders (as applicable), Safety Transport Caps/Shrouds are fitted/fixed to the Cylinder.
These provide protection during transportation and handling of the cylinder/valve assembly and are tested
in accordance with ISO 11117.
The Caps/Shrouds that come supplied with the cylinder assemblies must only be removed (if applicable)
once the cylinder is fixed into position, with the Caps/Shrouds being retained for future use.

INSTALLATION
THIS SEQUENCE FOR CYLINDER INSTALLATION MUST BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES:
1. Install cylinder into bracketing.

In order to prevent injury in the event of accidental cylinder discharge, the discharge
hose or valve outlet adapter must be connected to the system piping before attaching to
WARNING the cylinder valve outlet.

2. Remove safety cap and connect all cylinder valves into system piping using flex hose or valve outlet
adapter.

Control heads must be in the set position before attaching to the cylinder valve actuation
WARNING port, in order to prevent accidental discharge.

3. Remove protection cap and attach control heads, pressure control heads, pilot loops, etc. as required.

REMOVAL FROM SERVICE

THIS SEQUENCE FOR CYLINDER INSTALLATION MUST BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES:
1. Remove all control heads, pressure operated heads, and pilot loops from cylinder valve, and attach
protection cap to actuation port.
2. Disconnect cylinders from system piping at the valve outlet. Disconnect valve outlet adapter, if used.
3. Immediately install safety cap on valve outlet.

The cylinder valve safety cap must be immediately available for installation on the
cylinder valve outlet before disconnecting the cylinder discharge hose or valve adapter
WARNING from system piping. If the safety cap is missing obtain a new safety cap from KFS.

4. Remove cylinder from bracketing.

Failure to follow all instructions in this manual on the use and handling of system
components could result in serious bodily injury, death, and property damage in the
WARNING event of inadvertent and unexpected cylinder discharge.

December 2022 iv 06-236553-001

 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword ....................................................................................................... i
Safety Summary............................................................................................. ii
Safe Cylinder Handling Procedures .................................................................... iii
List of Figures ................................................................................................ xiii
List of Tables.................................................................................................. xvii

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 1-1
1-1.1 Available Clean Agents ......................................................................... 1-1
1-2 System Description .............................................................................. 1-2
1-2.1 General .............................................................................................. 1-2
1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent ............................................................................. 1-3
1-2.2.1 Toxicity .............................................................................................. 1-6
1-2.2.2 Decomposition..................................................................................... 1-6
1-2.2.3 Cleanliness.......................................................................................... 1-6
1-2.2.4 Other Safety Considerations .................................................................. 1-7
1-2.2.5 Operating Temperature Range Limitations ............................................... 1-7
1-2.2.6 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations .......................... 1-7
1-2.2.6.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range.................. 1-7
1-2.2.6.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range .............. 1-7
1-2.2.7 Storage .............................................................................................. 1-7

CHAPTER 2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS

2-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 2-1
2-2 Functional Description .......................................................................... 2-1
2-3 Component Descriptions ....................................................................... 2-3
2-3.1 ECS System Cylinders .......................................................................... 2-3
2-3.1.1 Cylinder and Valve Assemblies ............................................................... 2-3
2-3.1.2 Valve Rebuild Kits ................................................................................ 2-13
2-3.1.2.1 1-1/2” Valve Rebuild Kit........................................................................ 2-13
2-3.1.2.2 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit............................................... 2-14
2-3.1.2.3 3” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit............................................... 2-15
2-3.1.3 Agent Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch ............................................ 2-16
2-3.1.3.1 Hazardous Location Classifications
for ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch..................................................... 2-16
2-3.1.3.2 Supervisory Pressure Switch Differentiation ............................................. 2-17
2-3.1.4 Liquid Level Indicator ........................................................................... 2-18
2-3.1.5 Cylinder Mounting Straps ...................................................................... 2-19
2-3.1.6 Wall Brackets ...................................................................................... 2-20
2-3.2 Control Heads...................................................................................... 2-21
2-3.2.1 Electric Control Heads Kit ...................................................................... 2-21
2-3.2.2 Stackable Electric Control Heads Kit ....................................................... 2-23
2-3.2.3 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads Kits .............................................. 2-25
2-3.2.4 Control Head Monitor with Explosion Proof Assembly................................. 2-28
2-3.2.4.1 Standards for US Explosion Proof Approval .............................................. 2-29
2-3.2.4.2 Standards for Canadian Explosion Proof Approval ..................................... 2-29
2-3.2.5 Cable Operated Control Head................................................................. 2-30
2-3.2.6 Lever Operated Control Head................................................................. 2-31
2-3.2.7 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head.................................................... 2-32

06-236553-001 v December 2022

 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
2-3.2.8 Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................ 2-33
2-3.2.8.1 Spacer, P/N 85-100000-002 .................................................................. 2-34
2-3.3 Actuation Accessories ........................................................................... 2-35
2-3.3.1 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kits .................................................... 2-35
2-3.3.2 Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder ............................ 2-36
2-3.3.3 Nitrogen Cylinder Kits, 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in.................................. 2-37
2-3.3.4 Cylinder Straps for 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder......................... 2-38
2-3.3.5 Nitrogen Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch ........................................ 2-39
2-3.3.6 Nitrogen Discharge Head, Plain Nut ........................................................ 2-40
2-3.3.7 Nitrogen Discharge Hoses, 3/4 in. .......................................................... 2-41
2-3.3.8 Nitrogen Manifold "Y" Fitting.................................................................. 2-41
2-3.3.9 Nitrogen Discharge Delays, ................................................................... 2-42
2-3.3.10 Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren .......................................................... 2-43
2-3.3.11 Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Vent .............................................................. 2-43
2-3.3.12 Flexible Actuation Hoses ....................................................................... 2-44
2-3.3.13 Primary Cylinder Adapter Kit ................................................................. 2-44
2-3.3.14 Dual-Loop Bleed Kit.............................................................................. 2-45
2-3.3.15 Tees, Elbows and Adapters.................................................................... 2-46
2-3.4 Discharge Accessories .......................................................................... 2-46
2-3.4.1 Flexible Discharge Hose ........................................................................ 2-46
2-3.4.2 Valve Outlet Adapters........................................................................... 2-47
2-3.4.3 Discharge Outlet Adapter ...................................................................... 2-48
2-3.4.4 Check Valves....................................................................................... 2-49
2-3.4.4.1 Pilot Line Check Valve........................................................................... 2-49
2-3.4.4.2 Swing Checks ...................................................................................... 2-50
2-3.4.4.3 Manifold El-Checks Valves ..................................................................... 2-51
2-3.4.5 2-Way Selector Valves.......................................................................... 2-52
2-3.4.5.1 Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for 2-Way Selector Valves .................... 2-53
2-3.4.5.2 Back-Plate Manifold Hose ...................................................................... 2-54
2-3.4.5.3 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter ......................................... 2-54
2-3.4.5.4 Pressure Regulator............................................................................... 2-55
2-3.4.6 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed)........................................................ 2-56
2-3.4.6.1 Explosion Proof (HAZLOC) Pneumatic Solenoid......................................... 2-58
2-3.4.7 Lockout Valves .................................................................................... 2-59
2-3.4.8 Pressure Operated Switches .................................................................. 2-61
2-3.4.9 Pressure Operated Trip ......................................................................... 2-62
2-3.4.10 Discharge Indicators ............................................................................ 2-63
2-3.4.11 Electric Remote Pull Station................................................................... 2-63
2-3.4.12 Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface ......................................................... 2-64
2-3.4.13 Corner Pulleys ..................................................................................... 2-65
2-3.4.14 Discharge Nozzles ................................................................................ 2-66
2-3.5 Other Accessories ................................................................................ 2-68
2-3.5.1 Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch............................................................ 2-68
2-3.5.2 ‘MAIN’ and ‘RESERVE’ Nameplates ......................................................... 2-69
2-3.5.3 Hydrostatic Test Adapters ..................................................................... 2-69
2-3.5.4 ECS System Cylinder Recharge Adapters................................................. 2-70
2-3.5.5 ECS System Cylinder Seating Adapter..................................................... 2-71

December 2022 vi 06-236553-001

 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
2-3.5.6 Warning Signs ..................................................................................... 2-72
2-3.5.6.1 Entrance Warning Sign ......................................................................... 2-72
2-3.5.6.2 Exit Warning Sign ................................................................................ 2-72

CHAPTER 3 SYSTEM DESIGN

3-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 3-1
3-2 General .............................................................................................. 3-1
3-3 Application .......................................................................................... 3-1
3-4 Minimum Design Concentration.............................................................. 3-2
3-4.1 Fire Class Table ................................................................................... 3-2
3-4.2 Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent Concentration Values ..................... 3-3
3-4.2.1 NFPA Listed Concentration Values .......................................................... 3-3
3-4.2.2 FM Global Class C Concentration Values .................................................. 3-3
3-4.3 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid Concentration Values ......................... 3-4
3-4.3.1 NFPA Listed Concentration Values .......................................................... 3-4
3-4.3.2 FM Global Concentration Values ............................................................. 3-4
3-4.4 Calculate Agent Required ...................................................................... 3-7
3-5 Determine What Components are Required ............................................. 3-10
3-6 Locate Nozzles..................................................................................... 3-10
3-7 Locate Cylinders .................................................................................. 3-10
3-8 Locate Piping....................................................................................... 3-10
3-9 Pipe Size and Layout ............................................................................ 3-10
3-10 Using the Agent Concentration Flooding Factors ....................................... 3-11
3-10.1 Adjusting for Altitude or Pressure ........................................................... 3-11
3-11 Manifolds ............................................................................................ 3-12
3-12 Design Criteria .................................................................................... 3-12
3-12.1 First Branch Flow Split .......................................................................... 3-13
3-12.2 Tee Flow Splits .................................................................................... 3-13
3-12.2.1 Requirements for Tee Flow Splits ........................................................... 3-13
3-12.3 Duration of Discharge ........................................................................... 3-14
3-12.4 Nozzle Selection and Placement ............................................................. 3-15
3-12.5 Nozzle Placement ................................................................................. 3-16
3-12.6 Pipe Sizing .......................................................................................... 3-19
3-13 Other Conditions.................................................................................. 3-20
3-13.1 Operating/Storage Temperature Range ................................................... 3-20
3-13.1.1 Storage Temperature ........................................................................... 3-20
3-13.1.2 System Operating Pressure ................................................................... 3-20
3-13.2 Pressure Actuation Limitations ............................................................... 3-20
3-13.2.1 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Pressure from a Primary............................. 3-20
3-13.2.2 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Pressure from a Primary ....................... 3-21
3-13.2.3 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Nitrogen Pressure...................................... 3-22
3-13.2.4 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Nitrogen Pressure................................ 3-23
3-13.3 Selector Valves .................................................................................... 3-24
3-13.3.1 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids for 2-Way Selector Valves .................... 3-25
3-13.3.2 Manifold Arrangement with 3-Way Directional Valves
(Multi-Hazard Arrangements for all Systems) ........................................... 3-26
3-13.4 Using Multiple Nitrogen Cylinders ........................................................... 3-27
3-13.4.1 Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Design and Limitations ..................................... 3-28

06-236553-001 vii December 2022

 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
3-13.4.2 Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren Limitations
and Siren Driver Limitations .................................................................. 3-29
3-13.4.3 Remote Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders ............................................................. 3-30
3-13.5 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations........................................................ 3-30
3-13.6 Pressure Trip Limitations....................................................................... 3-30
3-13.7 Ancillary Components ........................................................................... 3-31
3-13.7.1 Nitrogen Operated Mechanical Discharge Delay
and Pressure Operated Siren ................................................................. 3-31
3-13.7.2 Venting Actuation Circuits ..................................................................... 3-31
3-13.7.2.1 General Requirements .......................................................................... 3-31
3-13.7.2.2 Dual-Loop Fitting Venting: Special Requirements...................................... 3-31

CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION
4-1 General Equipment Installation .............................................................. 4-1
4-1.1 Distribution Piping and Fittings .............................................................. 4-1
4-1.1.1 Threads .............................................................................................. 4-1
4-1.1.2 Pipe ................................................................................................... 4-1
4-1.1.2.1 Ferrous Piping ..................................................................................... 4-1
4-1.1.2.2 Piping Joints........................................................................................ 4-2
4-1.1.2.3 Fittings ............................................................................................... 4-2
4-1.2 Installation of Pipe and Fittings .............................................................. 4-2
4-1.3 El-Check Valves ................................................................................... 4-3
4-1.4 Installation of Discharge Nozzles ............................................................ 4-4
4-2 Installation of ECS System Cylinders ...................................................... 4-4
4-2.1 Installation of Check Valves................................................................... 4-4
4-2.2 Installation of Pressure Actuation Pipe .................................................... 4-4
4-2.3 Installation of Cylinder Discharge Outlet Components ............................... 4-4
4-2.3.1 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter ........................................................ 4-5
4-2.3.2 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose .................................................... 4-7
4-2.4 Installation of ECS System Cylinder and Valve Assemblies ......................... 4-9
4-2.4.1 Single Cylinder Systems ....................................................................... 4-9
4-2.4.2 Multiple Cylinder Systems ..................................................................... 4-11
4-2.4.3 Primary/Secondary Cylinder Installation .................................................. 4-13
4-2.5 Installation of Primary Cylinder Adapter Kit, P/N 82-844895-000................ 4-14
4-3 Installation of Control Heads ................................................................. 4-15
4-3.1 Installation of Electric Control Heads
(P/N WK-890181-200 and 82-486500-010) ............................................. 4-15
4-3.2 Installation of Pressure Operated Control Head,
P/N 82-878737-000 ............................................................................. 4-18
4-3.3 Installation of Stackable Pressure Operated Control Heads
(P/N 82-878750-000)........................................................................... 4-19
4-3.4 Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Head,
(P/N 81-895630-200 and WK-897494-000) ............................................. 4-20
4-3.5 Installation of Cable Operated Control Head, P/N 81-979469-000 ............... 4-21
4-3.6 Installation of Lever Operated Control Head (with Black Lever),
P/N WK-870652-000 ............................................................................ 4-21
4-3.7 Installation of Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head,
P/N 85-544000-001 ............................................................................. 4-22
4-4 Installation of ECS SYSTEM Accessories .................................................. 4-23
4-4.1 Installation of 108 cu in Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder and Mounting Bracket ......... 4-23

December 2022 viii 06-236553-001

 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
4-4.1.1 Wiring the Control Head Monitor ............................................................ 4-25
4-4.2 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Installation, 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in. ............... 4-26
4-4.3 Installation of Nitrogen Driver
and Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switches ..................................... 4-27
4-4.3.1 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose, P/N 06-118207-00X ...................... 4-28
4-4.3.2 Installation of Discharge Head, P/N WK-872450-000
and P/N 81-872442-000 ....................................................................... 4-28
4-4.3.3 Installation of Nitrogen Time Delay, P/N 81-871072-001,
81-871072-002, 81-871072-003, and 81-871072-004 .............................. 4-29
4-4.3.4 Installation of Pressure Operated Siren, P/N 90-981574-001...................... 4-29
4-4.4 Installation of Pressure Switch, P/N 81-486536-000
and P/N 81-981332-000 ....................................................................... 4-30
4-4.5 Installation of Pressure Trip, P/N 81-874290-000 ..................................... 4-30
4-4.6 Installation of Discharge Indicator, P/N 81-875553-000 ............................ 4-30
4-4.7 Installation of Manual Pull Station, P/N 81-871403-000 ............................. 4-31
4-4.8 Corner Pulley Installation ...................................................................... 4-31
4-4.9 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch,
P/Ns 06-118262-001 and 06-118263-001 ............................................... 4-32
4-4.9.1 Installation of Pressure Switch 06-118262-001 ........................................ 4-33
4-4.9.2 Installation of Pressure Switch 06-118263-001 (Spare Part) ...................... 4-33
4-4.10 Installation of 2- Way Selector Valves ..................................................... 4-34
4-4.10.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves ......................................... 4-34
4-4.10.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves.................................................................. 4-34
4-4.10.3 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Back-Plate Manifold .......................... 4-35
4-4.10.4 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch Installation ............................................ 4-36
4-5 Installation of 3-Way Directional Valves with Pneumatic Actuators
and Solenoids...................................................................................... 4-37
4-5.1 3-Way Directional Valve System Release Control Configuration .................. 4-39
4-5.2 Installing Directional Valve Placement Supervision Retrofit Kit .................... 4-41
4-5.2.1 3-Way Directional Valve Plus Standard Placement Supervision ................... 4-41
4-5.2.2 3-Way Directional Valve Plus Explosion Proof Placement Supervision ........... 4-42
4.6 Lockout Valves .................................................................................... 4-45
4-7 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch Installation ............................................ 4-46
4-8 System Pressure Test ........................................................................... 4-47
4-9 Post-Installation Procedures .................................................................. 4-48

CHAPTER 5 OPERATION
5-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 5-1
5-2 System Controls and Indicators ............................................................. 5-1
5-2.1 General .............................................................................................. 5-1
5-2.2 Operating Procedures ........................................................................... 5-1
5-2.2.1 Automatic Operation ............................................................................ 5-1
5-2.2.2 Remote Manual Operation ..................................................................... 5-1
5-2.2.3 Local Manual Operation......................................................................... 5-1
5-2.3 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves ..................................... 5-2
5-2.4 Local Manual Operation UL Listed 3-Way Directional Valves
(P/N 85-22003X-00X)........................................................................... 5-2
5-2.5 Lockout Valves .................................................................................... 5-3
5-2.6 Post-Fire Operation .............................................................................. 5-3

06-236553-001 ix December 2022

 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
5-3 Cylinder Recharge................................................................................ 5-4
5-3.1 Special System Precautions ................................................................... 5-4
5-3.1.1 Systems Actuated with a Primary ECS System Cylinder ............................. 5-4
5-3.1.2 Systems Actuated with a Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder....................................... 5-4

CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE
6-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 6-1
6-1.1 Agent Storage Cylinders ....................................................................... 6-1
6-2 Maintenance Procedures ....................................................................... 6-2
6-2.1 Weekly ............................................................................................... 6-3
6-2.1.1 Check ECS System Cylinder Pressure...................................................... 6-3
6-2.1.2 Check Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinder Pressure ............................ 6-3
6-2.1.3 Hazard and Enclosure Inspection............................................................ 6-3
6-2.1.4 Pipework and Controls Inspection........................................................... 6-3
6-2.2 Monthly .............................................................................................. 6-3
6-2.2.1 General Inspection ............................................................................... 6-3
6-2.2.2 Hazard Access ..................................................................................... 6-3
6-2.2.3 Inspect Hoses ..................................................................................... 6-3
6-2.2.4 Inspect Pressure Control Heads ............................................................. 6-3
6-2.2.5 Inspect Electric Control Heads ............................................................... 6-4
6-2.2.6 Inspect Agent, Nitrogen Pilot, and Siren Driver Cylinder
and Valve Assemblies ........................................................................... 6-4
6-2.2.6.1 Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware......................... 6-4
6-2.2.6.2 Inspect Discharge Hoses ....................................................................... 6-4
6-2.2.6.3 Inspect Actuation Line .......................................................................... 6-4
6-2.2.6.4 Inspect Discharge Nozzles..................................................................... 6-4
6-2.2.6.5 Inspect Pull Stations............................................................................. 6-4
6-2.2.6.6 Inspect Pressure Switches..................................................................... 6-5
6-2.2.6.7 Personnel ........................................................................................... 6-5
6-2.3 Inspection Procedures, Semi-Annual....................................................... 6-5
6-2.3.1 Pressure Switch Test ............................................................................ 6-5
6-2.3.2 Electric Control Head Test ..................................................................... 6-5
6-2.3.3 Actuator Test on 2-Way Selector Valve ................................................... 6-6
6-2.3.4 Semi-Annual 3-Way Direction Valve Test................................................. 6-6
6-2.3.5 System Lockout Valve Operation Test (if Fitted) ....................................... 6-7
6-2.3.6 Check ECS System Cylinder Weights and Pressures .................................. 6-7
6-2.3.6.1 Weighing ECS System Cylinders............................................................. 6-7
6-2.3.6.2 Cylinders Equipped with a Flexible Tape Liquid Level Indicator ................... 6-8
6-2.3.6.3 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for Liquid Level Indicators
with Black Caps ................................................................................... 6-9
6-2.3.6.4 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for Legacy Liquid Level Indicators
with White Caps................................................................................... 6-13
6-2.4 Inspection Procedures-2 Year ................................................................ 6-16
6-2.4.1 Blow Out System Piping ........................................................................ 6-16
6-2.4.2 Conduct System Pressure Test............................................................... 6-16
6-2.5 Inspection Procedures-5 Year ................................................................ 6-17
6-2.5.1 Inspection and Retest Procedures for Agent and Nitrogen Cylinders
under DOT Regulations ......................................................................... 6-17

December 2022 x 06-236553-001

 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
6-2.5.2 Flexible Hose Hydrostatic Test ............................................................... 6-17
6-2.6 Inspection Procedures-10 Years ............................................................. 6-18
6-2.6.1 Retest Procedures for UK/EU Market
(TPE/TPED) Specification Cylinders ......................................................... 6-18
6-2.6.1.1 Cylinders Continuously in Service without Discharge ................................. 6-18
6-2.6.1.2 Discharge Cylinders or Charged Cylinders that are Transported .................. 6-18
6-2.6.1.3 Retest ................................................................................................ 6-18
6-2.7 Inspection Procedures-15 Years ............................................................. 6-19
6-2.7.1 Rebuild Agent Cylinder Valves................................................................ 6-19
6-2.8 Cylinder Hydrostatic Testing Requirements .............................................. 6-20
6-2.9 Service ............................................................................................... 6-21
6-2.9.1 Cleaning ............................................................................................. 6-21
6-2.9.2 Nozzle Service ..................................................................................... 6-21
6-2.9.3 Repairs............................................................................................... 6-21
6-2.10 Removing an ECS System Cylinder ......................................................... 6-22
6-2.10.1 Single Cylinder System ......................................................................... 6-22
6-2.10.2 Multiple Cylinder System....................................................................... 6-23
6-2.11 Reinstalling a ECS System Cylinder ........................................................ 6-24
6-2.11.1 Single Cylinder System ......................................................................... 6-24
6-2.11.2 Multiple Cylinder System....................................................................... 6-25
6-2.12 Replacing a Liquid Level Indicator .......................................................... 6-26
6-3 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Service and Maintenance....................................... 6-27
6-3.1 DOT Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test ............................... 6-27
6-3.2 EU Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder ..................................................................... 6-27
6-3.3 Nitrogen Cylinder Replacement .............................................................. 6-27
6-3.4 Nitrogen Cylinder Recharge ................................................................... 6-28
6-3.5 Nitrogen Cylinder Installation ................................................................ 6-29
6-3.6 Replacing an I-Valve ............................................................................ 6-30
6-3.7 Leak Testing the I-Valve and Cylinder ..................................................... 6-30
6-4 Top Off Procedures for the ECS System Cylinders with Nitrogen ................. 6-31
6-5 Post Discharge Maintenance .................................................................. 6-31

CHAPTER 7 POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

7-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 7-1
7-2 Post-Discharge Maintenance .................................................................. 7-1
7-2.1 ECS System Valve Inspection and Service ............................................... 7-1
7-2.2 1 1/2 in. Valve Post Discharge Maintenance ............................................. 7-2
7-2.2.1 1 1/2 in. Valve Disassembly .................................................................. 7-3
7-2.2.2 1 1/2 in. Valve Assembly ...................................................................... 7-4
7-2.2.3 1-1/2 in (40 mm) Valve Safety Burst Disc Replacement ............................ 7-5
7-2.3 2 in. Valve Post Discharge Maintenance................................................... 7-6
7-2.3.1 2 in. Valve Disassembly ........................................................................ 7-7
7-2.3.2 2 in. Valve Assembly ............................................................................ 7-8
7-2.4 3 in. Valve Post Discharge Maintenance................................................... 7-9
7-2.4.1 3 in. Valve Disassembly ........................................................................ 7-10
7-2.4.2 Replacing 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check ......................................................... 7-10
7-2.4.3 3 in. Valve Assembly ............................................................................ 7-11
7-2.5 Using the Cap or Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool ............................. 7-12

06-236553-001 xi December 2022

 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
7-2.6 Using the Piston Insertion Tool .............................................................. 7-13
7-2.6.1 Safety Disc Replacement (2 and 3 in. Cylinder Valves Assemblies).............. 7-14
7-2.7 Safety Disc Replacement (Older 2 in.) .................................................... 7-16
7-2.8 3-Way Directional Valve Inspection ........................................................ 7-17
7-3 Recharging ECS System Cylinders .......................................................... 7-17
7-3.1 Typical Arrangement for Super-Pressurizing with N2 by Pressure................ 7-20
7-3.2 Typical Arrangement for Super-Pressurizing with N2 by Mass ..................... 7-23
7-4 Set-Up ............................................................................................... 7-24
7-5 Filling Agent Fluid Cylinders................................................................... 7-24
7-5.1 Filling Agent Fluid by Pump ................................................................... 7-25
7-6 Super-pressurizing of Cylinders filled with Agent Fluid............................... 7-27
7-6.1 Super-pressurizing of Cylinder by N2 Pressure ......................................... 7-27
7-6.2 Super-pressurizing of Cylinders by N2 Mass............................................. 7-29
7-6.3 Agent Cylinder Leak Test ...................................................................... 7-31

CHAPTER 8 PARTS LIST

8-1 Introduction and Parts List .................................................................... 8-1
8-2 Discharge Nozzles ................................................................................ 8-10
8-2.1 Listed Brass 360 Degree Nozzles............................................................ 8-10
8-2.2 Listed Brass 180 Degree Nozzles............................................................ 8-16
8-2.3 Listed Stainless Steel 360 Degree Nozzles ............................................... 8-23
8-2.4 Listed Stainless Steel 180 Degree Nozzles ............................................... 8-30

APPENDIX A NITROGEN REQUIRED FOR CYLINDER FILL

APPENDIX B SAFETY DATASHEETS

December 2022 xii 06-236553-001

 LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Name Page Number
1-1 Typical ECS Systems ........................................................................................... 1-2
1-2 Agent Pressure/Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, Imperial............................... 1-4
1-3 Agent Pressure/Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, Metric .................................. 1-5
2-1 Typical ECS System with Electric Control Head........................................................ 2-2
2-2 Typical ECS System with Cable Operated Control Head ............................................ 2-2
2-3 Cylinder/Valve Part Number Breakdown ................................................................. 2-3
2-4 Typical Cylinder Assembly, 10 to 70 lb ................................................................... 2-5
2-5 Typical Cylinder Assembly, 125 lb and 200 lb and 350 lb
Manufactured through April 2014. ......................................................................... 2-6
2-6 Typical Cylinder Assembly, 200 and 350 lb Manufactured After April 2014. ................. 2-6
2-7 Typical Cylinder Assembly, 450 lb (180L) (UN/TPE/TPED Only) ................................. 2-6
2-8 600 and 900 lb Cylinder with 3" Valve ................................................................... 2-7
2-9 1½", and Older Style 2" Valve General Arrangement ............................................... 2-11
2-10 Newer 2" Valve General Arrangement .................................................................... 2-11
2-11 3" Valve General Arrangement.............................................................................. 2-12
2-12 Supervisory Pressure Switch, Female Fitting ........................................................... 2-16
2-13 Liquid Level Indicator .......................................................................................... 2-18
2-14 Cylinder Mounting Straps ..................................................................................... 2-19
2-15 Cylinder Wall Brackets ......................................................................................... 2-20
2-16 Electric Control Head ........................................................................................... 2-21
2-17 Assembled Electric Control Head Kit, P/N 85-890181-200......................................... 2-22
2-18 Electric Control Head, Stackable ........................................................................... 2-23
2-19 Assembled Electric Control Head Kit (Stackable Type), P/N 85-486500-010 ................ 2-24
2-20 Electric/Cable Operated Control Head, P/N WK-897494-000 ..................................... 2-26
2-21 Electric/Cable Operated Control Head, P/N 81-895630-200....................................... 2-26
2-22 Assembled Cable/Electric Control Head Kits, P/N 85-897494-000 .............................. 2-27
2-23 Assembled Cable/Electric Control Head Kits, P/N 85-895630-200 .............................. 2-27
2-24 Control Head Monitor (CHM) Dimensions................................................................ 2-28
2-25 CHM Comparison ................................................................................................ 2-28
2-26 Cable Operated Control Head ............................................................................... 2-30
2-27 Lever Operated Control Head ............................................................................... 2-31
2-28 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head .................................................................. 2-32
2-29 Pressure Operated Control Head ........................................................................... 2-33
2-30 Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................. 2-33
2-31 Assembled Stackable Pressure Operates Control Head
with Control Head Monitors .................................................................................. 2-34
2-32 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder ......................................................................... 2-35
2-33 Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder ........................................... 2-36
2-34 Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinder and Valve Assemblies
(1040 and 2300 cu. in.)....................................................................................... 2-37
2-35 Cylinder Straps for 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder ....................................... 2-38
2-36 Supervisory Pressure Switch, Female Fitting, (P/N 85-111540-001 shown) ................. 2-39
2-37 Plain Nut Discharge Head ..................................................................................... 2-40
2-38 Assembly of Plain Nut Discharge Head to Type "I" Cylinder Valve .............................. 2-40
2-39 Flex Hose, 3/4 in. ............................................................................................... 2-41
2-40 Manifold "Y" Fitting ............................................................................................. 2-41
2-41 Discharge Delays (30/60 sec.) .............................................................................. 2-42
2-42 Pressure Operated Siren ...................................................................................... 2-43
2-43 Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Vent ............................................................................. 2-43
2-44 Flexible Actuation Hose........................................................................................ 2-44
2-45 Primary Cylinder Adapter Kit ................................................................................ 2-44
2-46 Dual-Loop Bleed Kit, Full Kit Contents.................................................................... 2-45
2-47 Tees, Elbows and Adapters................................................................................... 2-46

06-236553-001 xiii December 2022

 LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)
Figure Name Page Number
2-48 Flexible Discharge Hose, 1-1/2 in or 2 in (40 mm or 50 mm) .................................... 2-46
2-49 Flexible Discharge Hose, 3 in (80 mm) Victaulic ...................................................... 2-46
2-50 Valve Outlet Adapter ........................................................................................... 2-47
2-51 3 in Discharge Outlet Adapter............................................................................... 2-48
2-52 Check Valve ....................................................................................................... 2-49
2-53 2 in (50 mm) Swing Check Valve .......................................................................... 2-50
2-54 3 in (80 mm) Swing Check Valve .......................................................................... 2-50
2-55 Manifold El-Check Valve....................................................................................... 2-51
2-56 Manifold El-Checks Valve Dimensions (1.5 in. Valve Shown) ..................................... 2-51
2-57 Selector Valves................................................................................................... 2-52
2-58 3 Area Back-Plate Manifold................................................................................... 2-53
2-59 Back-Plate Manifold Hose ..................................................................................... 2-54
2-60 Back-Plate Manifold Hose ..................................................................................... 2-54
2-61 Pressure Regulator.............................................................................................. 2-55
2-62 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) (P/N 85-2200XX-X0X) ....................................... 2-56
2-63 Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid ...................................................................... 2-58
2-64 1”, and 2” Lockout Valves .................................................................................... 2-59
2-65 3”, and 4” Lockout Valves .................................................................................... 2-60
2-66 Pressure Operated Switch, P/N 81-486536-000 ...................................................... 2-61
2-67 Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof, P/N 81-981332-000 ............................... 2-62
2-68 Pressure Operated Trip ........................................................................................ 2-62
2-69 Discharge Indicator, P/N 81-875553-000 ............................................................... 2-63
2-70 Discharge Indicator, P/N 81-967082-000 ............................................................... 2-63
2-71 Cable Manual Pull Station..................................................................................... 2-64
2-72 Corner Pulley, P/N 803808 ................................................................................... 2-65
2-73 1/2-Inch (13 mm) EMT Corner Pulley, P/N WK-844648-000...................................... 2-65
2-74 360° Discharge Nozzle ........................................................................................ 2-66
2-75 180° Discharge Nozzle ........................................................................................ 2-67
2-76 Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch .......................................................................... 2-68
2-77 Wiring Diagram .................................................................................................. 2-68
2-78 Main and Reserve Nameplates .............................................................................. 2-69
2-79 Cylinder Recharge Adapters ................................................................................. 2-70
2-80 Seating Adapter ................................................................................................. 2-71
2-81 Entrance Sign, P/N 85-909300-001 ....................................................................... 2-72
2-82 Exit Sign, P/N 85-909300-002 .............................................................................. 2-72
3-1 Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for an ECS System ........................................................ 3-13
3-2 Nozzle Placement and Coverage ........................................................................... 3-16
3-3 Nozzle Orientation .............................................................................................. 3-16
3-4 Nozzle Limitations............................................................................................... 3-18
3-5 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Primary ECS System Cylinder to
Actuate a Maximum of 15 ECS System Cylinders Close Coupled ................................ 3-20
3-6 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Primary ECS System Cylinder to
Actuate a Maximum of 4 ECS System Cylinders NOT Close Coupled ........................... 3-21
3-7 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to
Actuate a Maximum of 15 ECS System Cylinders Close Coupled ................................ 3-22
3-8 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to
Actuate a Maximum of 15 ECS System Cylinders NOT Closed Coupled........................ 3-23
3-9 Typical Distribution Manifold Design for 2-Way Selector Valves ................................. 3-24
3-10 Back-Plate Manifold Arrangement.......................................................................... 3-25
3-11 3-Way Ball Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Controlled by 24 VDC............................... 3-27
3-12 Multiple Pilot Nitrogen Actuation Cylinders.............................................................. 3-27
3-13 Single-Stage Actuation System Limits, Nitrogen Pressure ......................................... 3-28
4-1 El-Check Valve ................................................................................................... 4-3

December 2022 xiv 06-236553-001

 LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)
Figure Name Page Number
4-2 Installed El-check Valve (1 1/2 in. EL-check shown) ................................................ 4-3
4-3 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter for 1-1/2-in. and 2-in. Valves ............................. 4-5
4-4 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter for 3 in. Valve................................................... 4-6
4-5 Installed El-check Valve (1 1/2 in. EL-check shown) ................................................ 4-7
4-6 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping ...................................... 4-7
4-7 Single Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting......................................................... 4-10
4-8 Multiple Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting
(see Table 4-8 for dimensions) ............................................................................. 4-12
4-9 Installation of Primary Cylinder Adapter Kit ............................................................ 4-14
4-10 Wiring Diagram for Electric Operated Control Heads ................................................ 4-16
4-11 Control Head Monitor Wiring................................................................................. 4-16
4-12 Order of Installation for Electric Control Head, P/N WK-890181-200 .......................... 4-17
4-13 Electrical Connections for Legacy Control Head, P/N WK-890181-000......................... 4-17
4-14 Order of Installation for Electric Control Head (Stackable Type),
P/N 82-486500-010 ............................................................................................ 4-18
4-15 Pressure Operated Control Head Order of Assembly................................................. 4-19
4-16 Control Head Monitor Wiring................................................................................. 4-20
4-17 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Bracket and Spacer ...................................................... 4-23
4-18 Installation Side and Isometric Views .................................................................... 4-24
4-19 Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Side View .................................................. 4-24
4-20 Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Top View, no Control Head Shown ................ 4-24
4-21 Control Head Monitor Wiring................................................................................. 4-25
4-22 Typical 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Pilot (Driver) Cylinder Strap Installation
(P/N 85-101040-001 and 85-102300-001) ............................................................. 4-26
4-23 Nitrogen Pilot and Driver Valve used on 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Pilot
and Driver Cylinders............................................................................................ 4-27
4-24 Installation of Nitrogen Driver Supervisory Pressure Switch
to Nitrogen Driver Valve ...................................................................................... 4-27
4-25 Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating ...................... 4-28
4-26 Pressure Operated Siren ...................................................................................... 4-29
4-27 Unacceptable Cable Configuration ......................................................................... 4-31
4-28 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch
(2 in (51 mm) Valve with Supervisory Pressure Switch 06-118262-001 Shown) .......... 4-32
4-29 Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating ...................... 4-32
4-30 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot to Back-Plate Manifold ..................................................... 4-35
4-31 Wiring Diagram with Single Solenoid (Main and Reserve) ......................................... 4-36
4-32 Wiring Diagram with Dual Solenoid (Main and Reserve)............................................ 4-36
4-33 Straight Through Orientation ................................................................................ 4-37
4-34 90° Orientation .................................................................................................. 4-37
4-35 3-Way Directional Valve Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 4-38
4-36 3-Way Directional Valve Wiring Diagram
with Explosion Proof Supervision Switch................................................................. 4-38
4-37 Typical Single Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below) ........................ 4-39
4-38 Typical Multiple Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)...................... 4-40
4-39 Lower Bracket Installation.................................................................................... 4-41
4-40 Conduit Adapter Installation ................................................................................. 4-41
4-41 Upper Bracket Installation.................................................................................... 4-42
4-42 Explosion Proof Solenoid and Lower Bracket Installation
on 3-Way Directional Valve ................................................................................. 4-42
4-43 Upper Bracket Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve ............................................. 4-43
4-44 Conduit Adapter Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve .......................................... 4-43
4-45 GO Switch Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve .................................................. 4-44
4-46 Fully Installed Explosion Proof Placement Supervision Switch
on 3-Way Directional Valve .................................................................................. 4-44

06-236553-001 xv December 2022

 LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)
Figure Name Page Number
5 Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position ................ 4-45
4-1 Wiring Diagram with Single Solenoid (Main and Reserve) ......................................... 4-46
4-2 Wiring Diagram with Dual Solenoid (Main and Reserve) ........................................... 4-46
5-1 3-Way Directional Valve States ............................................................................. 5-3
6-1 Solenoid Assembly .............................................................................................. 6-6
6-2 3-Way Directional Valve States ............................................................................. 6-6
6-3 Liquid Level Indicator .......................................................................................... 6-8
6-4 LLI Calibration Chart 125 lb (51 Liter) Cylinder for LLI with Black Color Cap................ 6-9
6-5 LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for LLI with Black Color Cap ........... 6-10
6-6 LLI Calibration Chart for 350 lb (142 Liter) Cylinder for LLI with Black Color Cap ......... 6-10
6-7 LLI Calibration Chart for 450 lb (182 Liter) Cylinder................................................. 6-11
6-8 LLI Calibration Chart for 600 lb (243 Liter) Cylinder for LLI with Black Color Cap ......... 6-11
6-9 LLI Calibration Chart for 900 lb (368 Liter) Cylinder for LLI with Black Color Cap ......... 6-12
6-10 LLI Calibration Chart 125 lb (51 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI
with White Colored Cap ....................................................................................... 6-13
6-11 LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI
with White Colored Cap ....................................................................................... 6-14
6-12 LLI Calibration Chart for 350 lb (142 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI
with White Colored Cap ....................................................................................... 6-14
6-13 LLI Calibration Chart for 600 lb (243 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI
with White Colored Cap ....................................................................................... 6-15
6-14 LLI Calibration Chart for 900 lb (368 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI
with White Colored Cap ....................................................................................... 6-15
6-15 Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data ................................................................ 6-29
6-16 Valve Leak Points ............................................................................................... 6-30
7-1 Valve Assembly (1 1/2 in.)................................................................................... 7-2
7-2 Piston O-Ring ..................................................................................................... 7-2
7-3 Safety Disc Replacement ..................................................................................... 7-5
7-4 Valve Assembly (2 in.) ........................................................................................ 7-6
7-5 3 in (80 mm) Valve Assembly............................................................................... 7-9
7-6 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check Assembly ........................................................................ 7-10
7-7 Cap Installation Tool ........................................................................................... 7-12
7-8 Cylinder Neck Installation Tool.............................................................................. 7-12
7-9 Cap and Cylinder O-ring Installed ......................................................................... 7-12
7-10 Piston Installation Tool ........................................................................................ 7-13
7-11 Installing the Piston ............................................................................................ 7-13
7-12 Piston in Installed Position ................................................................................... 7-13
7-13 2 in. and 3 in. Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly ........................................ 7-14
7-14 Safety Burst Disc Assembly Location (2 in. Valve Shown) ......................................... 7-15
7-15 Installation of Safety Burst Disc on Shoulder of Cylinder (2 in. Valve Shown) .............. 7-15
7-16 Safety Disc Replacement ..................................................................................... 7-16
7-17 3-Way Directional Valve States ............................................................................. 7-17
7-18 Schematic for Filling Agent Fluid by Pump .............................................................. 7-18
7-19 Schematic for Filling Agent Fluid with N2 by Pressure .............................................. 7-20
7-20 Schematic of Agitator .......................................................................................... 7-22
7-21 Schematic for Filling Agent Fluid with N2 by Mass.................................................... 7-23
7-22 Filling Cylinders with Novec 1230 Fluid by Pump Schematic ...................................... 7-25
7-23 Super-pressurizing Cylinders with N2 by Pressure Schematic .................................... 7-27
7-24 Super-pressurizing Cylinders with N2 by Mass Schematic ......................................... 7-29
8-1 Cylinder/Valve Part Number Breakdown ................................................................. 8-1

December 2022 xvi 06-236553-001

 LIST OF TABLES
Table Name Page Number
1-1 Agent Physical Properties, Imperial Units ............................................................... 1-4
1-2 Agent Physical Properties, Metric Units................................................................... 1-5
1-3 EPA Accepted LOAEL and NOAEL ........................................................................... 1-6
2-1 Part Numbers for UN/TPE/TPED Cylinders filled
with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent............................................................ 2-4
2-2 Part Numbers for DOT Cylinders filled
with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid ............................................................... 2-4
2-3 Part Numbers for UN/TPE/TPED Cylinders filled
with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid .............................................................. 2-5
2-4 Dimensions, Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only:
US DOT Market................................................................................................... 2-7
2-5 Dimensions, Cylinder and Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only:
UN/TPE/TPED Market........................................................................................... 2-8
2-6 UN/TPE/TPED and DOT Cylinder Equivalent Size Cross listing .................................... 2-8
2-7 2” UN/TPE/TPED Safety Disc Replacement Information ............................................ 2-9
2-8 Cylinder Temperature-Pressure Correlation
(Based on a cylinder fill density of 70 lb/ft3 or 1121 kg/m3) ..................................... 2-9
2-9 Range Cylinder and Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only,
UK/EU and DOT Markets ...................................................................................... 2-10
2-10 1-1/2” Valve Rebuild Kit Contents ......................................................................... 2-13
2-11 2” UN/TPE/TPED Safety Disc Replacement Information ............................................ 2-13
2-12 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit Contents ................................................ 2-14
2-13 2” UN/TPE/TPED Safety Disc Replacement Information ............................................ 2-14
2-14 3” Valve Maintenance Kit Contents ........................................................................ 2-15
2-15 2” UN/TPE/TPED Safety Disc Replacement Information ............................................ 2-15
2-16 Supervisory Pressure Switch Approvals .................................................................. 2-16
2-17 Supervisory Pressure Switch Specifications............................................................. 2-17
2-18 Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers ...................................................................... 2-18
2-19 Spare Tape Part Numbers .................................................................................... 2-18
2-20 Dimensions–Cylinder Mounting Straps, Standard..................................................... 2-19
2-21 Dimensions–Cylinder Wall Brackets ....................................................................... 2-20
2-22 Electric Control Head Specifications ....................................................................... 2-21
2-23 Electric Control Head, Stackable (HAZLOC - Explosion Proof) .................................... 2-23
2-24 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads ................................................................... 2-25
2-25 Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and Adapter Specifications ............................... 2-35
2-26 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit Order Information .......................................... 2-35
2-27 Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinder Dimensions ................................................ 2-37
2-28 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder Kits Ordering Information............................ 2-38
2-29 Approvals .......................................................................................................... 2-39
2-30 Flex Hose Dimensions.......................................................................................... 2-41
2-31 Discharge Delays ................................................................................................ 2-42
2-32 Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren Nominal Flow Rate............................................... 2-43
2-33 Siren DOT Driver Cylinder Actuation Limits ............................................................. 2-43
2-34 Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose...................................................................... 2-44
2-35 Dual-Loop Bleed Kit Components .......................................................................... 2-45
2-36 Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses.................................................................... 2-46
2-37 Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter ......................................................................... 2-47
2-38 Dimension, 3 in Discharge Outlet Adapter .............................................................. 2-48
2-39 Check Valves, Equivalent Lengths ......................................................................... 2-49
2-40 Swing Check Valve Equivalent Lengths .................................................................. 2-50
2-41 Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks ............................................................................ 2-51
2-42 Selector Valve Part Numbers ................................................................................ 2-52
2-43 Selector Valve Adapter Part Numbers .................................................................... 2-52

06-236553-001 xvii December 2022

 LIST OF TABLES (CONT.)
Table Name Page Number
2-44 Selector Valve Hose Adapter Part Numbers ............................................................ 2-53
2-45 Back-Plate Manifold Part Numbers......................................................................... 2-53
2-46 Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers ................................................................. 2-54
2-47 Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers ................................................................. 2-54
2-48 Pressure Regulator Part Numbers.......................................................................... 2-55
2-49 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications................................................... 2-56
2-50 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications (cont.) ........................................ 2-56
2-51 Pneumatic Actuator (UL Listed) Specifications......................................................... 2-57
2-52 Pneumatic Solenoid Specifications ......................................................................... 2-58
2-53 Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 1” and 2” valves
(U.S. Customary Units) ....................................................................................... 2-59
2-54 Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 1” and 2” valves (SI Units) ............. 2-59
2-55 Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 3” and 4” valves
(U.S. Customary Units) ....................................................................................... 2-60
2-56 Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 3” and 4” valves (SI Units) ............. 2-60
2-57 Lockout Valve Part Numbers................................................................................. 2-60
2-58 Discharge Indicator Specifications ......................................................................... 2-63
2-59 Electric Remote Pull Station ................................................................................. 2-63
2-60 Dimensions–360° Discharge Nozzle ....................................................................... 2-66
2-61 Dimensions–180° Discharge Nozzle ....................................................................... 2-67
2-62 Dimensions–Cylinder Recharge Adapters................................................................ 2-70
3-1 Fire Classifications .............................................................................................. 3-2
3-2 NFPA Minimum Design Concentrations
for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent.............................................................. 3-3
3-3 FM Global Class C Fires Minimum Design Concentrations
for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent.............................................................. 3-3
3-4 NFPA Minimum Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid ........... 3-4
3-5 NFPA Minimum Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid ........... 3-4
3-6 Class B Suppression Design Concentrations
for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid ................................................................. 3-5
3-7 Formula for Required Agent ................................................................................. 3-7
3-8 Agent Fluid Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Imperial .............................. 3-8
3-9 Agent Fluid Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric ................................. 3-9
3-10 Atmospheric Correction Factors ............................................................................ 3-11
3-11 10 Pipe Diameters .............................................................................................. 3-14
3-12 Pipe Size vs. Flow Rate ........................................................................................ 3-19
3-13 3-Way Ball Valve ................................................................................................ 3-26
3-14 Single-Stage Pilot Cylinder Actuation Cylinder,
Driver and Ancillary Limits (Refer to Figure 3-13) .................................................... 3-29
3-15 Single-Stage Pilot Cylinder Actuation Tubing/Piping Limits ........................................ 3-29
3-16 Siren Driver Cylinder Actuation Limits.................................................................... 3-29
3-17 Remote Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Limitations ............................................................. 3-30
3-18 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations....................................................................... 3-30
3-19 Delay Period Options ........................................................................................... 3-31
4-1 El-Check Valve Specifications ............................................................................... 4-3
4-2 Valve Outlet Adapter Components for 1-1/2 in. Valve .............................................. 4-5
4-3 Valve Outlet Adapter Components for 2 in. Valve .................................................... 4-5
4-4 Valve Outlet Adapter Components for 3 in. Valve .................................................... 4-6
4-5 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping ...................................... 4-8
4-6 Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions.................................................................. 4-10
4-7 Strap Part Numbers for Cylinder Installation ........................................................... 4-10
4-8 Multiple Cylinder Installation Dimensions ............................................................... 4-12
4-9 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot (Driver) Cylinder Strap Installation .................... 4-26

December 2022 xviii 06-236553-001

 LIST OF TABLES (CONT.)
Table Name Page Number
4-10 Electrical Connections.......................................................................................... 4-28
4-11 Nitrogen Discharge Delay Rating ........................................................................... 4-29
4-12 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Data ............................................................... 4-39
6-1 Maintenance Schedule ......................................................................................... 6-2
6-2 Retest Schedule EU Specification Cylinders............................................................. 6-18
6-3 Valve Disassembly Instructions............................................................................. 6-19
6-4 Valve Rebuild Instructions.................................................................................... 6-19
6-5 Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Instructions ................................................................... 6-19
6-6 Retest Schedule DOT Specification Agent Cylinders ................................................. 6-20
6-7 Retest Schedule DOT Specification 108, 1040,
and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinders....................................................................... 6-20
6-8 LLI Replacement Part Numbers Conversion............................................................. 6-26
7-1 Valve Components .............................................................................................. 7-2
7-2 Other Valve Component Materials ......................................................................... 7-2
7-3 1-1/2 in Valve Rebuild Kit Contents ....................................................................... 7-4
7-4 Safety Disc Replacement (1-1/2 in Valve) .............................................................. 7-5
7-5 Valve Components .............................................................................................. 7-6
7-6 Other Valve Components ..................................................................................... 7-6
7-7 2 in (50 mm) Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit Contents ................................. 7-8
7-8 Valve Components .............................................................................................. 7-9
7-9 Other Valve Components ..................................................................................... 7-9
7-10 3 in (80 mm) Valve Maintenance Kit Contents......................................................... 7-11
7-11 2 in. and 3 in. Safety Disc Replacement Information ................................................ 7-15
7-12 Safety Disc Replacement Table (Older 2 in. Valves) ................................................. 7-16
7-13 Parts List for Figure 7-18 ..................................................................................... 7-19
7-14 Parts List for Figure 7-19 ..................................................................................... 7-21
7-15 Parts List for Figure 7-20 ..................................................................................... 7-22
7-16 Parts List for Figure 7-21 ..................................................................................... 7-23
7-17 Fill Tolerances .................................................................................................... 7-26
7-18 Pressure vs. Temperature .................................................................................... 7-28
7-19 Agent Fill Density for 360 psi Cylinders .................................................................. 7-30
7-20 Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates ....................................................................... 7-32
8-1 Parts List ........................................................................................................... 8-2
8-2 UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 360 Degree NPT Brass Nozzles ......................... 8-10
8-3 360 Degree BSP Brass Nozzles ............................................................................. 8-13
8-4 UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 180 Degree NPT Brass Nozzles ......................... 8-16
8-5 180 Degree BSP Brass Nozzles ............................................................................. 8-19
8-6 UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 360 Degree NPT Stainless Steel Nozzles............. 8-23
8-7 360 Degree BSP Stainless Steel Nozzles................................................................. 8-26
8-8 UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 180 Degree NPT Stainless Steel Nozzles............. 8-30
8-9 180 Degree BSP Stainless Steel Nozzles................................................................. 8-33
A-1 Min/Max Fill Amounts for 10 lb. Cylinders ............................................................... A-1
A-2 Min/Max Fill Amounts for 20 lb. Cylinders ............................................................... A-1
A-3 Min/Max Fill Amounts for 40 lb. Cylinders ............................................................... A-1
A-4 Min/Max Fill Amounts for 70 lb. Cylinders ............................................................... A-1
A-5 Min/Max Fill Amounts for 125 lb. Cylinders ............................................................. A-2
A-6 Min/Max Fill Amounts for 200 lb. Cylinders ............................................................. A-2
A-7 Min/Max Fill Amounts for 350 lb. Cylinders ............................................................. A-2
A-8 Min/Max Fill Amounts for 450 lb. Cylinders ............................................................. A-2
A-9 Min/Max Fill Amounts for 600 lb. Cylinders ............................................................. A-2
A-10 Min/Max Fill Amounts for 900 lb. Cylinders ............................................................. A-2

06-236553-001 xix December 2022

 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

December 2022 xx 06-236553-001

 CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 INTRODUCTION
The Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ 360 PSI Fire Suppression System (ECS System) is designed to
suppress fires in specific hazards or equipment located where an electrically non-conductive
agent is required, where agent cleanup creates a problem, where extinguishing capability with
low weight is a factor and where the hazard is normally occupied by personnel. The agent is
an acceptable alternative to Halon and is approved by the EPA, NFPA and ISO for use in fire
suppression systems.

1-1.1 Available Clean Agents

The ECS System can be used with either of the following clean agents:
• Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
• 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Unless specified by name, this manual will refer to these clean agents by the term “agent”.
These agents are listed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA)
under the Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) as an acceptable substitute for Halon
1301 in fire protection systems. The agent is approved by the EPA, NFPA and ISO for use in
fire suppression systems.
Note: Kidde Fire Systems no longer sells the ECS 360 product line in the US market, but still
provides replacement components and accessories. For new systems in the US market,
use the Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ Fire Suppressing System. Kidde Fire Protection
still sells the ECS 360 product line.

06-236553-001 1-1 December 2022

1-2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1-2.1 General
ECS Systems combine an environmentally safe fire suppression agent, highly effective
detection devices and specially developed components for fast agent discharge. The resulting
rapid suppression of a fire reduces property damage and products of combustion to the lowest
possible level. These systems are electrically, pressure and/or cable operated, with a normal
design discharge time of less than ten seconds. Agent storage containers can be strategically
located throughout a protected zone, or a central storage area.

5 6
4
2
3

Key
1 Cylinder and Valve Assembly
2 UL Listed Control Panel (e.g., Kidde Fire Systems
AEGIS™ 2.0 or ARIES® or ARIES® NETLink)
3 Pressure Switch
4 Alarm
5 Nozzle
6 Detector (e.g., Photoelectric)

Figure 1-1. Typical ECS Systems

ECS Systems are designed for the following classes of fire:
• Class A: Surface Type Fires; Wood or other cellulose-type material
• Class B: Flammable liquids and gases (see Table 3-6 and Table 3-2)
• Class C: Energized electrical equipment

Extinguishing a flammable-gas flame while gas continues to leak can result in

development of a flammable atmosphere in a portion of or throughout an
enclosed space, which, in turn, can ignite and cause an explosion resulting in
possible death, injury, or property damage. Flammable gases include natural
*WARNING gas, propane, and other industrial gases. A standing flame can occur at a point
where flammable-gas leaks from a pressurized source. Before discharge of a
fire extinguishing system, the cause of leaking flammable gas must be
identified and terminated.

December 2022 1-2 06-236553-001

 For hazards beyond the scope described in this manual, the designer must consult with KFS;
NFPA 2001, Latest Edition; EN 15004, and ISO 14520 on the suitability of the agent for the
protection, necessary design concentration and personnel exposure effects from that
concentration.
The agent shall not be used on fires involving the following materials, unless they have been
tested to the satisfaction of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ):
1. Certain chemicals or mixtures of chemicals, such as cellulose nitrate and gunpowder, that
are capable of rapid oxidation in the absence of air.
2. Reactive metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, titanium, zirconium, ura-
nium and plutonium.
3. Metal hydrides.
4. Chemicals capable of undergoing autothermal decomposition, such as certain organic per-
oxides and hydrazine.

1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent

The ECS System can be used with either of the following clean agents:
• Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
• 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Unless specified by name, this manual will refer to these clean agents by the term “agent”.
These agents are listed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) un-
der the Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) as an acceptable substitute for Halon 1301
in fire protection systems. The agents are approved by the EPA, NFPA and ISO for use in fire
suppression systems.
Though these agents have differing extinguishing concentrations, they behave the same from
a pressure and operation standpoint.
Note: These agents cannot be combine in the same system due to differing extinguishing con-
centrations.
These agents are Fluoroketone Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one compounds of carbon,
fluorine and oxygen (CF3CF2C(O)CF(CF3)2). They are colorless, electrically non-conductive and
have a low odor. They suppress fire by a combination of chemical and physical mechanisms
with minimal affect on the available oxygen. This allows people to see and breathe, permitting
them to leave the fire area safely.
Although the agents are considered non-toxic to humans in concentrations necessary to extin-
guish most fires, certain safety considerations should be observed when applying and handling
the agents. The discharge of the agents may create a hazard to people from the undecomposed
agents themselves and from the decomposition products which result when the agents are ex-
posed to fire or other hot surfaces. Exposure to the agents is generally of less concern than is
exposure to the decomposition products. Unnecessary exposure to the agents or the decom-
position products should be avoided.

06-236553-001 1-3 December 2022

 Pressure/Temperature Curve
Imperial Isometric Diagram

1300

1200
92.4 lb/ft3
1100
88.6 lb/ft3
1000

900

800
Pressure (psig)

700

600
70 lb/ft3
500

400

300

200

100

0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225

Temperature (°F)

Figure 1-2. Agent Pressure/Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, Imperial

Table 1-1. Agent Physical Properties, Imperial Units

Description Units Measurement
Molecular Weight N/A 316.04
Boiling Point at 1 atm °F 120.6
Freezing Point °F -162.4
Critical Temperature °F 335.6
Critical Pressure psia 270.44
Critical Volume ft3/lbm 0.0251

Critical Density lbm/ft3 39.91

Specific Heat, Liquid at 77°F Btu/lb-°F 0.2634

Specific Heat, Vapor at Constant Pressure (1 atm) and 77°F Btu/lb-°F 0.2127
Heat of Vaporization at Boiling Point Btu/lb 37.9
Relative Dielectric Strength 1 atm at, 77°F (N2 = 1) N/A 2.3

Solubility of Water in Agent @ 77°F N/A <0.001% by wt.

Note: NFPA 2001 Reference: Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one

December 2022 1-4 06-236553-001

 Pressure/Temperature Curve
Metric Isometric Diagram

120
3
1480 kg/m
100
Pressure / bar(g)

80

1420 kg/m3
60

40 3
1050 kg/m

20

0
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
o
Temperature / C

Figure 1-3. Agent Pressure/Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, Metric

Table 1-2. Agent Physical Properties, Metric Units

Description Units Measurement
Molecular Weight N/A 316.04
Boiling Point at 1 atm °C 49.2
Freezing Point °C -108.0
Critical Temperature °C 168.7
Critical Pressure kPa 18.65
Critical Volume cc/mole 494.5
Critical Density kg/m3 639.1
Specific Heat, Liquid at 25°C kJ/kg °C 1.103
Specific Heat, Vapor at Constant Pressure (1 atm) and 25°C kJ/kg °C 0.891
Heat of Vaporization at Boiling Point at 25°C kJ/kg °C 88.0
Relative Dielectric Strength 1 atm at 734 mm Hg, 25°C (N2 = 1.0) N/A 2.3

Solubility of Water in Agent @ 25°C N/A 0.001% by weight

Note: NFPA 2001 Reference: Dodecafluoro-2-Methylpentan-3-one

06-236553-001 1-5 December 2022

1-2.2.1 Toxicity
Unnecessary exposure to clean agents is to be avoided in accordance with the requirements of
NFPA-2001. As such, upon operation of a system pre-discharge alarm, all personnel should
immediately exit the protected space. In no case shall personnel remain in a room in which
there is a fire. In the very unlikely instance where a clean agent system should discharge
unexpectedly into an occupied room, all personnel should proceed in a calm and orderly
manner to an exit and leave the room.
The agents have been evaluated for cardiac sensitization in accordance with test protocols
approved by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). The EPA’s SNAP
Program classifies the agents as acceptable for use as total flooding agents in occupied spaces
with specific limitations. Refer to the SNAP program rules or NFPA 2001 for more information.
The agents have been judged acceptable by the U.S. EPA for use in occupied spaces when used
in accordance with the guidance of NFPA 2001. In accordance with NFPA 2001, ECS System
are designed for use with agent vapor concentrations up to ten percent volume in air are
permitted. See NFPA 2001, Edition 2018,
Sect. 1-6, Safety. Concentrations up to the LOAEL are allowed, but a means to limit exposure
times to 5 minutes must be provided. Per NFPA 2001, Edition 2018, the agent accepted LOAEL
and NOAEL limit is as follows:
Table 1-3. EPA Accepted LOAEL and NOAEL
LOAEL >10%
NOAEL 10%

Although the agents have negligible toxicity in concentrations needed to suppress most fires,
certain safety considerations must be observed when applying and handling the agents. Always
consult KFS before using the agents at concentrations above the LOAEL.

1-2.2.2 Decomposition
During combustion of the agent at high temperatures, hazardous decomposition or by-prod-
ucts (halogen acids) are produced.
The interaction of the agent and flame temperatures of 1290°F (700°C) and above will
generate hydrogen fluoride (HF). The quantity of HF will depend on the ratio of fire size to
enclosure size, the agent concentration and the discharge time. If the agent is discharged in
10 seconds or less, flames will be extinguished rapidly and the amount of by-products
produced will be minimal. Still, the post-discharge atmosphere following a fire event must be
considered hazardous for personnel because of the potential for toxic levels of HF in addition
to toxic gas, smoke, and particulate produced by the fire event.
As with carbon dioxide extinguishing systems, control stations and escape routes should be
adequately sealed from this risk to prevent unprotected exposure to a post-discharge
atmosphere. On passenger ships, the post-discharge atmosphere (including decomposition
products if present) must not be discharged in the vicinity of muster (assembly) stations. It
should be noted that in order to achieve the minimum hold time recommended by IMO MSC
Circ. 848(1), the protected space will need to be well sealed from adjacent spaces.

1-2.2.3 Cleanliness
The agent is clean and leaves no residue, thereby eliminating costly after-fire clean-up
and keeping expensive downtime to a minimum. Most materials such as steel, stainless
steel, aluminum, brass and other metals as well as plastics, rubber and electronic
components are unaffected by exposure to the agent.

December 2022 1-6 06-236553-001

1-2.2.4 Other Safety Considerations
The high pressure discharge of the agent from a system nozzle can create noise loud enough
to be startling. The high velocity discharge can be significant enough to dislodge objects
located directly in the discharge path. Enough turbulence may be created in the enclosure to
move unsecured paper and other light objects. Direct contact with the vaporizing agent
discharged from a nozzle will have a chilling effect on objects, and can cause frostbite burns
to the skin in extreme cases.
The agent itself is colorless. Discharge of the agent into a humid atmosphere may cause fog
and reduce visibility for a short time.

1-2.2.5 Operating Temperature Range Limitations

The operating temperature range for all components used in the ECS System is 32°F to 130°F
(0°C to 54°C).

1-2.2.6 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations

The temperature of the location for the agent storage containers depends on the design of the
system.

1-2.2.6.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In balanced systems, where agent flow through each nozzle is equal, the agent cylinder storage
temperature range is 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).

1-2.2.6.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In unbalanced systems, where agent flows through the nozzles at varying rates, the agent
cylinder storage temperature range is 60°F and 80°F (16°C and 27°C).
The latest version of the flow calculation software is written and tested for a 70°F (21°C) agent
cylinder storage temperature (for more information see the latest version of the Flow
Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-237379-001). If the agent cylinder storage temperature
is outside of this range a very minor variation from the calculated results should be expected.
The agent concentrations listed in this DIOM adds a safety factor that should compensate for
this variation.

1-2.2.7 Storage
The agents are stored in steel containers at 360 psig at 70°F (25 bar at 21°C) as a liquid with
nitrogen added to improve the discharge characteristics. The pressure of the stored agents
varies substantially with temperature changes, as illustrated in Figure 1-2 and Figure 1-3.
When discharged, the agent liquid vaporizes at the discharge nozzles and is uniformly
distributed as it enters the fire area.

06-236553-001 1-7 December 2022

 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

December 2022 1-8 06-236553-001

 CHAPTER 2
COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS

2-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides a functional description of the modules and assemblies in the Kidde Fire
Systems ECS™ 360 PSI Fire Suppression System (ECS System). The ECS System can use
either Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent or 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid herein
referred to as collectively “agent” unless called out specifically by name.
Note: Some of the hardware components have been discontinued, but these were left in the
manual for informational purposes. For more information see Chapter 8.

2-2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

The agent is held in the agent storage cylinder by a discharge valve. When the discharge valve
is actuated, the super-pressurized fluid discharges through the valve outlet and is directed
through the distribution piping to the nozzles. The nozzles provide the proper flow rate and
distribution of the agent.
The ECS System is composed of the following components and assemblies:

Section 2-3.1, ECS System Cylinders Section 2-3.4, Discharge Accessories

• Cylinder and Valve Assemblies • Flexible Discharge Hose
• Valve Rebuild Kits • Valve Outlet Adapters
• Agent Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch • Discharge Outlet Adapter
• Liquid Level Indicator • Check Valves
• Cylinder Mounting Straps • 2-Way Selector Valves
• Wall Brackets • 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed)
Section 2-3.2, Control Heads • Lockout Valves
• Electric Control Heads Kit • Pressure Operated Switches
• Stackable Electric Control Heads Kit • Pressure Operated Trip
• Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads Kits • Discharge Indicators
• Control Head Monitor with Explosion Proof Assembly • Electric Remote Pull Station
• Cable Operated Control Head • Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface
• Lever Operated Control Head • Corner Pulleys
• Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head • Discharge Nozzles
• Pressure Operated Control Head Section 2-3.5, Other Accessories
Section 2-3.3, Actuation Accessories • Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch
• 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kits • ‘MAIN’ and ‘RESERVE’ Nameplates
• Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder • Hydrostatic Test Adapters
• Nitrogen Cylinder Kits, 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in. • ECS System Cylinder Recharge Adapters
• Cylinder Straps for 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder • ECS System Cylinder Seating Adapter
• Nitrogen Discharge Head, Plain Nut • Warning Signs
• Nitrogen Discharge Hoses, 3/4 in.
• Nitrogen Manifold "Y" Fitting
• Nitrogen Discharge Delays,
• Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren
• Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Vent
• Flexible Actuation Hoses
• Primary Cylinder Adapter Kit
• Dual-Loop Bleed Kit
• Tees, Elbows and Adapters

06-236553-001 2-1 December 2022

 Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2 show two typical component configurations for the ECS System.

FIRE SUPPRESSION
PANEL

ELECTRIC
CONTROL
HEAD KIT
PRESSURE OPERA TED SWIT CH
3P .D .T .

UL
PRESSURE
OPERATED
FM

VALVE
SWITCH
PRESSURE
GAUGE

LIQUID
AGENT LEVEL
CYLINDER INDICATOR
NOZZLE

Figure 2-1. Typical ECS System with Electric Control Head

PULL STATION FOR FIRE

BREAK GLASS PULL HANDLE

PULL HARD

CABLE OPERATED
CONTROL HEAD

CORNER
PULLEY
VALVE
PRESSURE
GAUGE

AGENT
CYLINDER NOZZLE

Figure 2-2. Typical ECS System with Cable Operated Control Head

December 2022 2-2 06-236553-001

2-3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS
2-3.1 ECS System Cylinders
2-3.1.1 Cylinder and Valve Assemblies
The agent fluid is stored in steel cylinders as a liquid, super-pressurized with nitrogen to
360 psig at 70°F (25 bar gauge at 21°C). The cylinder valve assembly is equipped with a
supervisory pressure switch connection for monitoring cylinder pressure, a pressure gauge and
a safety burst disc in compliance with DOT or UN/TPED/TPE requirements (as applicable).
In addition, each cylinder and valve assembly is provided with a safety cap and a
protection cap which is a safety feature to prevent uncontrolled, accidental discharge.
Note: Cylinder weight and dimensions are not agent dependent, however the cylinder part
numbers differ based on the agent selected.
UN/UK/EU (as applicable) cylinders are also fitted with valve protection devices
(Caps/Shrouds) in accordance with the UN's ADR and are tested to ISO 11117.

The safety cap must be installed on the discharge outlet whenever a charged
cylinder/valve assembly is not connected to the system piping. Failure to install
the safety cap could result in violent movement of the container in the event of
WARNING inadvertent actuation. Failure to follow these instructions could cause death,
personal injury and/or property damage.

KFS offers two lines of cylinders—one for the US DOT Market (DOT) and one for the UK/EU
Market (TPE/TPED). For a part number break down, see Figure 2-3. Refer to Table 2-4 for the
US DOT Market cylinder dimensions and Table 2-5 for the UK/EU Market cylinder dimension.

45 – X X X X X X – X 0 X Description
Fill State
1 = Factory Filled
3 = First Fill Eligible
Agent
0 = 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
9 = Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
Cylinder Size
0010 = 10 lb Cylinder
0020 = 20 lb Cylinder
0040 = 40 lb Cylinder
0070 = 70 lb Cylinder
0121 = 125 lb Cylinder with LLI
0125 = 125 lb Cylinder
0200 = 200 lb Cylinder
0201 = 200 lb Cylinder with LLI
0350 = 350 lb Cylinder
0351 = 350 lb Cylinder with LLI
0451 = 450 lb Cylinder with LLI
0600 = 600 lb Cylinder
0601 = 600 lb Cylinder with LLI
0900 = 900 lb Cylinder
0901 = 900 lb Cylinder with LLI
Cylinder Style
10 = DOT Approved
77 = UN/TPE/TPED (as applicable) Approved
20 = Legacy DOT Approved

Figure 2-3. Cylinder/Valve Part Number Breakdown

Notes:
Not all combination are available. For example, all UN/TPE/TPED approved cylinders
125 lbs and above include the Liquid Level Indicator.

06-236553-001 2-3 December 2022

 Table 2-1. Part Numbers for UN/TPE/TPED Cylinders filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent

Part Number Nomenclature Filled With

45-770010-90X 10 lb. (4.5 kg) Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent

45-770020-90X 20 lb. (9 kg) Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
45-770040-90X 40 lb. (18 kg) Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
45-770070-90X 70 lb. (32 kg) Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
45-770121-90X 125 lb. (57 kg) Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
45-770201-90X 200 lb. (91 kg) Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
45-770351-90X 350 lb. (159 kg) Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
45-770451-90X 450 lb (205 kg) Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
45-770601-90X 600 lb. (272 kg) Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
45-770901-90X 900 lb. (408 kg) Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent

Note:
-X01 denotes factory filled cylinder; -X03 denotes first fill site cylinder.
Table 2-2. Part Numbers for DOT Cylinders filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

Part Number Nomenclature Filled With

45-100010-X0X 10 lb. (4.5 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

45-100020-X0X 20 lb. (9 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-100040-X0X 40 lb. (18 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-100070-X0X 70 lb. (32 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-100121-X0X 125 lb. (57 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-100201-X0X 200 lb. (91 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-100351-X0X 350 lb. (159 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-100601-X0X 600 lb. (272 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-100901-X0X 900 lb. (408 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

Note:
-X01 denotes factory filled cylinder; -X03 denotes first fill site cylinder.

December 2022 2-4 06-236553-001

 Table 2-3. Part Numbers for UN/TPE/TPED Cylinders filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

Part Number Nomenclature Filled With

45-770010-00X 10 lb. (4.5 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

45-770020-00X 20 lb. (9 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-770040-00X 40 lb. (18 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-770070-00X 70 lb. (32 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-770121-00X 125 lb. (57 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-770201-00X 200 lb. (91 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-770351-00X 350 lb. (159 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-770451-00X 450 lb (205 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-770601-00X 600 lb. (272 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
45-770901-00X 900 lb. (408 kg) 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

Note:
-X01 denotes factory filled cylinder; -X03 denotes first fill site cylinder.

Failure of a First Fill facility to fill a cylinder with the specified agent could lead
WARNING to an incorrect suppression concentration and failure to suppress the fire.

Figure 2-4 through Figure 2-8 represent typical cylinder assemblies. See Table 2-4 and
Table 2-5 for cylinder dimensions.

CYLINDER VALVE

SAFETY CAP

PRESSURE GAUGE
180 APART FROM SYPHON
TUBE OPEN END

C
CYLINDER
B

Figure 2-4. Typical Cylinder Assembly, 10 to 70 lb

06-236553-001 2-5 December 2022

 SAFETY CAP CYLINDER VALVE
LIQUID LEVEL
INDICATOR

LIFTING LUGS

C
CYLINDER

B
CYLINDER
NAMEPLATE

Figure 2-5. Typical Cylinder Assembly, 125 lb and 200 lb and 350 lb Manufactured through April 2014.

SAFETY CAP CYLINDER VALVE

LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR

LIFTING LUGS

CYLINDER

C B

Figure 2-6. Typical Cylinder Assembly, 200 and 350 lb Manufactured After April 2014.

Protection
Cap
Liquid Level
Indicator

Cylinder Valve

Safety Cap

Lifting Lug

Burst Disc
Assembly

Cylinder C

Figure 2-7. Typical Cylinder Assembly, 450 lb (180L) (UN/TPE/TPED Only)

December 2022 2-6 06-236553-001

 VALVE ORIENTATION
PLAN VIEW

B
C SAFETY BURST
DISC ASSEMBLY

Figure 2-8. 600 and 900 lb Cylinder with 3" Valve

If desired, the 125, 200, 350, 450, 600 and 900 lb (51, 81, 142, 180, 243, and 368 liter)
cylinders can be provided with an integral liquid level indicator (see Section 2-3.1.4).
Table 2-4. Dimensions, Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only:
US DOT Market

Valve Outlet
Height Diameter
Volume Height
(C) (A)
Part Number Valve w/LLI (B)

in. m in. m ft.3 m3 in. m

45-X00010-X01 1½ in. No 17.30 0.44 7.07 0.18 0.167 0.0047 13.3 0.36
45-X00020-X01 1½ in. No 24.97 0.64 7.07 0.18 0.286 0.0081 21.0 0.53
45-X00040-X01 1½ in. No 26.76 0.68 9.00 0.23 0.572 0.0162 22.8 0.58
45-X00070-X01 1½ in. No 38.83 0.99 9.00 0.23 1.000 0.0283 34.9 0.89
45-X00121-X01 1½ in. Yes 35.93 0.92 12.75 0.33 1.788 0.0506 32.0 0.81
45-X00125-X01* 1½ in. No 35.93 0.92 12.75 0.33 1.788 0.0506 32.0 0.81
45-X00200-X01* 2 in. No 52.75 1.34 12.75 0.33 2.859 0.0810 47.5 1.21
45-X00201-X01 2 in. Yes 52.75 1.34 12.75 0.33 2.859 0.0810 47.5 1.21
45-X00350-X01* 2 in. No 58.36 1.49 16.00 0.41 5.000 0.1416 53.1 1.35
45-X00351-X01 2 in. Yes 58.36 1.49 16.00 0.41 5.000 0.1416 53.1 1.35
45-X00600-X01* 3 in. No 58.00 1.47 22.00 0.56 8.680 0.246 50.5 1.28
45-X00601-X01 3 in. Yes 58.00 1.47 22.00 0.56 8.680 0.246 50.5 1.28
45-X00900-X01* 3 in. No 70.00 1.78 24.00 0.61 13.000 0.368 62.0 1.57
45-X00901-X01 3 in. Yes 70.00 1.78 24.00 0.61 13.000 0.368 62.0 1.57
*Cylinder models above 70lbs without the LLI are no longer available for purchase.
-90X denotes filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent-; 00X denotes filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire
Protection Fluid
45-100 series are currently available. 45-200 series are legacy cylinders.

06-236553-001 2-7 December 2022

 Table 2-5. Dimensions, Cylinder and Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only:
UN/TPE/TPED Market

Valve Outlet
Height Diameter
Volume Height
(C) (A)
Part Number Valve w/LLI (B)

m in. m in. m3 ft.3 m in.

45-770010-001 1½ in. No 0.44 17.30 0.18 7.07 0.0047 0.167 0.36 13.3
45-770020-001 1½ in. No 0.64 24.97 0.18 7.07 0.0081 0.286 0.53 21.0
45-770040-001 1½ in. No 0.68 26.76 0.23 9.00 0.0162 0.572 0.58 22.8
45-770070-001 1½ in. No 0.99 38.83 0.23 9.00 0.0283 1.000 0.89 34.9
45-770121-001 1½ in. Yes 0.92 35.93 0.33 12.75 0.0506 1.788 0.81 32.0
45-770125-001 1½ in. No 0.92 35.93 0.33 12.75 0.0506 1.788 0.81 32.0
45-770200-001 2 in. No 1.34 52.75 0.33 12.75 0.0810 2.859 1.21 47.5
45-770201-001 2 in. Yes 1.34 52.75 0.33 12.75 0.0810 2.859 1.21 47.5
45-770350-001 2 in. No 1.49 58.36 0.41 16.00 0.1416 5.000 1.35 53.1
45-770351-001 2 in. Yes 1.49 58.36 0.41 16.00 0.1416 5.000 1.35 53.1
45-770451-001 2 in. Yes 1.80 70.8 0.41 16.00 0.1820 6.429 1.66 65.5
45-770600-001 3 in. No 1.47 58.00 0.56 22.00 0.246 8.680 1.28 50.5
45-770601-001 3 in. Yes 1.47 58.00 0.56 22.00 0.246 8.680 1.28 50.5
45-770900-001 3 in. No 1.78 70.00 0.61 24.00 0.368 13.000 1.57 62.0
45-770901-001 3 in. Yes 1.78 70.00 0.61 24.00 0.368 13.000 1.57 62.0

Table 2-6. UN/TPE/TPED and DOT Cylinder Equivalent Size Cross listing

TPED Cylinder Equivalent DOT

Cylinder Size in Cylinder Size in
Assembly Cylinder Assembly
Liters lbs
Part Number Part Number

45-770010-X01 5 10 45-100010-X01
45-770020-X01 8 20 45-100020-X01
45-770040-X01 16 40 45-100040-X01
45-770070-X01 28 70 45-100070-X01
45-770121-X01 51 121 45-100121-X01
45-770125-X01 51 125 45-100125-X01
45-770200-X01 81 200 45-100200-X01
45-770201-X01 81 201 45-100201-X01
45-770350-X01 142 350 45-100350-X01
45-770351-X01 142 351 45-100351-X01
45-770451-001 180 450 Size not available
45-770600-X01 243 600 45-100600-X01
45-770601-X01 243 601 45-100601-X01
45-770900-X01 368 900 45-100900-X01
45-770901-X01 368 901 45-100901-X01

December 2022 2-8 06-236553-001

 Table 2-7. 2” UN/TPE/TPED Safety Disc Replacement Information

Safety Disc TPED P/N Valve Size Torque Burst Disc Pressure @ 70°F Cylinder Size

06-220251-001 1 1/2” 90 ft lb 681~754 psig (47~52 bar) 5, 8, 16, 28, 51 L

06-220252-001 2” 90 ft lb 681~754 psig (47~52 bar) 81, 142, 180 L

06-220252-001 3” 90 ft lb 681~754 psig (47~52 bar) 243, 368 L

The ECS System equipment listed herein is designed for an operating temperature range of
32°F to 130°F (-0°C to 54°C). Table 2-8 shows the cylinder temperature-pressure relationship
based on a maximum fill density of 70 lb/ft3 (1121 kg/m3). The KFS ECS™ Fire Suppression
System Flow Calculation Program is designed for a 70°F (21°C) cylinder operating/storage
temperature. Therefore, the cylinder operating and storage temperature must be in the range
of 60°F to 80°F (16°C to 27°C) for a single unbalanced system protecting two or more separate
hazards. If the cylinder operating and storage temperature is outside this range, and
insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from one or more discharge nozzles.
The Valve and cylinder equivalent length is 50 feet for all cylinder sizes. For more information,
consult the ECS System Flow Calculation Program.

Table 2-8. Cylinder Temperature-Pressure Correlation

(Based on a cylinder fill density of 70 lb/ft3 or 1121 kg/m3)

Temperature Nominal Charge, Pressure

°F °C psig Bar

32 0 333 23.0
40 4.4 339 23.4
50 10.0 346 23.9
60 15.6 353 24.3
70 21.1 360 24.8
80 26.7 367 25.3
90 32.2 374 25.8
100 37.8 381 26.3
110 43.3 388 26.8
120 48.9 396 27.3
130 54.4 403 27.8

The KFS ECS™ Fire Suppression System Flow Calculation Program.provides the equivalent
lengths for all the ECS System cylinder and valve assemblies. Table 2-9 shows the
dimensions and fill range for cylinder and valve assemblies in vertical installations.

06-236553-001 2-9 December 2022

 Table 2-9. Range Cylinder and Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only, UK/EU and DOT Markets

Gross Weight
Empty
Fill Range
Weight
Part Number Nomenclature Min. Fill Max. Fill

lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg

45-XX0010-X01 10 lb Cylinder 6–11 2.7–5.0 25 11.4 31 14.1 36 16.3

45-XX0020-X01 20 lb Cylinder 12–23 5.4–10.4 31 14.1 43 19.5 54 24.5
45-XX0040-X01 40 lb Cylinder 20–40 9.1–18.1 38 17.2 58 26.3 78 35.4
45-XX0070-X01 70 lb Cylinder 35–70 15.9–31.8 52 23.6 87 39.5 122 55.3
45-XX0121-X01 63–125 28.6–56.7 98 44.5 161 73.0 223 101.2
125 lb Cylinder
45-XX0125-X01 63–125 28.6–56.7 98 44.5 161 73.0 223 101.2
45-XX0200-X01 100–200 45.4–90.7 133 60.3 233 105.7 333 151.1
200 lb Cylinder
45-XX0201-X01 100–200 45.4–90.7 133 60.3 233 105.7 333 151.1
45-XX0350-X01 175–350 79.4–158.8 201 91.2 376 170.6 551 249.9
350 lb Cylinder
45-XX0351-X01 175–350 79.4–158.8 203 92.1 378 171.5 551 249.9
45-770451-X01
450 lb Cylinder 260-425 117.9-192.8 280 127 539 245 704 320
45-770450-X01
45-XX0600-X01 300–600 136.1–272.2 362 164.2 662 300.3 962 436.4
600 lb Cylinder
45-XX0601-X01 300–600 136.1–272.2 367 166.5 667 300.3 962 436.4
45-XX0900-X01 455–910 206.4–412.8 505 229.1 960 435.5 1415 641.8
900 lb Cylinder
45-XX0901-X01 455–910 206.4–412.8 505 229.1 960 435.5 1415 641.8
Note: “XX” reference is replaced with -10 for US DOT market, and -77 for UK/EU (TPE/TPED) specification
markets.
-90X denotes filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent; -00X denotes filled with 3M Novec 1230
Fire Protection Fluid

Figure 2-9 and Figure 2-11 represent the 1½” through 3" valve arrangements.

December 2022 2-10 06-236553-001

 PRO CAP

ACTUATION
PORT

PLUG
(PORT ON REAR)

PRIMARY CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT
(PORT ON REAR)

USE PLUG OR
PRIMARY CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT
SAFETY
DISC
(PORT ON REAR)

OUTLET USE PRESSURE SWITCH

OR SAFETY CAP
PROTECTION
CAP

PRESSURE PRESSURE
INDICATOR SWITCH
SAFETY
CAP

Figure 2-9. 1½", and Older Style 2" Valve General Arrangement

PRO CAP

ACTUATION
PORT

PLUG
(PORT ON REAR)

PRIMARY CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT
(PORT ON REAR)

USE PLUG OR
PRIMARY CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT

OUTLET USE PRESSURE SWITCH

OR SAFETY CAP
PROTECTION
CAP

PRESSURE PRESSURE
INDICATOR SWITCH
SAFETY
CAP

Figure 2-10. Newer 2" Valve General Arrangement

06-236553-001 2-11 December 2022

 PRO CAP

ACTUATION
PORT

PLUG
(PORT ON REAR)

PRIMARY CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT
(PORT ON REAR)
USE PLUG OR
PRIMARY CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT

USE PRESSURE SWITCH

VICTAULIC OR SAFETY CAP
FITTING AND PLUG

PRESSURE PRESSURE
INDICATOR SWITCH
SAFETY
CAP

Figure 2-11. 3" Valve General Arrangement

Note: 3” Valves manufactured before January 2020 have the supervisory pressure switch port
located opposite the valve outlet.
3 in. valve cylinders are equipped with a roll-groove outlet. Use a standard groove-
groove connection in lieu of a valve outlet adapter.

December 2022 2-12 06-236553-001

2-3.1.2 Valve Rebuild Kits
2-3.1.2.1 1-1/2” Valve Rebuild Kit
P/N: 90-140100-000
The 1-1/2” Valve Rebuild Kit should be used to rebuild all 1-1/2” Valves after a discharge,
including replacing the safety burst disc.

Table 2-10. 1-1/2” Valve Rebuild Kit Contents

Description Part Number

Kit, 1-1/2” Valve Rebuild Includes 1 of each of the following:

• Safety Disc (1-1/2” Valve)
• Washer, Safety Disc - 1-1/2” Valve
• Nut, Safety Disc (1-1/2) Retainer
• O-Ring, Cap (1-1/2” Valve)
• O-Ring, Piston (1-1/2” Valve)
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (1-1/2” Valve) 90-140100-000
• O-Ring, Seat (1-1/2” Valve)
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (1-1/2” Valve)
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool

Note: For UN/TPE/TPED cylinders, use the rebuild kit listed, but in addition order the following
Safety Disc:

Table 2-11. 2” UN/TPE/TPED Safety Disc Replacement Information

Safety Disc TPED P/N Valve Size Torque Burst Disc Pressure @ 70°F Cylinder Size

06-220251-001 1 1/2” 90 ft lb 681~754 psig (47~52 bar) 5, 8, 16, 28, 51 L

06-236553-001 2-13 December 2022

2-3.1.2.2 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit
P/N: 85-150200-000
For all 2” valves, use the 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit, P/N: 85-150200-000. All
2” Valves must be serviced after a discharge, including replacing the safety burst disc located
on the cylinder. This rebuild kit includes the Safety Disc Assembly.
Note: This kit also includes parts for servicing valves manufactured before May 2014 where
the safety burst disc is located on the valve itself, not on the cylinder.
Table 2-12. 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit Contents

Description Part Number

2" Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit includes:

• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Assembly, Safety Disc (for use on valves manufactured after April 2014) which includes:
Note:This is a complete assembly.
– Retainer, Safety Disc
– Disc, Safety
– Washer, Safety Disc
– Holder, Safety Disc Assembly
– O-ring, Packing
• Assembly, Piston, which includes:
– Piston
85-150200-000
– O-ring, Piston
– O-ring, Teflon Back-up
– O-ring, Seat
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool
• Safety Disc Bag (for use on valves manufactured before May 2014) which includes:
Note:This is a bag of components.
– Retainer, Safety Disc
– Disc, Safety
– Washer, Safety Disc

Note: For UN/TPE/TPED cylinders, use the rebuild kit listed, but in addition order the following
Safety Disc:

Table 2-13. 2” UN/TPE/TPED Safety Disc Replacement Information

Safety Disc TPED P/N Valve Size Torque Burst Disc Pressure @ 70°F Cylinder Size

06-220252-001 2” 90 ft lb 681~754 psig (47~52 bar) 81, 142, 180 L

December 2022 2-14 06-236553-001

2-3.1.2.3 3” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit
P/N: 85-170200-000
The 3” Valve Maintenance Kit should be used to rebuild all 3” Valves after a discharge, including
replacing the safety burst disc located on the cylinder. This rebuild kit includes a Safety Disc
Assembly for cylinders with 3” valves.
Table 2-14. 3” Valve Maintenance Kit Contents

Description Part Number

Kit, 3" Valve Maintenance. Includes 1 of each of the following:

• O-ring, Outlet (3" Valve)
• Assembly, Safety Disc which includes:
– Retainer, Safety Disc
– Disc, Safety
– Washer, Safety Disc
– Holder, Safety Disc Assembly
– O-ring, Packing
• O-ring, Inner Piston
• O-Ring, Cap (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
85-170200-000
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Seat (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (3" Valve)
• Pilot Check
• Spring, Pilot Check
• Disc, Perforated
• Ring, Retaining
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool

Note: For UN/TPE/TPED cylinders, use the rebuild kit listed, but in addition order the following
Safety Disc:

Table 2-15. 2” UN/TPE/TPED Safety Disc Replacement Information

Safety Disc TPED P/N Valve Size Torque Burst Disc Pressure @ 70°F Cylinder Size

06-220252-001 3” 90 ft lb 681~754 psig (47~52 bar) 243, 368 L

06-236553-001 2-15 December 2022

2-3.1.3 Agent Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch
P/N: 06-118262-001 and 06-118537-001
Note: KFS offers supervisory pressure switches for multiple product lines. The switches have
a colored band to help differentiate them. When ordering and installing these switches,
please select the appropriate switch. Agent Cylinders with a pressure of 360 psi use a
silver band. For more information, see Section 2-3.1.3.
In order to have a mistake proof positive actuation, KFS advises that all agent cylinders
have a supervisory pressure switch or pressure monitoring switch installed. The switch
should be wired to the control panel to ensure a trouble signal is displayed if a loss in
pressure of the agent is detected.
The Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch is intended to detect a fall in pressure in the ECS
System agent cylinder. The cylinder supervisory pressure switch can be wired for either
normally-open or normally-closed operation, depending on installation requirements. The
cylinder supervisory pressure switch can be installed on any capacity ECS System agent
cylinders. If the pressure inside the cylinder falls below 305 psig (21 bar gauge), the switch
contacts will transfer and invoke a “trouble” signal at the control panel.

1-3/16 in.
(30 mm)

FACTORY SEALED
LEAD WIRES 36 in. LONG ± 1 in.

1/2 in. -14 NPT (ALUMINUM)

CAUTION LABEL

4-1/8 in. NAMEPLATE LABEL

(105 mm)

O-RING 21/64 in. x 3/32 in.

01/4 in. SAE 45° FLARE

WITH VALVE CORE
FEMALE W/VALVE DEFLECTOR

Figure 2-12. Supervisory Pressure Switch, Female Fitting

Table 2-16. Supervisory Pressure Switch Approvals

Part Number Approvals

06-118262-001 UL, FM

06-118537-001 UL, FM, ATEX

2-3.1.3.1 Hazardous Location Classifications for ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch

P/N 06-118537-001
North America Classification:
• Class I, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups A, B, C and D
• Class II, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups E, F, and G
• Class III
• 32°F (0°C) ≤ Tamb ≤ 130°F (54°C)
ATEX & IECEx Classifications
• II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb
• II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db
• IP66
• 32°F (0°C) ≤ Tamb ≤ 130°F (54°C)

December 2022 2-16 06-236553-001

2-3.1.3.2 Supervisory Pressure Switch Differentiation
KFS offers supervisory pressure switches for multiple products and product lines. When
ordering and installing supervisory pressure switches, please select the appropriate switch. The
switches have a colored band to help differentiate them.
Note: Due to the various differences in screen displays and printers, the colors displayed here
may not perfectly match the colors on the actual products.
Table 2-17. Supervisory Pressure Switch Specifications

Band Pressure
Switch Part Numbers Compatible with
Color Trip Setting

06-118262-001 305 psig ECS™ 360 psi Agent

Silver
06-118537-001 (ATEX) (21.0 bar) Cylinders

Kidde Fire Systems

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders

85-111540-001 Kidde Fire Systems

1540 psig
Blue Nitrogen Siren Drivers
85-111540-100 (ATEX) (106.2 bar)
Kidde Fire Systems
ADS™ Systems
Nitrogen Drivers

45-118500-001 Kidde Fire Systems

435 psig
Orange ECS-500™ psi Agent
45-500537-001 (ATEX) (30.0 bar)
Cylinders

Kidde Fire Systems

Carbon Dioxide Pilot
81-111350-001 1350 psig Cylinders and Siren
Red Drivers
81-111350-100 (ATEX) (93.1 bar)
(High and Low
Pressure systems)

06-236553-001 2-17 December 2022

2-3.1.4 Liquid Level Indicator
The LLI consists of a hollow stainless steel tube inserted into a special fitting in the top of the
125, 200, 350, 450, 600, or 900 lb (51, 81, 142, 243, 368 liter) ECS System cylinders. The LLI
can be used with DOT or UN/TPE/TPED approved cylinders.The LLI is provided with a graduated
flexible tape that senses the position of a toroidal magnet encased within an internal float riding
on the liquid surface. The graduations on the tape indicate the liquid level within the cylinder
(see Figure 2-13).
A Black colored protective cap covers the tape under normal circumstance to prevent damage.
This differs from the white colored protective cap used on the legacy LLIs. See Table 2-18 for
part number information.

Figure 2-13. Liquid Level Indicator

Table 2-18. Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers

Cylinder New LLI P/N

125 lb (51 liter) 85-235000-025

200 lb (81 liter) 85-235000-037
350 lb (142 liter) 85-235000-037
450 lb (180 liter) 85-235000-042
600 lb (243 liter) 85-235000-037
900 lb (368 liter) 85-235000-042

Use the parts listed in Table 2-19 to order a replacement tape for an LLI:
Note: These spare tapes are not compatible with the legacy LLIs with the white cap.
Table 2-19. Spare Tape Part Numbers

Part Number Description

06-237764-025 Spare Tape for Liquid Level Indicator P/N: 85-235000-025

06-237764-037 Spare Tape for Liquid Level Indicator P/N: 85-235000-037
06-237764-042 Spare Tape for Liquid Level Indicator P/N: 85-235000-042

December 2022 2-18 06-236553-001

 2-3.1.5 Cylinder Mounting Straps
P/N: See Table 2-20
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders in a vertical position. Cylinder straps
are available for all size cylinders (see Figure 2-14 and Table 2-20).

F (HOLE SIZE)
C
D

Figure 2-14. Cylinder Mounting Straps

Table 2-20. Dimensions–Cylinder Mounting Straps, Standard

Cylinder Dimensions
Part Number Cylinder Size
O.D.
A B C D E F
WK-283945-000 10 lb, 20 lb 7-5/64 in 6-31/64 in 9-5/8 in 8-5/8 in 1 in 2-25/32 in 7/16 in
(5 and 8 liter) (180 mm) (165 mm) (244 mm) (219 mm) (25 mm) (71 mm) (11 mm)
WK-283934-000 40 lb, 70 lb 9 in 8-5/32 in 11-11/16 in 10-11/16 in 1 in 3-1/2 in 7/16 in
(16 and 28 liter) (229 mm) (207 mm) (297 mm) (272 mm) (25 mm) (89 mm) (11 mm)
06-235317-001 125 lb, 200 lb 12-3/4 in 12-15/16 in 16-3/16 in 14-9/16 in 1-3/4 in 5-19/32 in 5/8 in
(51 and 81 liter) (324 mm) (328 mm) (411 mm) (370 mm) (45 mm) (142 mm) (16 mm)

WK-281866-0001 350, 450 lb 16 in 15-1/2 in 19-1/2 in 17-7/8 in 1-3/4 in 7-1/4 in 5/8 in

(142 and 180 liter) (406 mm) (394 mm) (484 mm) (454 mm) (45 mm) (184 mm) (16 mm)
WK-294651-000 600 lb 22 in 21-9/16 in 25-3/4 in 24-1/8 in 1-3/4 in 10-1/4 in 5/8 in
(243 liter) (559 mm) (548 mm) (654 mm) (613 mm) (45 mm) (260 mm) (16 mm)
06-236125-001 900 lb 24 in 24-53/64 in 27-3/4 in 26 in 1-3/4 in 12-1/8 in 5/8 in
(368 liter) (610 mm) (610 mm) (705 mm) (660 mm) (45 mm) (308 mm) (16 mm)
Notes:
1. The 450 lb. cylinder requires 2 mounting straps.

06-236553-001 2-19 December 2022

2-3.1.6 Wall Brackets
P/N: See Table 2-21
Wall brackets (P/N 82-486485-000, 82-486486-000, 82-486487-000 and 82-486488-000) are
available for the 10, 20, 40 and 70 lb (4.5, 9, 18, and 32 kg) size cylinders (see Figure 2-15
and Table 2-21).

0.41 in. DIA. THRU

(3) MTG HOLES
(TYP)

3/8 in. (10 mm)

3 in. FASTENING
(76 mm) HARDWARE
FLEXIBLE
(TO WALL)
STRAP
5/8 in.
(16 mm)

3 in. (76 mm)

A B

Figure 2-15. Cylinder Wall Brackets

Table 2-21. Dimensions–Cylinder Wall Brackets

Dimensions
Cylinder
Part Number
Capacity
A B C D

82-486485-000 10 lb 8-5/8 in 1-9/16 in 7-11/16 in 5-3/4 in

(5 liter) (219 mm) (40 mm) (195 mm) (146 mm)
82-486486-000 20 lb 14-3/8 in 7-5/16 in 7-11/16 in 5-3/4 in
(8 liter) (265 mm) (186 mm) (195 mm) (146 mm)
82-486487-000 40 lb 13-1/8 in 5-15/16 in 9-3/4 in 6-3/4 in
(16 liter) (333 mm) (151 mm) (248 mm) (146 mm)
82-486488-000 70 lb 19-5/8 in 12-7/16 in 9-3/4 in 6-3/4 in
(28 liter) (498 mm) (316 mm) (248 mm) (146 mm)

December 2022 2-20 06-236553-001

2-3.2 Control Heads
A suitable control unit, specifically Listed and Approved for use with the following electric
control heads, shall be provided for supervision of the releasing circuits per NFPA and ISO
14520 requirements. In addition, a 24-hour back-up power source shall be provided per
NFPA and ISO 14520 requirements.

2-3.2.1 Electric Control Heads Kit

P/N: 85-890181-200
The Electric Control Head provides for electric actuation of the ECS System cylinder valve. It
is operated electrically from a detection and control system, a remote manual station, or locally
with a manual lever on the electric control head (P/N 85-890181-200 only). See Figure 2-16
and Table 2-22.
To comply with NFPA 2001, Latest Edition, all electric actuators must be under placement
supervision such that, if the actuator is removed, an audible and visual signal will be initiated
at the control panel indicating system impairment. To accomplish this, KFS includes a Control
Head Monitor suitable for mounting between the electric control head and the corresponding
discharge valves. The Electric Control Head kit includes the following items:

Part Number Description

85-890181-200 Kit, Includes:

• Control Head Monitor, P/N 85-100000-100
• Electrical Control Head, 24 VDC, P/N WK-890181-200

Note: Systems installed after January 1st, 2016 that do not include electric control head
monitoring are not UL Listed or FM Approved.

2.31in.

Connection for Flexible

Electrical Conduit -
3/4 in. NPT Female
36.00 in. 36.00 in.

ELECTRIC
CONTROL HE
PATENT NO. 2466750

6.36 in. VOLTS DC 6.36 in.

AMPS

PART NO. R
FM

TO RESET
USE SCREWDRIVER

SET RELEASED
MADE IN USA

Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721 U.S.A.

2.31in.
4.00"

Figure 2-16. Electric Control Head

Table 2-22. Electric Control Head Specifications

Part Number Voltage Current

WK-890181-200 24 VDC 2.0 A momentary

For specifications on the Control Head Monitor, see Section 2-3.2.4.

06-236553-001 2-21 December 2022

 Figure 2-17. Assembled Electric Control Head Kit, P/N 85-890181-200

December 2022 2-22 06-236553-001

2-3.2.2 Stackable Electric Control Heads Kit
P/N: 85-486500-010
The Stackable Control Head (P/N 82-486500-010) is rated for use in hazardous (US HAZLOC
Classified) locations Class 1, Div 1, Groups C, D, and Class II, Div II, Groups E, F, and G
between -40°F to 130°F (-40°C to 54°C). See Figure 2-18 and Table 2-23. Use conduit seal
within 18 in (450 mm) of this device.
Note: Systems installed after January 1st, 2016 that do not include electric control head
monitoring are not UL Listed or FM Approved.
The Stackable Electric Control Head Kit includes the following items:

Part Number Description

85-486500-010 Kit, Includes:

• Control Head Monitor, P/N 85-100000-100
• Lever Operated Control Head (with Black Lever), P/N WK-870652-000
(See Section 2-3.2.6)*
• Electrical Control Head, 24 VDC, Stackable, (HAZLOC -Ex. Proof), P/N: 82-486500-010
* Lever Operated Control Head (with Black Lever) (P/N WK-870652-000) is added to the kit to comply with FM5600

The Stackable Electric Control Head is designed for installation directly on the 2 in and
1 1/2 in agent valve cylinders only. Installation of the control head on any other device
will result in failure of the device when the control head is actuated.
The stackable control head does not have sufficient force to activate the 3 in (80 mm)
CAUTION agent valve cylinder (P/N 45-17000-000). The electric/manual control heads (P/Ns
WK-897494-000, WK-8990181-000, and 81-895630-200) may be used with the 3 in
valve.

B
1-1/4 in. -18 UNEF-2A
CONNECTION

1/2 in. -14 NPT

CONDUIT
CONNECTION

(3) 18 AWG-LEADS
18 in. (457 mm) LONG

SWIVEL NUT
1-1/4 in. - 18 UNEF - 2B
CONNECTION

Figure 2-18. Electric Control Head, Stackable

Table 2-23. Electric Control Head, Stackable (HAZLOC - Explosion Proof)

Dimension
Part Number Voltage Amps
A B

WK-486500-010 5-9/32 in (134 mm) 3 in (76 mm) 24 VDC 0.20 continuous

06-236553-001 2-23 December 2022

 Figure 2-19. Assembled Electric Control Head Kit (Stackable Type), P/N 85-486500-010

December 2022 2-24 06-236553-001

2-3.2.3 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads Kits
P/N: 85-897494-000 and 85-895630-200
The electric/cable operated control heads mount directly on top of the ECS System cylinder
valve and provide for both electric actuation or remote cable operation. The control head is
operated remotely by an electrical signal from a detection system or electric manual pull
station. The control head can also be operated mechanically from a remote cable operated
manual pull station or locally using the manual lever on the control head (see Figure 2-20 and
Table 2-24).
Note: Systems installed after January 1st, 2016 that do not include electric control head
monitoring are not UL Listed or FM Approved.
The Electric/Cable Operated Control Head Kit includes the following items:

Part Number Description

85-897494-000 Kit, Includes:

• Control Head Monitor, P/N 85-100000-100
• Electrical and Cable Operated Control Head, 24 VDC, (Ex. Proof), P/N WK-897494-000
85-895630-200 Electric and Cable Operated Control Head Kit, Includes:
• Control Head Monitor, P/N 85-100000-100
• Electrical and Cable Operated Control Head, 24 VDC, P/N: 81-895630-200

Table 2-24. Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads

Part Number Type Voltage Amps Rating

81-895630-200 Standard 24 VDC 2.00 momentary N/A

WK-897494-000 Explosion Proof 24 VDC 1.65 continuous 33.0 Watts

06-236553-001 2-25 December 2022

 OPERATING SOLENOID
U.L. LISTED FOR USE IN
CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE THE FOLLOWING HAZARDOUS
ELECTRIC CONDUIT LOCATIONS:
1/2 in. (13 mm) NPT FEMALE

CLASS GROUP OP. TEMP.

I C -13°F TO 150°F
(-25°C TO 65°C)
I D -40°F TO 150°F
(-40°C to 65°C)
CONNECTING WIRES II E, F, G -40°F TO 150°F
36 in. (914 mm) LONG (-40°C to 65°C)

LOCKING PIN
7-3/8 in.
(187 mm) SEAL WIRE

PU
INSTRUCTIONS

MAINTENANCE
PART NO.

SEE

FOR
INDICATOR AND

KIDDE-FENWAL, INC.
ASHLAND, MA 01721
400 MAIN STREET

SET
MADE IN U.S.A.
RESET STEM CONNECTION FOR

USE SCREWDRIVER

CONTROL HEAD
TO RESET
REMOTE PULL BOX

ELECTRIC

HZ
VOLTS

CABLE
PIPE OR CONDUIT

PULL
AMPS
RELEASED
3/8 in.(10 mm) NPS MALE

LOCAL MANUAL
RELEASE LEVER

4-15/16 in.
(125 mm) SWIVEL NUT
1-1/2 in. (38mm) HEX
1-1/4 in.-18 NF-3 THREAD

CONNECTION FOR CABLE

HOUSING TO SECOND
CONTROL HEAD IF USED
3/8 in. (10 mm) NPS FEMALE.
USE PNEUMATIC CONTROL
HEAD CABLE HOUSINGS

Figure 2-20. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head, P/N WK-897494-000

36.00 in.

2.40 in.

7.64 in.

7.64 in. Connection for Flexible 2.40 in.

Electrical Conduit -
3/4 in. NPT Female
CONTROL HE
PART NO.

AMPS
VOLTS DC

ELECTRIC
PATENT NO. 2466750
SET
MADE IN USA

TO RESET
USE SCREWDRIVER

5.44 in.
Ashland, MA 01721 U.S.A.
400 Main Street
Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.

R
RELEASED

FM

36.00 in.

Figure 2-21. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head, P/N 81-895630-200

December 2022 2-26 06-236553-001

 Figure 2-22. Assembled Cable/Electric Control Head Kits, P/N 85-897494-000

Cable/Electric Control Head

Valve

Control Head Monitor

Figure 2-23. Assembled Cable/Electric Control Head Kits, P/N 85-895630-200

06-236553-001 2-27 December 2022

2-3.2.4 Control Head Monitor with Explosion Proof Assembly
P/N: 85-100000-100
To comply with NFPA 2001, Latest Edition, all electric control heads must be under placement
supervision such that, if an electric actuator is removed, an audible and visual signal will be
initiated at the control panel indicating system impairment. The explosion-proof control head
monitor (CHM) provides this supervision for control head placement in normal and potentially
explosive environments in one easy to install component.
Note: Systems installed after January 1st, 2016 that do not include electric control head mon-
itoring are not UL Listed or FM Approved.
The following specifications apply to the CHM:
• Rated Voltage: 42 VDC maximum
• Resistive Load: 0.5A maximum
.

WHITE WIRES
BLUE WIRES

5.85

Figure 2-24. Control Head Monitor (CHM) Dimensions

This CHM can be placed between the items listed below and one of the following Electric or
Electric/Cable operated control heads (P/N: WK-890181-000, WK-897494-000,
82-486500-010, and 81-895630-000):
• Kidde Fire Systems 1-1/2”, 2”, and 3” cylinder discharge valve
• Kidde Fire Systems Nitrogen Pilot Valve
• Kidde Fire Systems Nitrogen Driver Valve
• Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head (with special spacer)
Important: For Kidde Fire Systems, do not use a CHM with a round front on a Nitrogen pilot
cylinder that uses a non-ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch (P/N: 06-129773-
001, -002, -003, and -004). In this case, use a CHM with a flat front
manufactured after October 2019 (Date code: 10-19), to avoid interference with
supervisory pressure switch.

CHM with CHM with

Flat Front Round Front

Figure 2-25. CHM Comparison

December 2022 2-28 06-236553-001

 For US and Canada explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
WARNING inches from the end of the component.

2-3.2.4.1 Standards for US Explosion Proof Approval

Number Issue Date

FM 3600 2011
FM 3615 2006
FM 3616 2011
FM 3810 2005
ANSI/ISA 60079-0 2013
ANSI/ISA 60079-1 2013
ANSI/ISA 60079-31 2013

US Hazardous Location Markings:

• Class I, Div 1, Groups CD
• Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB T6
• Class II, III, Div 1, Groups EFG
• Zone 21, AEx tb IIIC T85°C
• Ta = -40°C to 60°C

2-3.2.4.2 Standards for Canadian Explosion Proof Approval

Number Issue Date

CSA C22.2 NO. 0.4 2013

CSA C22.2 NO. 0.5 2012
CSA C22.2 NO. 25 2014
CSA C22.2 NO. 30 2012
61010-1 2012
CAN/CSA 60079-0 2011
CAN/CSA 60079-1 2011

Canada Hazardous Location Markings:

• Class I, Div 1, Groups CD
• Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB T6
• Class II, III, Div 1, Groups EFG
• Zone 21, Ex tb IIIC T85°C
• Ta = -40°C to 60°C

06-236553-001 2-29 December 2022

2-3.2.5 Cable Operated Control Head
P/N: 81-979469-000
The Cable Operated Control Head is used for systems designed for manual operation only. It
mounts directly on top of the ECS System cylinder valve and is operated either remotely from
a cable manual pull station or locally using the manual lever on the control head. The cable
operated control head is self venting to prevent accidental system discharge (see Figure 2-26).

LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER

SEAL WIRE
LOCKING PIN

DIRECTION OF PULL
THREADED NUT -
CLOSURE
3/8 in. NPS FOR PIPE
DISC
1/16 in. CABLE

4-1/4 in.
(108 mm)
3/8 in. PIPE (OR 1/2 in. EMT
SWIVEL WITH ADAPTER P/N 843837)
NUT
1-1/2 in.
(38mm)

5-1/4 in.
(133 mm)
1-1/4 in. -18 NF-3
FEMALE

CABLE CLAMP AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY

Figure 2-26. Cable Operated Control Head

December 2022 2-30 06-236553-001

2-3.2.6 Lever Operated Control Head
P/N: 85-521000-001
This Lever Operated control head (P/N 85-521000-001) replaces the older Lever Operated
control head, part number WK-870652-000. The new Lever Operated control head has a black
lever to easily distinguish the newer control head from the older ones which had stainless steel
handles.
The Lever Operated control head is equipped with an operating lever, secured in the closed
position by a safety pin. By removing the safety pin, the lever can be manually rotated to the
open position, thereby activating the cylinder or valve on which it is installed. The lever
operated control head is self venting to prevent accidental system discharge (see Figure 2-27).

SAFETY PI N
ALLOW APPROX. 2 in. (50 mm)
CLEARANCE FOR OPERA TION
OF LEVER

SEAL WIRE BODY

LEVER
3-11/64 in.
(81 mm)

SWIVEL
NUT
1-1/2 in .
(38 mm)

SET
1-1/4 in.-18 NF-3 OPERATED
FEMALE
3 in .
(76 mm)
STEM

Figure 2-27. Lever Operated Control Head

When attaching the Lever operated control head to the valve, the swivel nut
must be tightened to a torque of 55ft·lb. Failure to tighten the swivel nut may
WARNING result in leakage during actuation.

06-236553-001 2-31 December 2022

2-3.2.7 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head
P/N: 85-544000-001
This Lever and Pressure Operated control head (P/N 85-544000-001) replaces the older Lever
and Pressure Operated control head, part number 82-878751-000. The new Lever and
Pressure Operated control head has a black lever to easily distinguish the newer control head
from the older ones which had stainless steel handles.
The Lever and Pressure Operated control head allows manual or pressure actuation of several
system components, including Kidde Engineered System cylinder valves and nitrogen
actuators. The control head is self venting to prevent accidental system discharge.

LEVER ALLOW APPROX. 2 in. (51 mm)

SAFETY PIN CLEARANCE FOR OPERATION OF LEVER

CLOSED
SEAL WIRE

OPEN

TO OPEN

1/8 in.NPT PRESSURE

4-1/2 in. INLET
(114 mm)

PISTON BODY

SET
OPERATED
1-1/4 in. -18 UNEF-3B
3 in.
(76 mm)

Figure 2-28. Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head

Before resetting the lever/pressure operated control head, all pressure must be
relieved from the cylinder and actuation lines.
Pressure can be relieved from unvented actuation tubing by loosening the
fitting on the control head slightly and allowing the line to bleed out completely.
WARNING Failure to perform this action can result in damage to the control head.
When attaching the Lever/Pressure operated control head to the valve, the
swivel nut must be tightened to a torque of 55 ft·lb. Failure to tighten the swivel
nut may result in leakage during actuation.

December 2022 2-32 06-236553-001

2-3.2.8 Pressure Operated Control Head
P/N: 82-878737-000 and 82-878750-000
The Pressure Operated Control Head, P/N 82-878737-000, allows for pressure actuation of ECS
System cylinders and is mounted directly on top of the ECS System cylinder valve (see
Figure 2-29). The pressure operated control head, P/N 82-878750-000, offers a stackable
design and is used where an electric/mechanical control head actuation is also required on the
same cylinder. The pressure operated control head is self venting to prevent accidental system
discharge (see Figure 2-30).
1 in. HEX
(25 mm)
1/8 in. - 27 NPT
PRESSURE INLET

PISTON

2-3/16 in.
(56 mm)
SWIVEL NUT

SET
1-1/4 - 18
OPERATED
UNEF-3B

1-1/2 in. HEX

(38 mm)

Figure 2-29. Pressure Operated Control Head

1-1/4 in. -18 UNEF-3A

CAP RETAINER

1/8 in. -27 NPT

3-31/64 in. PRESSURE INLET
(88 mm)
PISTON

BODY

SET
OPERATED

1-1/4 in. -18 UNEF-3B

STEM

Figure 2-30. Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head

Note: The stackable pressure operated control head can be used in conjunction with an elec-
tric control head. Systems installed after January 1st, 2016 that do not include electric
control head monitoring are not UL Listed or FM Approved. A spacer, P/N 85-100000-
002, must be used when installing the CHM between and electric control head and the
stackable pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878750-000).

06-236553-001 2-33 December 2022

 Required Placement Supervision Component
(P/N 85-100000-100)

Require Spacer (P/N 85-100000-002)

Oponal Placement Supervision Component

(P/N 85-100000-100)

Figure 2-31. Assembled Stackable Pressure Operates Control Head with Control Head Monitors

2-3.2.8.1 Spacer, P/N 85-100000-002

A spacer, P/N 85-100000-002, must be used when installing the control head monitor between
an electric control head and the stackable pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878750-
000). See Section 2-3.2.8 for more information.

December 2022 2-34 06-236553-001

2-3.3 Actuation Accessories
2-3.3.1 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kits
P/N: 85-877940-101 and 85-877940-201
The Nitrogen pilot cylinder is used in multiple cylinder and main/reserve systems. When
activated by a control head, gas pressure is routed from the pilot cylinder to pressure operated
control heads mounted on each agent cylinder, resulting in a complete system discharge (see
Figure 2-32 and Table 2-26). They may also be used to drive a single siren or discharge delay.
These Nitrogen pilot cylinders kits include the Nitrogen pilot cylinder and either a standard or
ATEX approved supervisory pressure switch.

Pressurized (charged) cylinders are extremely hazardous and, if not handled

properly, are capable of violent discharge. This could result in death, personal
injury or property damage. Always handle charged cylinders according to the
instructions in this manual and applicable federal codes.
108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinders are factory-equipped with a safety cap
threaded securely over the control head connection port and a plastic cap for
WARNING the outlet port. These devices are safety feature and provides protection during
shipping and handling. The safety cap must be installed at all times, except
when the cylinder is connected into the system piping or is being filled. Do not
move or handle a cylinder unless the safety cap is installed. Ensure that the
safety cap is retained in a safe place close to the installed cylinder.

Table 2-25. Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket

OUTLET PORT SAFETY OUTLET and Adapter Specifications
1/8 in. NPT FEMALE
ATTACH
ADAPTER HERE
Description Standard Metric
SUPERVISORY
Cylinder
108 in3 1770 cm3
PRESSURE SWITCH GAUGE
PORT 1-1/4 in.-18 NF-3 Capacity
FOR
CONTROL HEAD
2650 psig to
CONNECTION
Safety Outlet 183 bar to 207
3000 psig @
Burst Range bar @ 21°C
70°F
Nitrogen BB-n- Nitrogen BB-n-
Cylinder 411b, Grade A, 411b, Grade A,
Contents Type 1 1800 Type 1 124 bar
psig @ 70°F @ 21°C

Table 2-26. 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit

Order Information
16.0 in
(406 mm) Description Part Number

108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit,

Includes:
• Supervisory Pressure Switch for
Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver 85-877940-101
Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-001
• 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder,
P/N: 85-877940-001
108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit
with ATEX Approved Supervisory
Pressure Switch, Includes:
• ATEX Approved Supervisory
3.56 in. Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot 85-877940-201
and Siren Driver Cylinders, P/N
(90 mm)

85-111540-100
Figure 2-32. 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
• 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder,
P/N: 85-877940-001

06-236553-001 2-35 December 2022

2-3.3.2 Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
P/N WK-877845-000
P/N WK-877845-000 is a steel mounting bracket used to secure the 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot
cylinder (see Figure 2-33). The bracket includes the clamp to secure the cylinder.

4x Ø 0.517

10.6

ISOMETRIC VIEW
CLAMP NOT SHOWN
1.5 SCALE 1:2

2.9 0.75
4.4

Figure 2-33. Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder

December 2022 2-36 06-236553-001

2-3.3.3 Nitrogen Cylinder Kits, 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in.
P/N: 85-101040-001 and P/N 85-102300-001)

For ECS System, the 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen cylinder may only be used to operate
sirens (P/N 90-981574-001). It may not be used to operate discharge delays or
CAUTION to actuate agent cylinders.

The 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in. pilot Nitrogen system cylinders are comprised of seamless
steel cylinders manufactured to Department of Transportation (DOT) requirements. The dis-
charge valve is forged brass and has a nominal 5/8 in. discharge path. The assembly does not
use a siphon tube. The nominal charge pressure is 1800 psig at 70°F (124 bar gauge at 21°C).
These Nitrogen cylinders kits include the Nitrogen cylinder and either a standard or ATEX
approved supervisory pressure switch.
The valve is fitted with a safety burst disc to protect against over-pressurization. A horizontal
axial threaded connection on the side of the valve is used for filling and actuation. Install the
discharge head on the threaded portion of the upper valve (see Figure 2-34 and Table 2-27).

Pressurized (charged) cylinders are extremely hazardous and, if not handled

properly, are capable of violent discharge. This could result in death, personal
injury or property damage. Always handle charged cylinders according to the
instructions in this manual and applicable federal codes.
Pilot Nitrogen cylinders (1040 and 2300 cu. in.) are factory-equipped with a
protection cap threaded securely over the valve assembly. The device is a safety
WARNING feature and provides protection during shipping and handling. The cap must be
installed at all times, except when the cylinder is connected into the system
piping or is being filled. Do not move or handle a cylinder unless the protection
cap is installed. Ensure that the protection cap is retained in a safe place close
to the installed cylinder on the vessel.

Discharge Head
Connection Port
TYPE "I”
CYLINDER VALVE
THREAD FOR
PROTECTION CAP

CYLINDER

Supervisory Pressure Actuation Safety

Switch Port (Schrader) Port Burst Disc
Pressure
Cap Gauge Assembly

MATERIALS:
CYLINDER: STEEL
SIPHON TUBE: ALUMINUM

Figure 2-34. Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinder and Valve Assemblies
(1040 and 2300 cu. in.)

Table 2-27. Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinder Dimensions

Dimension A Dimension B
Cylinder Size
in. mm in. mm

1040 cu. in. 30 760 8.5 215

2300 cu. in. 55 1390 8.5 215

06-236553-001 2-37 December 2022

 Table 2-28. 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder Kits Ordering Information

Description Part Number

1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver) Kit, Includes:
• Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-001 85-101040-101
• 1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver), P/N: 85-101040-001
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder Kit, Includes:
• Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-001 85-102300-101
• 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder, P/N: 85-102300-001
1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver) Kit with ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure
Switch, Includes:
• ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders, 85-101040-201
P/N 85-111540-100
• 1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver), P/N: 85-101040-001
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder Kit with ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure Switch,
Includes:
• ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders, 85-102300-201
P/N 85-111540-100
• 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder, P/N: 85-102300-001

2-3.3.4 Cylinder Straps for 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder
P/N WK-270014-000 and WK-241219-000
P/N WK-270014-000 is a single loop steel strap used to support a single cylinder in a vertical
position. P/N WK-241219-000 is a double strap unit that can be used for two cylinders. For
dimensions, see Figure 2-35.

11.5 in.
22.8 in.
(292 mm) (579 mm)

3.5 in. 2.88 in.

(89 mm) (73 mm)

8.0 in. 7.8 in.

(202 mm) (197 mm) 4.6in.
4.3 in. (118 mm)
(108 mm)

1.0 in. (25.4 mm) 1.75 in. (44 mm)

10.4 in. 21.5 in.

(546 mm)
(264 mm)
Single Cylinder Strap Double Cylinder Strap

Figure 2-35. Cylinder Straps for 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder

December 2022 2-38 06-236553-001

2-3.3.5 Nitrogen Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch
P/N 85-111540-001 and 85-111540-100
The Nitrogen cylinder supervisory pressure switch is intended to detect a drop in pressure in
the Nitrogen pilot or siren driver cylinders (see Figure 2-49). A new port has been introduced
on the KFS I-valve with a Schrader valve to facilitate the installation of the supervisory pres-
sure switch. The supervisory pressure switch can be installed on site on any capacity KFS Ni-
trogen pilot or siren driver cylinders manufactured after January 2021.
With the introduction of this supervisory pressure switch, the En-Gauge switch
(P/N: 06-118328-001) has been discontinued.
Note: The Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Supervisory Pressure Switch differentiator is a green
colored band on both the box and switch (see Table 2-17). See Table 2-29 for approvals
for each switch.
The Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch can be wired for either normally-open (N.O.)
or normally-closed (N.C.) operation, depending on installation requirements and those of the
Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). When wired for N.O. under pressure, if the pressure inside
the cylinder drops below 1540 psig (106.2 bar gauge), the switch contacts will transfer and, if
wired correctly, invoke a “supervisory” signal at the control panel.
Note: When the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch (P/N 85-111540-001 or P/N
85-111540-100) is connected to a supervised control panel circuit, and the switch
is wired N.C. under pressure, it is not possible to distinguish between a wiring fault
and a loss of cylinder pressure. This configuration should only be used if accepted
by the AHJ.

1-3/16 in.
(30 mm)

FACTORY SEALED
LEAD WIRES 36 in. LONG ± 1 in.

1/2 in. -14 NPT (ALUMINUM)

CAUTION LABEL

4-1/8 in. NAMEPLATE LABEL

(105 mm)

O-RING 21/64 in. x 3/32 in.

01/4 in. SAE 45° FLARE

WITH VALVE CORE
FEMALE W/VALVE DEFLECTOR

Figure 2-36. Supervisory Pressure Switch, Female Fitting, (P/N 85-111540-001 shown)
Table 2-29. Approvals

Part Number Approvals

85-111540-001 UL, FM

85-111540-100 UL, FM, ATEX

Note: Nitrogen pilot cylinders and siren drivers valves manufactured prior to February 2021
do not include the necessary port for the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch
and must use a Nitrogen driver pressure gauge, either P/N 06-118253-001or P/N 06-
118328-001.

06-236553-001 2-39 December 2022

2-3.3.6 Nitrogen Discharge Head, Plain Nut
P/N WK-872450-000
The plain nut discharge head is installed on the Nitrogen discharge valve of the 1040 and 2300
cu. in Nitrogen cylinders. It provides an outlet path for the Nitrogen with a threaded connection
for a discharge hose or swivel. The head is fitted with a piston, check, and stem assembly. A
pressure tapping in the outlet of the head allows pressure in a Nitrogen manifold to open the
attached Nitrogen valve. A second pilot path is provided which connects the actuation port with
the discharge head. When a control head operates the pilot check situated at the bottom of the
pilot port, the escaping pressure is routed to the discharge head, which operates the main
valve. See Figures 2-37 and 2-38 for more details.

Figure 2-37. Plain Nut Discharge Head

Figure 2-38. Assembly of Plain Nut Discharge Head to Type "I" Cylinder Valve

December 2022 2-40 06-236553-001

2-3.3.7 Nitrogen Discharge Hoses, 3/4 in.
P/N 06-118207-00X
The 3/4 in. flexible hose is used to connect the plain nut discharge head with the distribution
manifold or piping. The hose is manufactured from reinforced rubber and is supplied with
crimp-on 3/4 in. NPT fittings, a fixed male and swivel female connector (see Figure 2-39 and
Table 2-30).

SWAGED OR CRIMPED

HOSE
MALE COUPLING
FEMALE SWIVEL COUPLING

3/4 in. NPT 3/4 in. NPS

Figure 2-39. Flex Hose, 3/4 in.

Table 2-30. Flex Hose Dimensions

Dimension A
Part Number
in. mm

06-118207-002 14.75 375

06-118207-001 18.00 457

2-3.3.8 Nitrogen Manifold "Y" Fitting

P/N 81-207877-000
The manifold “Y” fitting is a three-way fitting made of galvanized malleable iron. This "Y" fitting
allows for the connection of two pilot Nitrogen cylinders into one point in the manifold or piping
(see Figure 2-40).

3/4 in. NPT FEMALE

207877

U
L

3/4 in. NPT FEMALE

3/4 in. NPT FEMALE

Figure 2-40. Manifold "Y" Fitting

06-236553-001 2-41 December 2022

2-3.3.9 Nitrogen Discharge Delays,
P/N: See Table 2-31
Discharge delays use Nitrogen pressure from a pilot cylinder to provide a pneumatic (automatic
mechanical) means to delay the release of pilot media by a predetermined period following the
initial actuation event. The discharge delay consists of a metering tube, a cylinder and a dif-
ferential pressure-operated valve with a control port. The control port allows the connection of
a lever operated control head that can be operated to bypass the delay.
Four versions are available with factory preset (non-adjustable) delay. See Figure 2-41 and
Table 2-31 for more details.

1-1/4 in. -18 NF-3 MALE

FOR ATTACHMENT
OF CONTROL HEAD
4.43 in. TO OVERRIDE
OUTLET
3/4 in. NPT
(113 mm) DISCHARGE DELAY
FEMALE
INLET
VALVE 3/4 in. NPT
FEMALE

OUT
IN
FILTER

INLET AND OUTLET MAY 17.87 in.

BE REDUCED WITH
TYPICAL (454 mm)
BUSHING OR BELL
METERING TUBE
REDUCER AND NIPPLE TO
½ in. NPT IF NECESSARY.

NAMEPLATE

PRESSURE
ACCUMULATOR

3.56 in.
(90 mm)
DIA.

Figure 2-41. Discharge Delays (30/60 sec.)

Table 2-31. Discharge Delays

Nominal Delay Type of

Part Number For Use With
Time Approx. Metering Tube

81-871072-001 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 34 sec. Curled

81-871072-002 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 61 sec. Curled
81-871072-003 1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 35 sec. Curled
81-871072-004 1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 68 sec. Curled

December 2022 2-42 06-236553-001

2-3.3.10 Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren
P/N 90-981574-001
The pressure operated siren is connected into the Nitrogen manifold and provides a high-pitch,
high-decibel sound during discharge as the internal rotor is spun by Nitrogen flowing through
the unit. The unit is primarily used as a pre-discharge alarm to warn personnel to evacuate the
protected space. See Figure 2-42 and Table 2-32 for more details.
FILTER

UNION NOZZLE

2-7/16 in. 3.75 in.

(11 mm) (95 mm)
MOUNTING
HOLES 1.56 in.
(40 mm)
ROTOR

5.75 in.
4.62 in. (146 mm)
(117 mm) 6.87 in.
(175 mm)

5.00 in.
(127 mm) PERFORATED HOOD

PIPE NIPPLE, 3 in. (76 mm) LONG

TYPICAL
PIPE CAP DIRT TRAP

Figure 2-42. Pressure Operated Siren

Table 2-32. Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren Nominal Flow Rate

Part Number Nominal Flow Rate at 70°F (21°C)

90-981574-001 0.5 to 0.9 lb./min. (0.23 to 0.4 kg/min.)

Table 2-33. Siren DOT Driver Cylinder Actuation Limits

Pilot Number of Sirens Maximum Length of Maximum Length of Maximum Length of 5/16
Cylinder Size per Siren Driver 1/4 in. Sch. 80 Pipe 1/4 in. Sch. 40 Pipe in. x 0.035 in. Wall Tubing

108 cu. in. 1 90 ft. 90 ft. 90 ft.

1040 cu. in. 4 500 ft. 500 ft. 500 ft.
2300 cu. in. 10 500 ft. 500 ft. 500 ft.

2-3.3.11 Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Vent

P/N WK-284051-000
The Nitrogen vent is a 1/4 in. NPT fitting that is installed in closed or partially closed sections
of Nitrogen actuation circuits. The small orifice allows pressure to bleed from the circuit over
time without affecting operation of the system.
0.84 in. 0.63 in.
(21 mm) (16 mm)

0.031 in.
(0.79 mm)
DIA

1/4-18 NPT

Figure 2-43. Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Vent

06-236553-001 2-43 December 2022

2-3.3.12 Flexible Actuation Hoses
P/N: WK-264986-000 and WK-264987-000
The flexible actuation hose is used in multiple cylinder systems. Pilot pressure is directed to a
pressure operated control head on each ECS System cylinder valve using a 1/4-inch actuation
hose (see Figure 2-44 and Table 2-34).

A
1-3/8 in.
5/8 in. HEX SWIVEL
(35 mm)
NUT (BRASS)
5/16 in.
TUBING COUPLING
(BOTH ENDS)

HOSE - 1/4 in. I.D.

Figure 2-44. Flexible Actuation Hose

Table 2-34. Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose

For Use with

Part Number Dimension A
Agent Cylinder Size

WK-264986-000 30 in 762 mm 10 lb to 200 lb (4.5 to 91 kg) Cylinders

WK-264987-000 22 in 559 mm 350 lb to 900 lb (159 kg to 408 kg) Cylinders

2-3.3.13 Primary Cylinder Adapter Kit

P/N: 82-844895-000
The primary cylinder adapter kit provides a means of connecting a flexible actuation hose from
the primary to the secondary cylinder valve. The adapter kit is provided with a cap intentionally
chained to the adapter to prevent loss while in service; do not remove the cap from the chain.
The kit also contains a pressure sensitive label which is placed on the cylinder valve after
adapter installation (see Figure 2-45).

1/4 in. MALE NPT

x 5/16 in. TUBING

CAUTION PROTECTION CAP

INSTALL CAP
WHEN
NOT IN
USE

LABEL

1-27/64 in.
(36 mm)

Figure 2-45. Primary Cylinder Adapter Kit

December 2022 2-44 06-236553-001

2-3.3.14 Dual-Loop Bleed Kit
P/N 06-129978-001
Where dual-actuation loops are required, a dual-loop bleed kit is required at each cylinder lo-
cation. The kit is comprised of a four-way fitting, a bleed valve, two 1/4 in. check valves, a
bleed with cap and the necessary adapters to allow the connection of the dual-lines at the
agent cylinder location. This assembly allows for the connection of two pilot lines to a single
pressure operated control head. The check valves isolate the circuits from each other, and the
bleed allows safe relief of pressure from the fittings following discharge. The contents of the
kit are illustrated in Figure 2-46; refer to Table 2-35 for individual components.
1

6 5
4

5 6
3

7
7

8
9 3

Figure 2-46. Dual-Loop Bleed Kit, Full Kit Contents

Table 2-35. Dual-Loop Bleed Kit Components

Item Qty. in Kit Description Part Number

1 1 Cap 7/16 in. (1/4 in. SAE Flare) 1/4 in. Tube WK-263304-000
2 1 Bleed Fitting 1/8 in. NPT x 7/16 in. (1/4 in. Tube) WK-263303-000
3 3 1/4 in. NPT M x 1/8 in. NPT F 06-118318-001
4 1 4-Way 1/4 in. F 06-118319-001
5 2 1/4 in. NPT M x 1/4 in. NPT M 06-118320-001
6 2 1/4 in. Check Valve WK-264985-000
7 2 1/8 in. NPT x 7/16 in. (1/4 in. Tube) 06-118191-001
8 Not Included 1/4 in. Actuation Hose, H. Duty, 34 in. Long 06-236215-001
9 1 1/4 in. NPT M x 1/8 in. NPT M 06-118321-001

06-236553-001 2-45 December 2022

2-3.3.15 Tees, Elbows and Adapters
P/N: WK-699205-030, WK-699205-010, and WK-699205-005
Tees, elbows and adapters connect actuation hoses to pressure operated control heads in
multiple cylinder system installations (see Figure 2-47). The adapters can also be used to
connect 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinders to the Nitrogen pilot actuation lines.

MALE CONNECTOR
1/8 in. NPT X 5/16 in. TUBING
P/N WK-699205-010
MALE ELBOW MALE BRANCH TEE
1/8 in. NPT X 5/16 in. TUBING 1/8 in. NPT X 5/16 in. TUBING
P/N WK-699205-030 P/N WK-699205-050

Figure 2-47. Tees, Elbows and Adapters

2-3.4 Discharge Accessories

2-3.4.1 Flexible Discharge Hose
P/N: See Table 2-36
The agent is routed from the storage cylinders to the discharge piping by a flexible
1-1/2 in or 2 in (40 mm or 50 mm) (rubber covered hose with wire braided reinforcements.
The hose is connected to the discharge outlet of the ECS System cylinder valve and terminates
at the system piping or discharge manifold (see Figure 2-48 and Table 2-36). The 3 in (80 mm)
discharge hose is a stainless steel braid over convoluted hose, incorporating roll-groove
fittings.
A

HOSE
CYLINDER VALVE SYSTEM PIPE CONNECTION,
CONNECTION, SWIVEL NUT MALE NPT THREAD

Figure 2-48. Flexible Discharge Hose, 1-1/2 in or 2 in (40 mm or 50 mm)

A

3 in. MALE SCHEDULE 40

GROOVED FITTING TYP.

Figure 2-49. Flexible Discharge Hose, 3 in (80 mm) Victaulic

Table 2-36. Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses

Part Number Market Hose Size Thread/Outlet Dimension A Min. Bend Radius

WK-283898-000 US DOT 1-1/2 in (40 mm) NPT 24 in (610 mm) 20 in (508 mm)
WK-283899-000 US DOT 2 in (50 mm) NPT 31 in (787 mm) 25 1/2 in (648 mm)
06-118225-001 US DOT 3 in (80 mm) NPT 54 in (1372 mm) 24 in (610 mm)
06-118445-001 EU 3 in (80 mm) NPT 54 in (1372 mm) 24 in (610 mm)
D7715-037 EU 3 in (80 mm) NPT 54 in (1372 mm) 24 in (610 mm)
D7715-038 EU 3 in (80 mm) Grooved 54 in (1372 mm) 24 in (610 mm)

December 2022 2-46 06-236553-001

2-3.4.2 Valve Outlet Adapters
P/N: See Table 2-37
A valve outlet adapter connects the cylinder valve outlet to the discharge piping when a flexible
discharge hose is not used (see Figure 2-50 and Table 2-37).
Note: 3 in (80 mm) valve cylinders are equipped with a roll-groove outlet. Use a standard
groove-groove connection in lieu of a valve outlet adapter or P/N B6782-177 and
B6782-182 to connect to BSP or NPT piping networks respectively.

Figure 2-50. Valve Outlet Adapter

Table 2-37. Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter

Dimensions
Part Number Size
A B C D

WK-283904-000 1-1/2 in 1-1/2 in to 11-1/2 in NPT 1-7/8 in 2-11/16 in 2-1/2 in HEX

(38 mm) (38 mm to 292 mm) (48 mm) (68 mm) (64 mm)
WK-283905-000 2 in 2 in to 11-1/2 in NPT 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 3-1/8 in 3 in HEX
(50 mm) (51 mm to 292 mm) 12 UNJ (79 mm) (76 mm)
70400133 3 in 3 in (76 mm) BSP to NPT 3 in (80 mm) 4 in N/A
(76 mm) Grooved (102 mm)
283904-100 1-1/2 in 1-1/2 (38 mm) BSP TR to 1-7/8 in (48 mm) 2-11/16 in 2-1/2 in HEX
(38 mm) BS21 -12UNJ (68 mm) (64 mm)
283905-100 2 in 2 in (51 mm) BSP TR to 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 3-1/8 in 3 in HEX
(50 mm) BS21 12 UNJ (79 mm) (80 mm)
B6782-177 3 in 3 in (76 mm) BSP 3 in (80 mm) 4-1/2 in N/A
(76 mm) Grooved (116 mm)
B6782-182 3 in 3 in (76 mm) BSP to NPT 3 in (80 mm) 4-1/2 in N/A
(76 mm) Grooved (116 mm)

06-236553-001 2-47 December 2022

2-3.4.3 Discharge Outlet Adapter
P/N: 70400133
A discharge outlet adapter is designed to be used with the 3” valve discharge port that has
Grooved Coupling to convert the grooved to threaded piping system (see Figure 2-51 and
Table 2-38).

B A
(valve outlet connection) (system pipe connection)

Figure 2-51. 3 in Discharge Outlet Adapter

Table 2-38. Dimension, 3 in Discharge Outlet Adapter

Dimensions
Part
Description
Number
A B C

3 in (76 mm) 3 in (80 mm) 4 in

70400133 3 in Discharge Outlet Adapter
NPT Thread Adapter Grooved (102 mm)

December 2022 2-48 06-236553-001

2-3.4.4 Check Valves
Check Valves are installed in sections of piping for the following functions:
• In main/reserve systems to prevent the actuation of the reserve system when the main
system is discharge
• As a means to maintain a closed system if a cylinder is removed
• To prevent cylinder actuation in a multi-hazard protection system

2-3.4.4.1 Pilot Line Check Valve

P/N: See Table 2-39
1/4-inch check valves are installed in the pilot manifold to ensure the proper number of
cylinders are discharged (see Figure 2-52).

DIRECTION
OF FLOW
1/4 in. -18NPT (TYP.)

2 in.
13/16 in.
(51 mm)
(21 mm)
HEX
NOTE: INSTALL VALVE WITH THE ARROW
POINTING IN DIRECTION OF THE FLOW

Figure 2-52. Check Valve

Table 2-39. Check Valves, Equivalent Lengths

Valve
Part Number Nomenclature Pipe Type Working
Pressure

WK-264985-000 Check Valve, 1/4 in (6 mm) NPT 40 T & 40 W 5000 psi

81-870151-000 Check Valve, 2 in (50 mm) NPT 40 T & 40 W 1000 psi
81-870100-000 Check Valve, 3 in (80 mm) NPT 40 T & 40 W 1000 psi

06-236553-001 2-49 December 2022

2-3.4.4.2 Swing Checks
P/N: 06-118213-001 and 06-118058-001
Swing checks are installed at the discharge manifold for a multiple cylinder arrangement to
maintain a closed system. See Figure 2-53 and 2-54, as well as Table 2-40 for more
information.

4-9/16 in.
(116 mm)

6-5/16 in.
(160 mm)

2 in. NPT

2 in. NPT

Figure 2-53. 2 in (50 mm) Swing Check Valve

8-1/16 in.
(205 mm)
3 in. NPT
3 in. NPT FEMALE
53° MAX.
FEMALE
SWING ANGLE

9-19/64 in.
(236 mm)

Figure 2-54. 3 in (80 mm) Swing Check Valve

Table 2-40. Swing Check Valve Equivalent Lengths

Valve
Part Number Nomenclature Pipe Type Equivalent Length
Working Pressure

06-118213-001 Swing Check, 2 in (51 mm) 40T & 40 W 13-13/32 ft (4 m) 600 psi
06-118058-001 Swing Check, 3 in (76 mm) 40 T & 40 W 20-13/16 ft (6.3 m) 600 psi

December 2022 2-50 06-236553-001

2-3.4.4.3 Manifold El-Checks Valves
P/N: See Table 2-41
Manifold El-Checks valves are available in 4 sizes (1.5, 2, 2.5, and 3 in.). El-Check valves are
installed at the discharge manifold in a multiple cylinder arrangement to allow removal of any
ECS System cylinder from the manifold while still retaining a closed system.

Manifold El-checks are not intended to be used as check valves in main/reserve

CAUTION systems. Improper use of equipment can cause system malfunction.

Figure 2-55. Manifold El-Check Valve

Materials:
• Valve Body: Forging Brass per ASTM B124, UNS C37700/C38010,
CEN CW608N/CW612N/CW617N or Equivalent.
• Check: Stainless Steel

B
C

Figure 2-56. Manifold El-Checks Valve Dimensions (1.5 in. Valve Shown)
Table 2-41. Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks

Dimensions
Valve
Part Number Size
Working Pressure
A B C

1 1/2 in. 3 3/16 in. 3 19/20 in.

WK-877690-150 1 1/2 in. NPT 500 psi
(38 mm) (81 mm) (100 mm)
2 in. 3-15/16 in. 4-7/8 in. 2 in. – 11-1/2 NPT
WK-877690-200 500 psi
(50 mm) (100 mm) (124 mm) (50 mm - 292 mm)
2-1/2 in. 4-31/32 in. 5-3/4 in. 2-1/2 in. – 8 NPT
82-878743-000 500 psi
(64 mm) (119 mm) (146 mm) (64 mm - 203 mm)
3 in. 5.0 in. 6 1/2 in. Victaulic 25.01 OGS
WK-877690-300 500 psi
(76 mm) (127 mm) (165 mm) DN80

06-236553-001 2-51 December 2022

2-3.4.5 2-Way Selector Valves
P/N: See Table 2-42
Note: 2-Way Selector Valves are not available for ECS System in the North American Market.
This includes all components listed in Section 2-3.4.5, Section 2-3.4.5.1,
Section 2-3.4.5.2, Section 2-3.4.5.3, and Section 2-3.4.5.4. 2-Way valves cannot re-
place 3-Way valves in such systems.
Selector valves are used to distribute agent where multiple spaces are protected from the same
or multiple banks of cylinders. All these selector valves are 2-way ball valves with full bore.
They operate pneumatically, using pressure from a 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder and
routed through a pressure regulator on the back-plate manifold (see Figure 2-58). This
pressure passes through the associated solenoid on the back-plate which is opened via the
control panel, allowing Nitrogen pressure to flow to the required selector valve. Selector valves
include a lever in case of power outage, enabling the selector valve to be opened manually.

Selector valves do NOT prevent flow in the direction opposite the arrow.
CAUTION

Figure 2-57. Selector Valves

Table 2-42. Selector Valve Part Numbers

Part Number Description

22-37140-025 1” Selector valve, DN 25, 8-10 bar Actuator

22-37140-040 1 1/2” Selector valve, DN 40, 8-10 bar Actuator
22-37140-050 2” Selector valve, DN 50, 8-10 bar Actuator
22-37140-080 3” Selector valve, Flange DN 80, 8-10 bar Actuator
22-37140-100 4” Selector valve, Flange DN 100, 8-10 bar Actuator

Selector valve sizes 1", 1 1/2", and 2" have BSP threaded inlet and outlet ports for connection
to the distribution piping. When using NPT pipe threads, use the following BSP to NPT adapters
to convert the connections:
Table 2-43. Selector Valve Adapter Part Numbers

Part Number Description

01-3711-3000 1" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit)
01-3711-4000 1 1/2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit)
01-3711-5000 2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit)

Selector valve sizes 3" and 4" use flanges to connect to the system piping. When installing,
choose correct mating flanges to match with the flanges of the Selector Valves.

December 2022 2-52 06-236553-001

 To connect the actuation hose to the selector valve, the following adapters are required:
Table 2-44. Selector Valve Hose Adapter Part Numbers

Part Number Description

15-8662-0042 Selector Valve Hose Adapter For 1", 1 ½" and 2" Selector Valves
15-8662-0041 Selector Valve Hose Adapter For 3" and 4" Selector Valves

2-3.4.5.1 Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for 2-Way Selector Valves
P/N: See Table 2-45
Note: Do not use with the 3-Way Selector Valves.
To simplify the selector valve installation, the back-plate manifold with solenoids comes with
the pressure regulator, piping, and the required number of solenoids to provide pressure to the
appropriate selector valve. The back-plate manifold with solenoids includes one hose (P/N 01-
3273-1200) used to connect the pressure regulator on the back-plate to a Nitrogen pilot
cylinder. Use a 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold to provide pressure
to open the selector valves.

Solenoid Specifications:
– Operating Voltage: 24 VDC 10W
– Current Draw: 0.42 Amps
Note: The solenoid on the back-plate manifold leading to the hazard being protected by the
discharge must be continuously powered during the system discharge.
The solenoid includes a manual override. To operate, pull the pin, depress the button,
and turn clockwise to lock the solenoid open.
Back-Plate Manifold Hose

Solenoids

Pressure Regulator

Figure 2-58. 3 Area Back-Plate Manifold

Table 2-45. Back-Plate Manifold Part Numbers

Part Number Description

01-3508-0002 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 2 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar
01-3508-0003 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 3 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar
01-3508-0004 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 4 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar
01-3508-0005 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 5 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar

06-236553-001 2-53 December 2022

2-3.4.5.2 Back-Plate Manifold Hose
P/N: 01-3273-1200
Note: Do not use with the 3-Way Selector Valves.
Use the hose (P/N 01-3273-1200) to connect the solenoid to the selector valves or to connect
the Nitrogen pilot cylinder to the pressure regulator on the back-plate manifold. When connect-
ing a back-plate manifold hose to the Nitrogen pilot cylinder, adapter P/N: 85-025125-000
must be used.
Back-Plate Manifold Hose
(P/N 01-3273-1200)

Note: One hose is included

with Back-Plate Manifold to
connect to the pressure supply.
Seperate hoses must be
purchased for each Selector
Valve.

-Kerr

Figure 2-59. Back-Plate Manifold Hose

Table 2-46. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers

Part Number Description

01-3273-1200 Back-Plate Manifold Hose

2-3.4.5.3 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter
P/N: 85-025125-000
Use the adapter (P/N 85-025125-000) when connecting the DOT Nitrogen pilot cylinder to the
back-plate manifold hose.
1.11in 45/64"

1/4 BSPP 1/8 NPT

Figure 2-60. Back-Plate Manifold Hose

Table 2-47. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers

Part Number Description

85-025125-000 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter

December 2022 2-54 06-236553-001

2-3.4.5.4 Pressure Regulator
P/N: 01-6017-0000
The pressure regulator (P/N 01-6017-0000) reduces the incoming pressure from a Nitrogen
pilot cylinder down to the 8 bar needed to operate the selector valves. The regulator is included
with the back-plate manifold, but may be ordered separately if needed.

4.9 in.
(125mm)

2.2 in. (55mm)

Figure 2-61. Pressure Regulator

Table 2-48. Pressure Regulator Part Numbers

Part Number Description

01-6017-0000 Pressure Regulator

06-236553-001 2-55 December 2022

2-3.4.6 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed)
P/N: 85-2200XX-X0X
Note: 3-Way Directional Valves (P/N 85-2200XX-X0X) are not FM Approved.
The 3-Way Directional Valves (UL Listed) are used for applications where a single bank of
cylinders are used to protect multiple hazards. The directional valves have a factory installed
pneumatic, spring loaded actuator and range in sizes from 1/2” to 4”. The directional valves
can be installed in the network, provided that they are accounted for in the software
calculation. See Table 2-49, Table 2-50, Table 2-51 and Figure 2-62 for more information. For
installation information, see Section 4-5.

Figure 2-62. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) (P/N 85-2200XX-X0X)

Table 2-49. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications

Part Number Dimensions Valve

Part Number Nominal Breakaway
with Explosion Working
with Solenoid Size Torque
Proof Solenoid A* B C* Pressure

85-220031-002 85-220031-200 1½” 6.00 in 1.500 13.69 in 400 psig 500 in-lb

85-220031-003 85-220031-300 2” 7.25 in 2.000 15.66 in 400 psig 800 in-lb

85-220032-001 85-220032-100 3” 11.00 in 3.000 21.44 in 400 psig 3000 in-lb

85-220032-002 85-220032-200 4” 13.38 in 4.000 24.68 in 400 psig 4300 in-lb

*Note: Dimensions are approximate for the entire assembly. Explosion proof variants do not alter the
specifications.

Table 2-50. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications (cont.)

Part Number T-Flow L-Flow

Part Number Nominal
with Explosion Material Inlets Port Equivalent Equivalent
with Solenoid Size
Proof Solenoid Length Length

85-220031-002 85-220031-200 1½” ENP Carbon Steel NPT Full 1.77 ft 12.08 ft

85-220031-003 85-220031-300 2” ENP Carbon Steel NPT Full 1.82 ft 13.75 ft

85-220032-001 85-220032-100 3” ENP Carbon Steel Grooved Full 5.00 ft 26.01 ft

85-220032-002 85-220032-200 4” ENP Carbon Steel Grooved Full 7.73 ft 32.42 ft

Note: Explosion proof variants do not alter the specifications.

December 2022 2-56 06-236553-001

 Table 2-51. Pneumatic Actuator (UL Listed) Specifications

Part Number
Part Number Actuator Actuator Actuator Actuator Working Maximum
with Explosion
with Solenoid Mechanism Type Volume Torque Pressure Pressure
Proof Solenoid

85-220031-002 85-220031-200 Rack and Spring Return 61 in3 1877 in-lb 115 psig 145 psig
Pinion
85-220031-003 85-220031-300 Rack and Spring Return 61 in3 1877 in-lb 115 psig 145 psig
Pinion
85-220032-001 85-220032-100 Rack and Spring Return 189 in3 4887 in-lb 115 psig 145 psig
Pinion
85-220032-002 85-220032-200 Rack and Spring Return 299 in3 8288 in-lb 115 psig 145 psig
Pinion
Note: Explosion proof variants do not alter the specifications.

06-236553-001 2-57 December 2022

2-3.4.6.1 Explosion Proof (HAZLOC) Pneumatic Solenoid
Part of P/N: 85-220000-100
The explosion proof pneumatic solenoid is a cost-effective component that is used with the
pneumatic actuators and 3-Way Directional Valves (UL Listed) (P/N 85-2200XX-X0X). The
solenoid is factory set to normally closed. A signal from the panel opens the solenoid that is
attached to the appropriate pneumatic actuator. Pressure is then allowed to pass through the
solenoid and open the 3-Way Directional Valve. See Table 2-52 for valve operating data. The
solenoid is included as part of the Retrofit kit for the 3-Way Directional valve,
P/N 85-220000-100.

Figure 2-63. Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid

Table 2-52. Pneumatic Solenoid Specifications

Description Measurement

Pressure Range 15 to 115 psig

Voltage Rating 24 VDC
Power Consumption (DC) 7W
Power Consumption (AC) 6W
Coil CG5
Weight 0.80 lb
Ports 1/4” NPT
Override Locking Manual Override Button

For US and Canada explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
WARNING inches from the end of the component.

December 2022 2-58 06-236553-001

2-3.4.7 Lockout Valves
P/N: 38-409830-0XX
Note: Lockout Valves are not available for ECS System in the North American Market.
A lockout valve is a manually operated valve installed between the agent manifold and the
discharge pipe to the protected area. Lockout valves are normally open, but can be locked in
the closed position when maintenance is being carried out to prevent agent from discharging
into the protected area for the safety of the personnel. The lockout valve shall be installed at
the end of the agent manifold or, if a common manifold protects multiple hazards, downstream
of each selector valve. Lockout valves include a limit switch.
Lockout valve assemblies include a high visibility indicator and weatherproof limit switch. The
limit switch shall initiate a “Trouble” signal at the control panel when the valve is in the closed
position. All valves have a maximum pressure rating of 140 bar (2031 PSI). When using
lockout valves, a pressure relief valve shall also be installed wherever pressure could be
trapped in closed sections of pipe.
The lockout valves are available in sizes 1” through 4”.

Figure 2-64. 1”, and 2” Lockout Valves

Table 2-53. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 1” and 2” valves (U.S. Customary Units)

Approximate Dimensions (inches)

Valve
Part Number
Size
A B C D E F G H I J

1” 38-409830-005 1.0 4.1 2.6 6.5 ± .1 4.5 6.1 ± .1 3.0 1.1 1.4 2.9
2” 38-409830-007 1.9 7.1 3.9 8.3 ± .1 4.6 7.8 ± .1 5.0 2.1 1.5 4.2

Table 2-54. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 1” and 2” valves (SI Units)

Approximate Dimensions (mm)

Valve
Part Number
Size
A B C D E F G H I J

1” 38-409830-005 24 103.1 66.2 164 ± 3 113 156 ± 3 75.6 28.5 36 74

2” 38-409830-007 47.5 180 100 211 ± 3 116 198 ± 3 126.1 53.3 37 107

06-236553-001 2-59 December 2022

 Figure 2-65. 3”, and 4” Lockout Valves

Table 2-55. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 3” and 4” valves (U.S. Customary Units)

Approximate Dimensions (inch)

Valve
Part Number
Size
LW L L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 B

3” 38-409830-009 Ø 3.0 6.3 23.6 4.4 11.5 9.5 5.0 1.5 9.4
4” 38-409830-010 Ø 4.0 7.5 27.4 4.9 14.3 11.1 6.0 3.2 10.9

Table 2-56. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 3” and 4” valves (SI Units)

Approximate Dimensions (mm)

Valve
Part Number
Size
LW L L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 B

3” 38-409830-009 Ø 78 160 600 111 291 238.7 127.5 38.3 238

4” 38-409830-010 Ø 100 190 696.5 123.5 364 283 151.5 81 277

Table 2-57. Lockout Valve Part Numbers

Part Number Description

38-409830-005 Valve, 1" NPT Lockout (Isolation)

38-409830-007 Valve, 2" NPT Lockout (Isolation)
38-409830-009 Valve, 3" NPT Lockout (Isolation)
38-409830-010 Valve, 4" NPT Lockout (Isolation)

December 2022 2-60 06-236553-001

2-3.4.8 Pressure Operated Switches
P/N: 81-486536-000 and 81-981332-000
Pressure Switches operate from system pressure upon discharge to energize or de-energize
electrically operated equipment. Pressure switches may be used to shut down machinery and
ventilation or to annunciate system discharge (see Figure 2-66 and 2-67).

STEM SHOWN IN SET POSITION-

OPERATED PULL UP ON STEM TO MANUALLY
SET
OPERATE SWITCH

OPERATED

SET

WIRING
4 in. SCREW
(102 mm) TERMINALS 3/8 in. (10 mm)

PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH

3P.D.T.
8 COVER SCREWS

UL TO RESET PUSH
FM
STEM TO SET
POSITION
4 in.
(102 mm)

FRONT VIEW 15 AMP 125 Vac

COVER REMOVED 10 AMP 250 Vac
3/4 HP 1-2-3 PH 125-480 Vac

1/2 in. SUPPLY PIPE WITH UNION

FRONT VIEW
MIN. OPERATING PRESSURE = 50 PSI
PRESSURE TESTED 1000 PSI

SWITCH 3PDT
BOX - 3 - 1/2 in. CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
EACH SIDE
COVER

GASKET 1/2 in. NPT FEMALE - CONNECT TO SYSTEM PIPING

SIDE SECTION

Figure 2-66. Pressure Operated Switch, P/N 81-486536-000

06-236553-001 2-61 December 2022

 STEM IN
OPERATED
1 in. NPT FEMALE BOTH ENDS POSITION
FOR ELECTRIC CONNECTION
SWITCH SUPPLIED WITH STEM IN SET
2 - 1 in. NPT PIPE PLUGS POSITION - PULL 4-3/8 in.
UP ON STEM TO (111 mm)
MANUALLY

SET POSITION
TO RESET PUSH
STEM TO SET 3 POLE

POSITION PRESSURE
OPERATED
CLUTCH EXPLOSION
PROOF
SWITCH
3 POLE
SINGLE
THROW
6-5/16 in. TOGGLE 9 in.
(160 mm) SWITCH
(229 mm)
6 - COVER
30 AMP 250 VAC SCREWS
20 AMP 600 VAC
2 HP 100-600 V

INLET

GAS
3 PHASE AC
OPERATING HEAD
EXPLOSION PROOF
MACHINED JOINT. 2 - 13/32 in.
3-1/2 in.
DO NOT USE GASKET (89 mm)
MOUNTING HOLES UNION CONNECTION
OR MAR SURFACES.
4-3/16 in.
(106 mm) PRESSURE INLET -
1/2 in. NPT FEMALE

Figure 2-67. Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof, P/N 81-981332-000

2-3.4.9 Pressure Operated Trip

P/N: 81-874290-000
Pressure Operated Trips are used to close off the hazard space upon system discharge. The
trips, operated by system pressure, are designed to release self-closing units for doors,
windows and dampers. The maximum load to be attached to a pressure trip is 100 lb (45.36
kg). This is based on a minimum pressure of 75 psig (5.17 bar gauge) at the pressure trip.

GUARD BRACKET WITH

3/8 in. (10 mm) DIA.
MOUNTING HOLE

STEM

RING

PISTON

SPRING
2-1/2 in.
(64 mm)

1-3/8 in.
(41 mm)
HEX BODY

1/2 in. NPT FEMALE-

PRESSURE INLET 1-5/8 in.
(41 mm)

MAXIMUM LOAD ON RING- 100 LB. (45 KG)

MINIMUM NOMINAL OPERATING PRESSURE- 50 PSI (3.5 BARS)

Figure 2-68. Pressure Operated Trip

December 2022 2-62 06-236553-001

2-3.4.10 Discharge Indicators
P/N: 81-875553-000 and 81-967082-000
The Discharge Indicators may be installed in the discharge piping to visually indicate a system
discharge. When in the SET position, the discharge indicator acts as a vent (see Figure 2-69).

2.62"
(67mm) NORMAL
POSITION

DISCHARGE
INDICATION
POSITION

BODY

1"
2 NPT MALE CAP

0.93"(24mm) HEX STEM-RED

ACROSS FLATS

Figure 2-69. Discharge Indicator, P/N 81-875553-000

3.25"
(83mm) NORMAL
POSITION

DISCHARGE
INDICATION
POSITION

BODY
CAP

3"
NPT MALE
4 STEM
1.12"(29mm) HEX
ACROSS FLATS

Figure 2-70. Discharge Indicator, P/N 81-967082-000

Table 2-58. Discharge Indicator Specifications

P/N Size Material

81-967082-000 3/4” Brass

81-875553-000 1/2” Aluminum

2-3.4.11 Electric Remote Pull Station

P/N: 30-195000-002 and 30-195000-004
The Electric Remote Pull Station is an electrically operated device. To actuate the ECS System,
pull the handle on the front of the box.

Table 2-59. Electric Remote Pull Station

Part Number Description

30-195000-002 Double Action SPST Pull Station with Label Options

30-195000-004 Double Action DPST Pull Station with Label Options

06-236553-001 2-63 December 2022

2-3.4.12 Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface
P/N: 81-871403-000
The surface type remote Cable Manual Pull Station is a cable operated device. To actuate the
ECS System, break the glass plate on the box using the attached hammer and pull the handle
(see Figure 2-71).

2 - NAMEPLATE
BRACKETS -
OPTIONAL (SUPPLIED WITH
NAMEPLATE PULL BOX)
(BY INSTALLER) 4-COVER
SCREWS

FOR FIRE
BREAK GLASS PULL HANDLE

3/8 in. PIPE

PULL
HANDLE
5-7/8 in.
(149 mm)
PULL HARD

400 Main Street - Ashland, MA 01721-2150

1/16 in. CABLE
Tel(508)881-3000 FAX(508)881-0020 HAMMER
P/N 928103

5 in. 2-1/4 in.

(127 mm) (57 mm)
BREAK GLASS
P/N 928103
PULL HANDLE

CABLE FASTENER
FOR 1/16 in. CABLE

2 - HOLES FOR 1/4 in.

3/8 in. NPT FEMALE
MOUNTING SCREWS
(SCREWS NOT SUPPLIED WITH PULL BOX)
SECTION VIEW

Figure 2-71. Cable Manual Pull Station

December 2022 2-64 06-236553-001

2-3.4.13 Corner Pulleys
P/N: 81-803808-000 and WK-844648-000
Corner Pulleys change the direction of cable lines without binding to ensure smooth operation.
P/N 803808 is used for all watertight applications; P/N WK-844648-000 is used for all industrial
applications (see Figure 2-72 and Figure 2-73).

1-3/4 in.
(45 mm)
GASKET

COVER SCREW BODY

5/8 in.
21/8 in. (54 mm) DIA. (16 mm)

COVER 13/16 in.

(21 mm)
3/8 in. -18 NPS FEMALE

Figure 2-72. Corner Pulley, P/N 803808

COVER SCREW 5/8 in.

(16 mm)

UL

1/2 in. EMT CONNECTIONS

COMPRESSION TYPE
(QTY. 2)
2-3/4 in.
(70 mm)
approx.

Figure 2-73. 1/2-Inch (13 mm) EMT Corner Pulley, P/N WK-844648-000

06-236553-001 2-65 December 2022

2-3.4.14 Discharge Nozzles
The 180° and 360° discharge nozzles are designed to provide the proper flow rate and
distribution of the agent to flood a hazard area. The 180° nozzle is engineered to provide
a 180° discharge pattern for sidewall applications; he 360° nozzle offers a full 360°
discharge pattern for installations where nozzles are located in the center of the hazard.
The 180° and 360° nozzles are offered in See Figure 2-74 and Figure 2-75 and Tables 2-
17 and 2-18 for further information. The complete list of part numbers for the nozzles is
located in Chapter 8, Parts List.

Modification of the nozzle orifices in any manner voids the agency listings. In
addition, such modifications may cause an imbalance in agent distribution
CAUTION hindering or preventing the agent from suppressing a fire.

A B

C
-XXX

Figure 2-74. 360° Discharge Nozzle

Table 2-60. Dimensions–360° Discharge Nozzle

Dimensions
Pipe Size
A B C

3/8 in 2-1/32 in 1 in 1-3/16 in

(10 mm) (52 mm) (25 mm) (30 mm)
1/2 in 2-1/4 in 1-1/8 in 1-3/8 in
(13 mm) (57 mm) (29 mm) (35 mm)
3/4 in 2-11/16 in 1-3/8 in 1-5/8 in
(19 mm) (68 mm) (35 mm) (41 mm)
1 in 2-7/8 in 1-5/8 in 1-15/16 in
(25 mm) (73 mm) (41 mm) (49 mm)
1-1/4 in 3-9/32 in 2 in 2-3/8 in
(32 mm) (83 mm) (50 mm) (60 mm)
1-1/2 in 3-5/8 in 2-1/4 in 2-11/16 in
(40 mm) (92 mm) (57 mm) (68 mm)
2 in 4-1/2 in 3 in 3-1/2 in
(50 mm) (114 mm) (80 mm) (89 mm)
Note: Nozzles are available in Brass or Stainless Steel with NPT or BSP thread.

December 2022 2-66 06-236553-001

 A B

-XXX
Figure 2-75. 180° Discharge Nozzle

Table 2-61. Dimensions–180° Discharge Nozzle

Dimensions
Pipe Size
A B C

3/8 in 2-1/32 in 1 in 1-3/16 in

(10 mm) (52 mm) (25 mm) (30 mm)
1/2 in 2-1/4 in 1-1/8 in 1-3/8 in
(13 mm) (57 mm) (29 mm) (35 mm)
3/4 in 2-11/16 in 1-3/8 in 1-5/8 in
(19 mm) (68 mm) (35 mm) (41 mm)
1 in 2-7/8 in 1-5/8 in 1-15/16 in
(25 mm) (73 mm) (41 mm) (49 mm)
1-1/4 in 3-9/32 in 2 in 2-3/8 in
(32 mm) (83 mm) (50 mm) (60 mm)
1-1/2 in 3 -5/8 in 2-1/4 in 2-11/16 in
(40 mm) (92 mm) (57 mm) (68 mm)
2 in 4-1/2 in 3 in 3-1/2 in
(50 mm) (114 mm) (80 mm) (89 mm)
Note: Nozzles are available in Brass or Stainless Steel with NPT or BSP thread.

06-236553-001 2-67 December 2022

2-3.5 Other Accessories

2-3.5.1 Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch

P/N: 85-802398-001
The Main-to-Reserve Switch is installed on systems having main and reserve cylinders. Placing
the switch in either the MAIN or RESERVE position provides uninterrupted fire protection during
system maintenance or in the event of a system discharge (see Figure 2-76).
Switch Rating: 30 Amps at 120 VAC

NAMEPLATE CONDULET
BOX
SWITCH - DOUBLE
POLE DOUBLE
THROW

2-COVER 6-CONNECTION
SCREW TERMINALS

(4.25)

(1.75)
(2.75) (2.00)
Figure 2-76. Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch

COMMON
A-1
L-1
B-1
A-2
L-2
B-2
WIRING DIAGRAM

Figure 2-77. Wiring Diagram

Only listed KFS Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switches are to be used on KFS Fire
Suppression System. Failure to comply with this WARNING may result in
WARNING unpredictable agent distribution hindering or preventing the agent from
suppressing a fire.

December 2022 2-68 06-236553-001

2-3.5.2 ‘MAIN’ and ‘RESERVE’ Nameplates
P/N: WK-310330-000 and WK-310340-000
Figure 2-78 illustrates the Main and Reserve nameplates. These nameplates should be at-
tached at the cylinder location and/or control station(s) to ensure that the individual systems
are clearly identified.

Figure 2-78. Main and Reserve Nameplates

2-3.5.3 Hydrostatic Test Adapters

P/N: 82-878755-000, 06-220259-001, and 82-878754-000
The hydrostatic pressure test adapter is installed on the ECS System cylinder in place of the
cylinder valve when the cylinder is to be hydrostatically pressure tested. For cylinder test
requirements, see Section 6-2.8 of this manual. Use the 06-220259-001 for the 3” Valve, the
82-878755-000 for the 2” valve, and 82-878754-000 for the 1 1/2” valve.

06-236553-001 2-69 December 2022

2-3.5.4 ECS System Cylinder Recharge Adapters
P/N: 82-878757-000 and 82-878758-000
The ECS System recharge adapter is installed in the cylinder discharge outlet during the
cylinder charging procedure. This adapter is used for refilling the cylinder with the agent and
super pressurizing the cylinder with nitrogen (see Figure 2-79 and Table 2-62).
Note: The 3 in (80 mm) valve and associated cylinders (new style 600 lb and 900 lb -
243 liter and 368 liter) do not require a recharge adapter. Recharge of these cyl-
inders is achieved via the 1/2 in (13 mm) NPT connection on the grooved fitting
plate on the outlet port.

O-RING SEAL
3/8 in. - NPT
(VENT VALVE CONNECTION)

B
(HEX)

3/8 in. - 18 NPT

(CHARGE CONNECTION) CYLINDER VALVE
OUTLET CONNECTION

Figure 2-79. Cylinder Recharge Adapters

Table 2-62. Dimensions–Cylinder Recharge Adapters

Dimensions
Part Number Cylinder Size
A B

82-878757-000 10 lb - 125 lb 3-7/32 in 2-1/2 in

(5 liter - 51 liter) (82 mm) (64 mm)
82-878758-000 200 lb - 350 lb 4-1/16 in 3-1/4 in
(81 liter - 142 liter) (103 mm) (83 mm)

December 2022 2-70 06-236553-001

2-3.5.5 ECS System Cylinder Seating Adapter
P/N: WK-933537-000
The ECS System Seating Adapter is installed on the cylinder actuation port during the cylinder
charging procedure. This adapter is used for seating the valve assembly after charging and
super pressurization is complete.

11/16 in.
(17 mm)

2-1/2 in.
(64 mm)

VENT HOLES - DO

Figure 2-80. Seating Adapter

06-236553-001 2-71 December 2022

2-3.5.6 Warning Signs
Warning signs should be posted at entrances and exits to areas protected by clean agent fire
suppression systems.
Note: Alternative signs may be purchased from third party vendors so long as the signs are
accepted by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction and conform to all required regional
and national standards.

2-3.5.6.1 Entrance Warning Sign

P/N: 85-909300-001
The entrance sign warns people to not enter the area when the alarm is sounding and that the
area must be purged prior to re-entry.

! WARNING
This area is protected by a
Clean Agent Fire Suppression System.
Do not enter area when alarm is sounding.
Area must be purged prior to re-entry.

85-909300-001

Figure 2-81. Entrance Sign, P/N 85-909300-001

2-3.5.6.2 Exit Warning Sign

P/N: 85-909300-002
The exit sign warns people to leave the area when the alarm sounds and not to re-enter until
after the area has been purged.

! WARNING
This area is protected by a
Clean Agent Fire Suppression System.
Leave area immediately when alarm sounds.
Do not enter area after
the system is discharged unless purged.

85-909300-002

Figure 2-82. Exit Sign, P/N 85-909300-002

December 2022 2-72 06-236553-001

 CHAPTER 3
SYSTEM DESIGN
3-1 INTRODUCTION
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ 360 PSI Fire Suppression System (ECS System) is Listed by
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and Approved by Factory Mutual (FM). The ECS System
can use either Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent or 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection
Fluid, herein referred to as collectively “agent” unless called out specifically by name. These
systems are designed for total flooding in accordance with NFPA 2001, Latest Edition Standard
on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems, EN 15004, and ISO 14520. These systems have
been tested to the limits established jointly by UL and FM. In any situation not specifically
covered by this manual, the application and installation of the system must meet the
requirements of the standards as stated. In any case, all installations must meet the
requirements of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
The complexity of two-phase flow does not allow for any simple method of manual calculation.
For this reason, the flow calculations and design criteria described in this manual have been
incorporated into a computer software program. The calculations are based on conserving
mass, energy and momentum in the pipe network. The routine calculates the flow in quasi-
steady state steps from the initiation of the discharge to the final gas blowdown. This is a
significantly more rigorous treatment then the traditional Halon NFPA 12A method.
The system designer must become thoroughly familiar with the KFS ECS™ Fire
Suppression System Flow Calculation Software Guide which applies to Software Version 4.0
(P/N 06-237379-001) in order to learn the proper procedures for applying the input
parameters to the KFS ECS Fire Suppression System Flow Calculation Program. There are a
number of limitations to these input parameters which must be observed if accurate
results are to be obtained.

3-2 GENERAL
The system design is based on the requirements of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Standard 2001, Latest Edition, EN 15004, or ISO 14520, Latest Edition and the AHJ.

3-3 APPLICATION
The following steps must be taken to design a ECS System:
1. Determine which agent to be used. The agent choice impacts the design concentration.
Agents cannot be mixed. All agent cylinders in a system must contain the same agent.
2. Determine the design concentration required for the hazard. Refer to Table 3-6.
3. Determine the minimum and maximum ambient temperature for the hazard.
4. Determine the volume of the hazard.
5. Determine the integrity of the hazard.
6. Determine if any additional agent will be required to offset leakage of agent from the
hazard.
7. Determine Venting Requirements. Venting requirements for the hazard enclosure to avoid
damage due to excessive positive or negative pressure differentials are included in the lat-
est version of the flow calculation software.
Note: The complexity of agent flow formulas does not allow for any simple method of manual
calculation. For this reason, the flow calculations and design criteria described in this
manual have been programmed into a computer software program.

ECS System Flow Calculation Program is the only calculation method to be used
with ECS System equipment. No other calculation method is authorized by or
CAUTION acceptable to KFS.

06-236553-001 3-1 December 2022

3-4 MINIMUM DESIGN CONCENTRATION
Minimum Design Concentration (MDC) values are agent dependent and are provided by NFPA,
and other listing agencies. Please consult the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) to see which
values are approved for the system.
Note: All listed Minimum Design Concentrations are accurate as of the time this manual was
published. Agent Minimum Design Concentrations (MDC) may be updated by NFPA, UL,
FM, or the AHJ without notice. Please consult the latest standards, the insurance carrier,
and any AHJ to ensure the concentration selected meets the current requirements.

3-4.1 Fire Class Table

The table below outlines the classifications for fires based on the fuel. The types of fire deter-
mines the require minimum design concentration.

Table 3-1. Fire Classifications

NFPA
Description
Standard

Combustible materials (wood, paper, fabric, refuse) Class A

Flammable liquids or liquifiable solids, Flammable gas* Class B
Fire involving energized electrical equipment** Class C
**Use Class C when electrical equipment cannot be de-energized prior to
activation of the clean agent extinguishing system. If the equipment can
be d-energized prior to activation, this can be treated as a Class A
hazard.

Extinguishing a flammable-gas flame while gas continues to leak can result in

development of a flammable atmosphere in a portion of or throughout an
enclosed space, which, in turn, can ignite and cause an explosion resulting in
possible death, injury, or property damage. Flammable gases include natural
*WARNING gas, propane, and other industrial gases. A standing flame can occur at a point
where flammable-gas leaks from a pressurized source. Before discharge of a
fire extinguishing system, the cause of leaking flammable gas must be
identified and terminated.

December 2022 3-2 06-236553-001

3-4.2 Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent Concentration Values

3-4.2.1 NFPA Listed Concentration Values

Per the NFPA 2001, 2022 edition the MDCs for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent are as
follows:
Note: As of 2019, UL Listing are based on the NFPA listed concentration values.

Table 3-2. NFPA Minimum Design Concentrations for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent

Class of Fire Minimum Design Concentration

Class A 4.50
Class B (n-Heptane ) 5.85*
Class C with Voltage < 480 V 4.52
Class C with Voltage ≥ 480 V For voltages ≥480 volts that remain powered
during and after discharge, the MDC shall be
determined by testing, as necessary, and a
hazard analysis.
*For additional Class B values, contact KFS Technical Support.

Note: Where NFPA 2001, 2008 ed. or earlier editions are enforced, it is acceptable to use the
MDCs based on the requirements of the accepted edition. The governing authority or
authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) must specifically approve the design approach se-
lected.

3-4.2.2 FM Global Class C Concentration Values

Per the FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 4-9, Interim Revision July 2021, the
Class C Fires Minimum Design Concentrations for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent are
as follows:

Table 3-3. FM Global Class C Fires Minimum Design Concentrations for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean
Agent

Class of Fire Minimum Design Concentration

Class C* with Voltage ≤ 480 V 4.52

Class C* with Voltage > 480 V 10**

Notes:
*Use Class C when electrical equipment cannot be de-energized prior to activation of
the clean agent extinguishing system. If the equipment can be d-energized prior to ac-
tivation, this can be treated as a Class A hazard.

** The Minimum Design Concentration for Class C fires with voltages greater than 480
volts meets or exceeds the EPA Accepted LOAEL and NOAEL for the agent. Using this
high of an MDC requires use of the following:
• Pneumatic Time Delays
• Pneumatic Sirens
• Signs
• Lockout Valves

06-236553-001 3-3 December 2022

3-4.3 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid Concentration Values

3-4.3.1 NFPA Listed Concentration Values

Per the NFPA 2001, 2018 edition the MDCs for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid are as fol-
lows:
Note: As of 2019, UL Listing are based on the NFPA listed concentration values.

Table 3-4. NFPA Minimum Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

Class of Fire Minimum Design Concentration

Class A 4.5
Class B See Table 3-6
Class C with Voltage < 480 V 4.5
Class C with Voltage ≥ 480 V For voltages ≥480 volts that remain powered
during and after discharge, the MDC shall be
determined by testing, as necessary, and a
hazard analysis.

Note: Where NFPA 2001, 2008 ed. or earlier editions are enforced, it is acceptable to use the
MDCs based on the requirements of the accepted edition. The governing authority or
authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) must specifically approve the design approach se-
lected.

3-4.3.2 FM Global Concentration Values

Per the FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 4-9, Interim Revision July 2021, the
Class C Fires Minimum Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid are as
follows:

Table 3-5. NFPA Minimum Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

Class of Fire Minimum Design Concentration

Class C* with Voltage ≤ 480 V 4.5

Class C* with Voltage > 480 V 10**

Notes:
*Use Class C when electrical equipment cannot be de-energized prior to activation of
the clean agent extinguishing system. If the equipment can be d-energized prior to ac-
tivation, this can be treated as a Class A hazard.

** The Minimum Design Concentration for Class C fires with voltages greater than 480
volts meets or exceeds the EPA Accepted LOAEL and NOAEL for the agent. Using this
high of an MDC requires use of the following:
• Pneumatic Time Delays
• Pneumatic Sirens
• Signs
• Lockout Valves

December 2022 3-4 06-236553-001

 Table 3-6. Class B Suppression Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

Minimum Design
Extinguishing
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol.% (1)

Acetic acid 3.80 5.85

Acetone 4.31 5.85
Acetonitrile 2.90 5.85
n-Butane 4.60 5.98
2-Butoxy ethanol 5.20 6.76
Butyl acetate 4.20 5.85
Butyl alcohol (1-butanol) 4.90 6.37
Cyclohexane 4.50 5.85
Cyclopentane 4.10 5.85
Cyclopentanone 4.60 5.98
Diesel fuel 3.44 5.85(2)
Diethyl ether 4.90 6.37
Dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) 4.90 6.37
Ethane 5.60 7.28
Ethyl alcohol (ethanol) 5.49 7.15
Ethyl alcohol, denatured (92.2% EtOH, 4.6% IPA and 3.1% MeOH) 5.30 6.89
Ethyl acetate 4.70 6.11
Gasoline, 87 octane, unleaded 4.50 5.85
n-Heptane 4.50 5.85
Heptane, commercial 4.50 5.85
Hexanes, commercial 4.30 5.85
Hexene 4.60 5.98
hydraulic oil 5.20 6.76
hydrogen 10.3 13.39
hydrogen sulfide 4.20 5.85
Iso-butane 4.90 6.37
Isooctane (2,2,4-trimethylpentane) 4.70 6.11
Isopropyl alcohol (2-propanol) 4.90 6.37
Jet A 4.10 5.85
JP-4 4.20 5.85

Notes:
(1) MDC = Cup Burner (vol %) x 1.3 but not less than 5.85% in accordance with the UL-2166 and FM 5600 requirements that the
Class B design concentration cannot be less than that based on heptane, the fuel used in the listing and approvals test programs.
(2) UL approves an MDC of 4.47 vol % based on MEC verification by a notified body.

06-236553-001 3-5 December 2022

Table 3-6. Class B Suppression Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (Continued)

Minimum Design
Extinguishing
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol.% (1)

JP-5 4.20 5.85

Methane 5.60 7.28
Methyl alcohol (methanol) 6.50 8.45
Methyl ethyl ketone 4.50 5.85

Methyl formate 5.40 7.02

Methyl isobutyl ketone 4.40 5.85
Methyl siloxane 6.10 7.93
Methyl tert-butyl ether 4.50 5.85
Nitromethane 6.90 8.97
Octane 4.40 5.85
n-Pentane 4.70 6.11
Propane 5.80 7.54
Propyl alcohol (1-propanol) 5.40 7.02
Pyrrolidine 4.70 6.11
Stoddard Solvent (White Spirits) 4.20 5.85
Tetrahydrofuran 5.00 6.50
Toluene 3.50 5.85
Transformer oil 4.50 5.85
m-Xylene 3.40 5.85

Notes:
(1) MDC = Cup Burner (vol %) x 1.3 but not less than 5.85% in accordance with the UL-2166 and FM 5600 requirements that the
Class B design concentration cannot be less than that based on heptane, the fuel used in the listing and approvals test programs.
(2) UL approves an MDC of 4.47 vol % based on MEC verification by a notified body.

December 2022 3-6 06-236553-001

3-4.4 Calculate Agent Required
Calculate the quantity of agent needed to provide the required design concentration at the
lowest expected hazard temperature. Refer to Table 3-8 (U.S. customary units) or Table 3-9
(metric units) to determine the flooding factor for selected agent concentrations and
temperatures. Alternatively, the agent quantity, W, can be calculated for hazard volume V at
temperature t using the following equations

Table 3-7. Formula for Required Agent

W = (V/s)(C /(100 - C) where s = a + b * t

Variable U.S. Units Metric Units

C vol. % vol. %
W lb kg
V ft3 m3
s ft3/lb m3/kg
t °F °C
a 0.9856 0.0664
b 0.002441 0.0002741

The latest version of the flow calculation software calculates the required agent quantity for
the designer. Refer to the latest version of the Flow Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-
237256-004 for more information.

06-236553-001 3-7 December 2022

 Table 3-8. Agent Fluid Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Imperial

Specific Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W/V (lb./ft.3)a

Temp
Vapor Design Concentration (% per Volume)d
T
b
Volume
(°F)
(ft.3/lb.)c 4.5 4.52 4.75 5 5.5 5.85 6 6.11 7 8 9 10

0 0.9856 0.0478 0.0480 0.0506 0.0534 0.0591 0.0630 0.0648 0.0660 0.0764 0.0882 0.1003 0.1127
10 1.0100 0.0467 0.0469 0.0494 0.0521 0.0576 0.0615 0.0632 0.0644 0.0745 0.0861 0.0979 0.1100
20 1.0344 0.0456 0.0458 0.0482 0.0509 0.0563 0.0601 0.0617 0.0629 0.0728 0.0841 0.0956 0.1074
30 1.0588 0.0445 0.0447 0.0471 0.0497 0.0550 0.0587 0.0603 0.0615 0.0711 0.0821 0.0934 0.1049
40 1.0832 0.0435 0.0437 0.0460 0.0486 0.0537 0.0574 0.0589 0.0601 0.0695 0.0803 0.0913 0.1026
50 1.1077 0.0425 0.0427 0.0450 0.0475 0.0525 0.0561 0.0576 0.0588 0.0680 0.0785 0.0893 0.1003
60 1.1321 0.0416 0.0418 0.0441 0.0465 0.0514 0.0549 0.0564 0.0575 0.0665 0.0768 0.0874 0.0981
70 1.1565 0.0407 0.0409 0.0431 0.0455 0.0503 0.0537 0.0552 0.0563 0.0651 0.0752 0.0855 0.0961
80 1.1809 0.0399 0.0401 0.0422 0.0446 0.0493 0.0526 0.0541 0.0551 0.0637 0.0736 0.0838 0.0941
90 1.2053 0.0391 0.0393 0.0414 0.0437 0.0483 0.0516 0.0530 0.0540 0.0624 0.0721 0.0821 0.0922
100 1.2297 0.0383 0.0385 0.0406 0.0428 0.0473 0.0505 0.0519 0.0529 0.0612 0.0707 0.0804 0.0904
110 1.2541 0.0376 0.0377 0.0398 0.0420 0.0464 0.0495 0.0509 0.0519 0.0600 0.0693 0.0789 0.0886
120 1.2785 0.0369 0.0370 0.0390 0.0412 0.0455 0.0486 0.0499 0.0509 0.0589 0.0680 0.0774 0.0869
130 1.3029 0.0362 0.0363 0.0383 0.0404 0.0447 0.0477 0.0490 0.0499 0.0578 0.0667 0.0759 0.0853
140 1.3273 0.0355 0.0357 0.0376 0.0397 0.0438 0.0468 0.0481 0.0490 0.0567 0.0655 0.0745 0.0837
150 1.3518 0.0349 0.0350 0.0369 0.0389 0.0431 0.0460 0.0472 0.0481 0.0557 0.0643 0.0732 0.0822
160 1.3762 0.0342 0.0344 0.0362 0.0382 0.0423 0.0452 0.0464 0.0473 0.0547 0.0632 0.0719 0.0807

a
The manufacturer’s listing specifies the temperature range for operation.
b W/V [agent weight requirements (lb./ft.3)] = pounds of agent required per cubic foot of
protected volume
to produce indicated concentration at temperature specified.
W = (V/s) X [c/(100-c)]
c T [temperature (°F)] = the design temperature in the hazard area
d
s [specific volume (ft.3/lb.)] = specific volume of superheated agent vapor can be
approximated by the formula:
s = 0.9856 + 0.002441 T
where T = temperature (°F)
e C [concentration (%)] = volumetric concentration of agent in air at the temperature
indicated.

December 2022 3-8 06-236553-001

 Table 3-9. Agent Fluid Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric

Specific Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W/V (kg/m3)a

Temp Vapor
Design Concentration (% per Volume)d
T Volume
(°C)b s
(m3/kg)c 4.5 4.52 4.75 5 5.5 5.85 6 6.11 7 8 9 10

-20 0.0609 0.7735 0.7771 0.8186 0.8640 0.9554 1.0200 1.0478 1.0683 1.2356 1.4274 1.6235 1.8239
-15 0.0623 0.7565 0.7600 0.8006 0.8450 0.9344 0.9975 1.0247 1.0448 1.2084 1.3960 1.5878 1.7838
-10 0.0637 0.7402 0.7436 0.7834 0.8268 0.9143 0.9761 1.0027 1.0223 1.1824 1.3660 1.5536 1.7454
-5 0.0650 0.7246 0.7280 0.7669 0.8093 0.8950 0.9555 0.9816 1.0007 1.1575 1.3372 1.5209 1.7086
0 0.0664 0.7096 0.7129 0.7510 0.7926 0.8765 0.9358 0.9613 0.9801 1.1336 1.3096 1.4895 1.6734
5 0.0678 0.6953 0.6985 0.7358 0.7766 0.8588 0.9168 0.9419 0.9602 1.1106 1.2831 1.4594 1.6395
10 0.0691 0.6815 0.6847 0.7213 0.7612 0.8418 0.8987 0.9232 0.9412 1.0886 1.2577 1.4304 1.6070
15 0.0705 0.6683 0.6714 0.7072 0.7464 0.8254 0.8812 0.9052 0.9229 1.0675 1.2332 1.4026 1.5758
20 0.0719 0.6555 0.6586 0.6938 0.7322 0.8097 0.8644 0.8880 0.9053 1.0471 1.2097 1.3759 1.5457
25 0.0733 0.6433 0.6463 0.6808 0.7185 0.7945 0.8482 0.8714 0.8884 1.0275 1.1871 1.3501 1.5168
30 0.0746 0.6314 0.6344 0.6683 0.7053 0.7799 0.8327 0.8554 0.8721 1.0087 1.1653 1.3253 1.4890
35 0.0760 0.6201 0.6229 0.6562 0.6926 0.7659 0.8176 0.8399 0.8563 0.9905 1.1443 1.3014 1.4621
40 0.0774 0.6091 0.6119 0.6446 0.6803 0.7523 0.8031 0.8251 0.8412 0.9729 1.1240 1.2784 1.4362
45 0.0787 0.5985 0.6013 0.6334 0.6685 0.7392 0.7892 0.8107 0.8265 0.9560 1.1044 1.2561 1.4112
50 0.0801 0.5882 0.5910 0.6225 0.6570 0.7266 0.7757 0.7968 0.8124 0.9396 1.0855 1.2346 1.3871
55 0.0815 0.5783 0.5810 0.6121 0.6460 0.7143 0.7626 0.7834 0.7987 0.9238 1.0673 1.2139 1.3637
60 0.0828 0.5688 0.5714 0.6019 0.6353 0.7025 0.7500 0.7705 0.7855 0.9085 1.0496 1.1938 1.3412
65 0.0842 0.5595 0.5621 0.5921 0.6250 0.6911 0.7378 0.7579 0.7727 0.8938 1.0325 1.1744 1.3194
70 0.0856 0.5506 0.5531 0.5827 0.6149 0.6800 0.7260 0.7458 0.7604 0.8794 1.0160 1.1556 1.2982

a
The manufacturer’s listing specifies the temperature range for operation.
b W/V [agent weight requirements (kg/m3)] = kilograms of agent per cubic meter of protected
volume to
produce indicated concentration at temperature specified.
W = (V/s) X [c/(100-c)]
c
T [temperature (°C)] = the design temperature in the hazard area
d s [specific volume (m3/kg)] = specific volume of superheated agent vapor can be
approximated by the formula:
s = 0.0664 + 0.0002741 T
where T = temperature (°C)
e
C [concentration (%)] = volumetric concentration of agent in air at the temperature
indicated.

06-236553-001 3-9 December 2022

3-5 DETERMINE WHAT COMPONENTS ARE REQUIRED
• Cylinder agent type, size, quantity and fill requirements, refer to Table 3-8 and Table 3-9.
• Cylinder framing, mounting brackets, etc.
• Detection and control equipment required
• Other system requirements, such as reserve supply, pressure switches, etc.

3-6 LOCATE NOZZLES

Locate nozzles based on the following:
• Ceiling height (16 ft [4.87 m] maximum, 1 ft [0.30 m] minimum).
• Nozzle area coverage
• Special hazard area layout considerations

3-7 LOCATE CYLINDERS

Locate cylinders based on the following:
• Number of cylinders required
• Storage temperature: In balanced systems, where agent flow through each nozzle is equal,
the agent cylinder storage temperature range is 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C). In unbal-
anced systems, where agent flows through the nozzles at varying rates, the agent cylinder
storage temperature range is 60°F to 80°F (16°C to 27°C).
• Environmental considerations, such as weather, area classification and corrosive
environment
• Accessibility
• Floor loading

3-8 LOCATE PIPING

Locate piping based on the following:
• Nozzle location
• Structural members for bracing the pipe

3-9 PIPE SIZE AND LAYOUT

Determine pipe size and layout for the following factors:
• Draw piping isometric.
• Dimensions of all pipe sections.
• Locate all fittings.
• Note all elevation changes.
The preceding information will be entered into the flow calculation program.

December 2022 3-10 06-236553-001

3-10 USING THE AGENT CONCENTRATION FLOODING FACTORS
To find the total quantity of the agent required at a specific temperature and concentration,
multiply the hazard volume by the multiplier from Table 3-8, or Table 3-9 that correspond to
the design temperature and concentration desired.
Note: NFPA 2001, Latest Edition and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Significant
New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) provide specific guidelines for using the agent. The min-
imum use concentration for total flooding applications when using hardware is 4.5
vol%, unless a higher concentration is required for the specific hazard being protected.
ISO/EN: For systems specified to ISO 14520 / EN 15004, a minimum use concentration
of 5.3% w/v should be used. For either specification a higher concentration may be re-
quired for the specific hazard being protected.
The agent quantity required must be based on the lowest expected ambient tempera-
ture in the protected space. Care must be taken that the calculated concentration for
normally occupied spaces at the highest expected ambient temperature in the space
does not exceed the value of 10% per NFPA 2001, Latest Edition.
Per NFPA 2001, Latest Edition, agent systems with use concentrations below the NOAEL (10
vol%) are permitted for use in occupied areas. The agent can be designed between 4.5 vol%
and 10.5 vol% for a five minute exposure using the PBPK model.

3-10.1 Adjusting for Altitude or Pressure

The procedure for determination of the agent quantity assumes that the protected enclosure
is at sea level or has an internal pressure of 14.7 psia (101.4 kPa). The design agent quantity
must be adjusted where the protected enclosure is at an altitude or pressure that differs by
more than 11% from sea level values. Table 3-10 lists "Atmospheric Corrections Factors" as a
function of altitude or pressure. Calculate the adjusted (altitude-corrected) agent quantity as
follows:
Adjusted quantity = (Sea-level quantity) x (Atmospheric Correction Factor)
Note: Use the value of Atmospheric Correction Factor corresponding to the highest possible
enclosure pressure where the pressure can be varied, by design, from the prevailing
barometric pressure at the altitude of the installation. This procedure assures that the
agent concentration will not be less than the design concentration at the highest achiev-
able enclosure pressure.
Table 3-10. Atmospheric Correction Factors

Altitude Above Sea Level Enclosure Pressure Atmospheric Correction

Factor
ft m psia kPa

-3000 -920 16.25 112.1 1.11

-2000 -610 15.71 108.3 1.07
-1000 -300 15.23 105 1.04
0 0 14.70 101.4 1.00
1000 300 14.18 97.8 0.96
2000 610 13.64 94.1 0.93
3000 920 13.12 90.5 0.89
4000 1,210 12.58 86.8 0.86
5000 1,520 12.04 83 0.82
6000 1,830 11.53 79.5 0.78
7000 2,130 11.03 76.1 0.75
8000 2,440 10.64 73.4 0.72
9000 2,740 10.22 70.5 0.69
10000 3,050 9.77 67.4 0.66

06-236553-001 3-11 December 2022

3-11 MANIFOLDS
When multiple cylinders are needed, they may be connected to the same set of distribution
piping through a manifold. This is necessary in three circumstances:
• A connected reserve supply of the agent is required.
• The quantity of agent required is greater than the maximum fill of a single cylinder.
• A single cylinder does not contain enough nitrogen to discharge the required agent through
the pipe network.
In accordance with standards set by NFPA 2001, Latest Edition:
• All cylinders are of the same size, pressure (360 psig), and agent
• Each cylinder must have an El-check or swing-check to prevent back flow of agent through
the discharge hose in case the system is discharged while a cylinder is removed for main-
tenance.
Standard check valves MUST be installed and modeled in the calculation software whenever all
of the following conditions exist:
• Multiple cylinders are required, and
• A connected reserve supply is required, and
• Multiple cylinder actuation from a primary ECS System cylinder.

3-12 DESIGN CRITERIA

The complexity of two-phase flow formulas does not allow for any simple method of manual
calculation. For this reason, the flow calculations and design criteria described in this manual
have been programmed into a computer software program.

KFS ECS Fire Suppression System Flow Calculation Program is the only calculation
method to be used with ECS System equipment. No other calculation method is
CAUTION accepted by KFS.

The system designer must become thoroughly familiar with the KFS ECS™ Fire
Suppression System Flow Calculation Software Guide for use with Fluoroketone Fire
Suppression Agents Applies to Software Version 4.0 (P/N 06-237379-001) to determine
the proper procedures for applying the input parameters to the KFS computer program.
There are a number of limitations to these input parameters which must be observed if
accurate results are to be obtained. Most of these limitations are in the program.
However, there are certain restrictions that must be addressed by the system designer
before applying the input data. The following paragraphs describe the essential design
parameters and design limitations which must be considered.

December 2022 3-12 06-236553-001

3-12.1 First Branch Flow Split

BULL TEE FLOW BULL TEE FLOW

BULL TEE
SPLIT LIMITS SPLIT LIMITS

OUT OUT OUT - 50% OUT - 50% OUT - 75% OUT - 25%

BULL TEE BULL TEE

MINIMUM MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE

IN IN - 100% IN - 100%

SIDE TEE SIDE TEE FLOW SIDE TEE FLOW

SPLIT LIMITS SPLIT LIMITS

IN OUT
IN - 100% OUT - 65% IN - 100% OUT - 90%

SIDE TEE SIDE TEE

MINIMUM MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE

OUT OUT - 35% OUT - 10%

Figure 3-1. Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for an ECS System

3-12.2 Tee Flow Splits

Flow splits at tee junctions are sensitive to gravity. Even though turbulent flow exists, there is
a tendency for the vapor phase to migrate to the upper portion of the pipe leaving a more
dense medium at the bottom of the pipe. For this reason, the limitations in Figure 3-1 must be
observed.

3-12.2.1 Requirements for Tee Flow Splits

1. Bull head tees must have both outlets in the horizontal plane. The inlet to a bull head tee
may approach in a horizontal, vertically up or vertically down direction.
2. Side tees must have the inlet and both outlets all in the horizontal plane.
3. Elbows either before a tee, or after, which split to a separate hazard must be located
a minimum distance of 10 pipe diameters (nominal) before the tee.
4. Tee splits going to separate hazards from a common supply line must be spaced a minimum
of 10 pipe diameters (nominal) apart.
5. Minimum flow out of a side tee branch is 10% of total flow at the tee.
6. For flow splits less than 25%, the split shall be done through a side tee with the smaller
flow going through the side tee member. The minimum flow through the side tee member
is 10%. The maximum flow through the tee is 90%.
7. For flow splits equal to or greater than 35%, the split shall be done through a bull head tee.
The maximum flow split through a bull head tee is 75%.

06-236553-001 3-13 December 2022

 Table 3-11. 10 Pipe Diameters

Pipe Size 10 Pipe Diameters

1/4 in 2-1/2 in 2-1/2 in

(6 mm) (64 mm) (0.06 m)
3/8 in 3-3/4 in 4 in
(10 mm) (95 mm) (0.10 m)
1/2 in 5 in 5 in
(15 mm) (127 mm) (0.15 m)
3/4 in 7-1/2 in 7-1/2 in
(20 mm) (191 mm) (0.20 m)
1 in 10 in 10 in
(25 mm) (254 mm) (0.25 m)
1-1/4 in 12-31/64 in 12-1/2 in
(32 mm) (317 mm) (0.32 m)
1-1/2 in 15 in 15 in
(40 mm) (381 mm) (0.40 m)
2 in 20 in 20 in
(50 mm) (508 mm) (0.50 m)
2-1/2 in 25 in 25 in
(65 mm) (635 mm) (0.65 m)
3 in 30 in 30 in
(80 mm) (762 mm) (0.80 m)
4 in 40 in 40 in
(100 mm) (1016 mm) (1.00 m)
5 in 50 in 50-1/2 in
(125 mm) (1270 mm) (1.25 m)
6 in 60 in 60 in
(150 mm) (1524 mm) (1.50 m)

3-12.3 Duration of Discharge

Per NFPA 2001, latest edition, 95% of the liquid agent discharge from the nozzles shall be
completed in a nominal ten seconds or less. Discharge times shorter than 10 seconds are
desirable to minimize production of breakdown products. Discharge times as short as five
seconds are permitted.

December 2022 3-14 06-236553-001

3-12.4 Nozzle Selection and Placement
There are two basic ECS System nozzle configurations:
• The 360° nozzle, which provides a full 360° discharge pattern designed for placement in
the center of the hazard.
• The 180° nozzle, which provides a 180° discharge pattern designed for placement adjacent
to a side wall of the hazard.
Use the KFS ECS Fire Suppression System Flow Calculation Program as a tool to determine the
selection of the required orifice area and nozzle.
Maximum orifice area to pipe area ratio:
• The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 360 degree nozzle at the given node and the
pipe cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.85, or 85%, except
the 1/4 in (6 mm) NPT size nozzle. The internal geometries of the 1/4 in
(6 mm) NPT size nozzle are such that the ratio of actual nozzle orifice area to cross sectional
area of the feed pipe is 75%.
• The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 180 degree nozzle at the given node and the
pipe cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.85, or 85%. Due
to geometric constraints and the need to keep a sharp-edged orifice, in sizes up to and in-
cluding 3/4 in NPT (19 mm), the 180sidewall nozzle has a lower ratio of orifice area to
feed pipe area. This value is different for each size nozzle through 3/4 in (19 mm) NPT.
Minimum orifice area to pipe area ratio:
• The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 360 degree nozzle at the given node and the
pipe cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.20, or 20%.
• The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 180 degree nozzle at the given node and the
pipe cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.20, or 20%.
Nozzles are available in nominal pipe sizes of 1/4 in, 3/8 in, 1/2 in, 3/4 in, 1 in,
1-1/4 in, 1-1/2 in, and 2 in (6 mm, 10 mm, 15 mm, 20mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 40mm, and
50 mm).
Note: The 1/4 in (6 mm) nozzle is non-listed, non approved and has a 75% maximum
orifice area to pipe area ratio.

06-236553-001 3-15 December 2022

3-12.5 Nozzle Placement
Note: Nozzles must be located to avoid direct impingement on personnel.
There are certain coverage and height limitations which must be observed with each nozzle
configuration to ensure proper agent distribution.

35.6 ft. 35.6 ft.

(10.9 m) (10.9 m)

d = 39.8 ft. d = 25.2 ft.

(12.1 m) (7.7 m)
35.6 ft. 35.6 ft.
(10.9 m) (10.9 m)

180° Nozzle 360° Nozzle

Figure 3-2. Nozzle Placement and Coverage

• Orientation-Nozzles must be mounted perpendicular to the ceiling or subfloor surface and
oriented with the orifices radiating outward from the pipe network. Pendant or upright
mounting of the nozzle is acceptable.

Slab
Ceiling
Void or
Second 1' Min
Tier Max Height
Limit 16' or less,
but with
Upright Nozzle Position Pendant Nozzle Position
Physical Barrier

Subfloor Tiles
Subfloor
Space
1' Min

Slab
Upright Nozzle Position Pendant Nozzle Position

Figure 3-3. Nozzle Orientation

• Ceiling Clearance-Nozzles must be installed so that the orifices are located 6 to 12 in +/-
2 in (152 to 483mm +/- 51 mm) below the ceiling.
• Maximum Height-The maximum protected height for a single row of nozzles is 16 feet
(4.87 m). Nozzles may be tiered to accommodate enclosures with ceiling heights greater
than 16 ft (4.87 m), but no greater than 32 ft (9.8 m).
• Minimum Ceiling Height-The minimum ceiling height for UL Listed/FM Approved systems
is 1 ft or 12 in (0.3 m). Systems designed for enclosures 6 to 12 in (152 mm to 305 mm)
are acceptable, but not UL Listed or FM Approved. Follow reduced coverage guidelines on
page 3-14.

December 2022 3-16 06-236553-001

 • 180° Nozzles-180° nozzles must be located 6 +/- 2 inches (0.15 +/- 0.05 m) from
a wall, with the orifices directed away from the wall. The nozzle shall be located as
close to the center of the wall as possible, but at least 1/3 of the way along the wall.
180° nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as a square that can be inscribed in
a semicircle of distance 39.8 ft (12.1 m, diagonal of a rectangle 17.8 ft x 35.6 ft). Refer to
Figure 3-2 for further information. 180° nozzles may be used in a back-to-back configura-
tion. The nozzles should be placed 1 to 2 ft (0.3 m to 0.6 m) apart.
• 360° Nozzles-360° nozzles must be located as close to the center of the enclosure
as possible. 360° nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as any square that
can be inscribed in a circle of radius 25.2 ft (7.7 m, diagonal of a square 17.8 ft x 17.8
ft). Refer to Figure 3-2 for further information.
• Multiple Nozzles-Nozzles whose discharge patterns will intersect must be placed at least
10 ft (3.3 m) apart to assure adequate agent distribution.
For large hazards with multiple nozzle protection, the nozzles must be distributed uniformly
to disperse the agent and to reach all corners of the hazard in equal time. A mix of 180°
and 360° nozzles with overlapping coverage can be used.
• Walls and Obstructions-The agent discharged from the nozzle requires a certain length
from the nozzle to atomize into a gas. If the agent comes into contact with a surface before
fully atomizing, frosting can occur. As a result, the concentration throughout the enclosure
will be less than required to appropriately protect the space. Therefore, nozzles must be
located with at least 4 to 6 feet (1.2 m to 1.8 m) of clearance from walls and/or significant
obstructions (ex. high rise racking and columns). If this requirement cannot be met, addi-
tional agent may be discharged to compensate for this agent “loss.”
• Reduced Coverage Area-Consideration should be given to reducing nozzle spacing when
obstructions that would impede the uniform distribution of the agent throughout the area
are present. Nozzle coverage area must be reduced to 25 ft x 25 ft for enclosure heights
six to twelve inches (7.5 m x 7.5 m for heights 0.15 to 0.3 meters).

06-236553-001 3-17 December 2022

 Limits on Nozzle Conditions:
• Minimum average nozzle pressure-The nozzle pressure must be a minimum of 60.3
psig (4.2 bar) for the nozzle to effectively vaporize and distribute the agent and mix the
agent into the air of the enclosure being protected.
• Maximum arrival time imbalance-The difference between liquid arrival times at two of
the nozzles must not exceed the 2.0 seconds allowed.
• Maximum runout time imbalance-The difference between nozzle liquid runout times at
two of the nozzles must not exceed the 6.3 second allowed maximum.
Maximum Elevation Differences in Pipe Runs:
• If nozzles are only located above the cylinder outlet, then the maximum elevation difference be-
tween the cylinder outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle (whichever is
furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft (12.19 m).
• If nozzles are only located below the cylinder outlet, then the maximum elevation difference be-
tween the cylinder outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle (whichever is
furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft (12.19 m).
• If nozzles are located both above and below the cylinder outlet, then the maximum eleva-
tion difference between the furthest horizontal pipe runs or discharge nozzles (whichever
is furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft (12.19 m).
Note: If your system design violates these limits, then you must consult the factory to deter-
mine what course of action should be taken (see Figure 3-4 for further clarification).

SYSTEM WITH A SYSTEM WITH A SYSTEM WITH CEILING SYSTEM WITH CEILING
SINGLE ROW OF NOZZLES* MULTIPLE ROW OF NOZZLES* AND SUBFLOOR NOZZLES* AND UPRIGHT SUBFLOOR NOZZLES*

40 ft. 40 ft.
(12.19 m) (12.19 m)
Max. Max.

40 ft. 40 ft.
(12.19 m) (12.19 m)
Max. Max.

*Minimum and Maximum

Nozzle Height Rules Apply

Figure 3-4. Nozzle Limitations

Note: Any system designed for a space less than 12 in (0.3 m) in height is not a UL Listed or
FM Approved design.

December 2022 3-18 06-236553-001

3-12.6 Pipe Sizing
The following table may be used as an estimating guide for sizing distribution piping. This table
is intended for use as a guide only. The KFS ECS Fire Suppression System Flow Calculation
Program must be used for the final design.

Table 3-12. Pipe Size vs. Flow Rate

Schedule 40 Pipe Schedule 80 Pipe

Minimum Flow Rate

Minimum Flow Rate Minimum Flow Rate Minimum Flow Rate
Pipe Size in Pipe Sections
in Pipe Sections in Pipe Sections in Pipe Sections
Nominal Ending at a Nozzle
Ending at a Tee Ending at a Nozzle Ending at a Tee

lb/s kg/s lb/s kg/s lb/s kg/s lb/s kg/s

1/4 in (9 mm) 0.68 0.31 0.41 0.19 0.30 0.14 0.18 0.08
3/8 in (10 mm) 1.55 0.70 0.93 0.42 1.06 0.48 0.64 0.29
1/2 in (15 mm) 2.58 1.17 1.55 0.70 1.95 0.88 1.17 0.53
3/4 in (20 mm) 4.53 2.05 2.72 1.23 3.68 1.67 2.21 1.00
1 in (25 mm) 7.29 3.31 4.37 1.98 6.08 2.76 3.65 1.65
1¼ in (32 mm) 12.67 5.75 7.60 3.45 10.83 4.91 6.50 2.95
1½ in (40 mm) 17.46 7.92 10.48 4.75 15.06 6.83 9.04 4.10
2 in (50 mm) 29.82 13.53 17.89 8.12 25.96 11.78 15.58 7.07
2½ in (65 mm) 44.06 19.99 26.44 11.99 38.51 17.47 23.11 10.48
3 in (80 mm) 71.34 32.36 42.80 19.42 62.96 28.56 37.78 17.13
3½ in (90 mm) 98.32 44.60 58.99 26.76 87.46 39.67 52.48 23.80
4 in (100 mm) 129.28 58.64 77.57 35.18 115.87 52.56 69.52 31.53
5 in (125 mm) 205.71 93.31 123.43 55.99 187.31 84.96 112.39 50.98
6 in (150 mm) 286.54 129.97 171.92 77.98 262.77 119.19 157.66 71.51
Note: The pipe friction factor embodied in the energy conservation equation used to calculate
pressure drop for two-phase flow in fire protection systems is based on the premise that
highly turbulent flow is present in the pipeline. Also, a high degree of turbulence must be
maintained in pipe sections that approach dividing points. The pipe size that can be used for
a given flow rate is thus based upon the minimum flow rate required to maintain complete
turbulence.

This limitation is tabulated in the table above and is automatically taken into consideration
when the computer selects pipe sizes for the system. Flow rates as low as 60% of the tabu-
lated minimum rates may be used in branch lines that lead directly to nozzles with no inter-
vening flow division.

06-236553-001 3-19 December 2022

3-13 OTHER CONDITIONS

3-13.1 Operating/Storage Temperature Range

ECS System equipment listed herein is designed to operate within a temperature range
of 32 °F to 130 °F (0 °C to 54 °C). The KFS ECS Fire Suppression System Flow Calculation
Program assumes a temperature of 70 °F (21 °C). Therefore, the cylinder operating and
storage temperature must be in the range of 60 °F to 80 °F (16 °C to 27 °C) for a single
unbalanced system protecting two or more separate hazards. If the cylinder
operating/storage temperature is outside this range, an insufficient quantity of agent may
be discharged from one or more discharge nozzles.

3-13.1.1 Storage Temperature

ECS System equipment is suitable for storage from 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).

3-13.1.2 System Operating Pressure

The normal system operating pressure for ECS System equipment is 360 psig at 70°F (25 bar
gauge at 21°C).

3-13.2 Pressure Actuation Limitations

Four modes of pressure actuation of the ECS System cylinders are available.
Note: When cylinders are all connected to a common manifold, they shall be at the same size
and fill density.

3-13.2.1 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Pressure from a Primary

Note: See Figure 3-5.
For cylinders close coupled (reach of one flex hose, max. 30 in (762 mm)) using pressure from
one primary ECS System cylinder, a maximum of fifteen secondary cylinders close coupled can
be actuated from that one primary cylinder, using pressure operated control heads on the
secondary cylinders. The secondary cylinder operation will be through pilot flexible hoses.

ACTUATION HOSE
PRESSURE SWITCH (TYP.)
TEE (TYP.) P/N WK-264986-000
P/N 81-486536-000
P/N WK-699205-050 OR WK-264987-000
PRESSURE TRIP
P/N 81-874290-000 90° ELBOW
P/N WK-699205-030
PRIMARY
CONTROL
PIPING
HEAD

PRIMARY CYLINDER
ADAPTER KIT P/N
82-844895-000 ATTACHED
TO SECONDARY 1 2 3 4 5 6 15
PRIMARY
ACTUATION PORT
CYLINDER
SECONDARY PRESSURE OPERATED
CYLINDER DISCHARGE CONTROL HEAD (TYP.)
(TYP.) HOSE OR P/N 82-878737-000
VALVE
OUTLET
ADAPTER

Figure 3-5. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Primary ECS System Cylinder to
Actuate a Maximum of 15 ECS System Cylinders Close Coupled

December 2022 3-20 06-236553-001

3-13.2.2 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Pressure from a Primary
Note: See Figure 3-6.
For cylinders not close coupled using pressure from one primary ECS System cylinder, a
maximum of four secondary cylinders (maximum five cylinders in a group) can be actuated by
that one primary cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the secondary cylinders.
The secondary cylinder operation will be through a 5/16 in O.D. x 0.035 in wall copper tubing
actuator line having a maximum total length of 90 ft (27.44 m).

PRESSURE TRIP (TYP)

P/N 81-874290-000
(IF REQUIRED)

PIPING PRESSURE SWITCH (TYP.)

90 FT. MAX.
P/N 81-486536-000
LENGTH OF TUBING
TEE P/N WK-699205-050 90° ELBOW
PRIMARY P/N WK-699205-030
CONTROL PRESSURE OPERATED
HEAD CONTROL HEAD (TYP)
5/16 IN. O.D. x .032
P/N 82-878737-000
WALL COPPER TUBING DISCHARGE HOSE
OR
1 VALVE OUTLET 4
ADAPTER

PRIMARY SECONDARY SECONDARY

CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

Figure 3-6. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Primary ECS System Cylinder to
Actuate a Maximum of 4 ECS System Cylinders NOT Close Coupled

06-236553-001 3-21 December 2022

3-13.2.3 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Nitrogen Pressure
Note: See Figure 3-7.
For cylinders close coupled using nitrogen pressure from one pilot nitrogen cylinder, from
one to fifteen secondary ECS System cylinders can be actuated from that one pilot
nitrogen cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the secondary cylinders.
Secondary operation will be through a 1/4-inch Schedule 40 steel pipe actuator line having the
following limitations:
• Maximum length between nitrogen cylinder and the first ECS System cylinder 320 ft (97.5
m).
• Maximum quantity of flexible actuation hoses is fifteen (one at the nitrogen cylinder and
one at each ECS System cylinder).
• All ECS System cylinders must be located adjacent to one another.

SEE ENLARGED
VIEW

ACTUATION HOSE (TYP.)

P/N WK-264986-000 OR PRESSURE SWITCH
WK-264987-000 P/N 81-486536-000 TEE (TYP.)
P/N WK-699205-050 ACTUATION HOSE (TYP.)
MALE CONNECTOR PRESSURE TRIP P/N WK-264986000 OR
P/N WK-699205-010 P/N 81-874290-000 WK-264987-000

PRIMARY 90° ELBOW

CONTROL HEAD PIPING
P/N WK-699205-030
PILOT NITROGEN
CYLINDER
P/N WK-877940-000
PRIMARY 1 2 3 4 5 6 15
CYLINDER 320 ft. MAX.
1/4 in. SCH.
40 PIPE SECONDARY PRESSURE OPERATED
CYLINDER DISCHARGE HOSE OR
VALVE OUTLET ADAPTER CONTROL HEAD (TYP.)
(TYP.) P/N 82-878737-000

1/4 in. X 1/8 in. CONCENTRIC REDUCER (TYP.)

MALE CONNECTOR
(BOTH ENDS)
1/4 in. SCH. 40 PIPE P/N WK-699205-010

ACTUATION 320 ft. MAX.

PIPE LENGTH ACTUATION HOSE
HOSE

ENLARGED VIEW

Figure 3-7. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to
Actuate a Maximum of 15 ECS System Cylinders Close Coupled

December 2022 3-22 06-236553-001

3-13.2.4 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Nitrogen Pressure
Note: See Figure 3-8.
For cylinders not close coupled using nitrogen pressure from one pilot nitrogen cylinder,
from one to fifteen secondary ECS System cylinders can be actuated from the one pilot
nitrogen cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the secondary cylinders.
Secondary operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.035 in wall stainless steel tubing actuator
line having the following limitations:
• Maximum total length of tubing is 320 ft (97.5 m).
• Maximum length of tubing between cylinder #1 and the last cylinder is 220 ft (67 m).
• The nominal min./max. length of tubing between the nitrogen pilot cylinder and ECS Sys-
tem cylinder #1 is up to 100 ft (30.5 m).
• If required, the nitrogen pilot cylinder can be located at a distance greater than 100
ft (30.5 m) from ECS System cylinder #1. In this instance, tubing length can be taken
from the line between the secondary cylinders and added to the line between the ni-
trogen cylinder and secondary cylinder #1, provided that the maximum total length
of tubing does not exceed 320 ft (97.5 m).
• The tubing actuation line must be designed for a minimum working pressure of 1800 psig
(124 bar gauge).

Figure 3-8. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to
Actuate a Maximum of 15 ECS System Cylinders NOT Closed Coupled

06-236553-001 3-23 December 2022

3-13.3 Selector Valves
Standard EN12094-5 requires that selector valves be opened within a maximum time span of
3 seconds. Use the following rules for designing all selector valve systems:
• 3-Way and 2-Way selector valves must not be mixed in a system. A system may use only
2-way or 3-way selector valves, not both.
• Always confirm the duration for which the solenoid valve will be kept energized by the con-
trol panel. The solenoid must be energized for the full discharge time.
• A handle shall always be provided with selector valves for manual opening or closing.

Figure 3-9. Typical Distribution Manifold Design for 2-Way Selector Valves

December 2022 3-24 06-236553-001

3-13.3.1 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids for 2-Way Selector Valves
The solenoid valves with manual override are used for controlling the opening of the selector
valves and are supplied as part of a back-plate manifold with solenoids. This back-plate holds
the required numbers of solenoid valves. It receives pressure from a Nitrogen pilot cylinder via
a pressure regulator reducing the supplied pressure to approx. 8 bar. Use one 108 cu. in.
Nitrogen pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold to provide pressure to open the selector valves.
Note: The solenoid on the back-plate manifold leading to the hazard being protected by the
discharge must be continuously powered during the system discharge.

Figure 3-10. Back-Plate Manifold Arrangement

06-236553-001 3-25 December 2022

3-13.3.2 Manifold Arrangement with 3-Way Directional Valves (Multi-Hazard
Arrangements for all Systems)
Note: 3-Way Directional Valves, P/N 85-2200XX-00, are UL Listed, but not FM Approved.
The ECS System offers the use of 3-way directional valves for protection of multiple hazards
from one central storage bank of agent and nitrogen driver cylinders. For more information on
the valves, see Section 2-3.4.6.
Since only one system (i.e., distribution piping and nozzles) can be entered and calculated at
one time, it is necessary to create separate projects (.flc files) for each configuration. With
respect to the 3- way directional valves, separate objects are used for a given valve size
depending on the orientation of the valve. An “open” valve is used to allow agent to flow
through the side (branch) outlet of the valve, and a “closed” valve would be used to allow agent
to flow through the run outlet of the valve. When working with multiple files, the user should
ensure that the type, diameter and length of any pipes common to more than one project file
are identical. The pipe locking feature is useful here. In addition, the agent quantity per
cylinder and area of the nitrogen restrictor orifice should be identical.
Note: Per NFPA 2001 –In sections where a valve arrangement introduces sections of closed
piping, such sections shall be equipped with pressure relief devices, or the valves shall
be designed to prevent entrapment of liquid. For pressure relief of manifold arrange-
ments using directional valves, use a safety outlet (P/N 82-844346-000).
The nitrogen pilot line is connected to each 3-way directional valve. An electric control head is
installed on each nitrogen pilot cylinder to actuate and release the nitrogen, which, in turn,
pneumatically opens the valve. The nitrogen pilot line must be installed with a pressure
regulator. The nitrogen line is then installed into the pneumatic solenoid that is attached to the
pneumatic actuator. The pneumatic solenoid acts as a gate valve; when the signal is received
from the panel to open the pneumatic solenoid, the pressure is then allowed to pass through
the pneumatic actuator, which thereby turns the valve to the 90° “Open” orientation.

Table 3-13. 3-Way Ball Valve

Maximum Number from Maximum Tubing Maximum

Ball Valve Size
One Pilot Cylinder 5/16” x 0.035” Weight 1/4” Schedule 40 Pipe

4” 3 200 ft 100 ft

3” 3 200 ft 100 ft

2” 8 200 ft 100 ft

1 1/2” 8 200 ft 100 ft

1 1/4” 8 200 ft 100 ft

1 8 200 ft 100 ft

3/4” 8 200 ft 100 ft

1/2” 8 200 ft 100 ft

Figure 3-9 illustrates an arrangement where three hazards are protected using two 3-way
directional valves. A single nitrogen pilot cylinder is used to provide the actuating force for the
3-way directional valves. Each 3-way directional valve is actuated by a 24 VDC solenoid.

December 2022 3-26 06-236553-001

 PIPING TO PIPING TO PIPING TO
HAZARD A HAZARD B HAZARD C
SOL Pneumatic Solenoid
(P/N 06-118329-001)
3-Way Ball
Valve
Panel
Swing Check or Check
Valve
Discharge Manifold Electric Control Head
E

Swing Check
Channels Needed = # of Pressure Regulator
Directional Valves + 1
or Check Valve S/O (P/N 06-118334-001)
Sol. Sol.
Factory Set to 116 PSI (8 bar)
3-Way Ball 3-Way Ball S/O Safety Outlet (P/N 82-844346-000)
VALVE 1 VALVE 2
Electric
Control Head
Flex Hose or
Hard Pipe
• Nitrogen pilot line connected to each
3-way ball valve.
1/4" Sch 40 Pipe or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall • Electric control head and one pilot
Nitrogen Pilot cylinder feeds all the ball valves.
Stainless steel tubing
Agent Agent Agent • Each 3-way ball valve is with a solenoid
Tank Tank Tank pneumatic actuator (rotates 90°).
#3 #2 #1
• All cylinders must be of the same size
and fill density.
Note: Two 3-way ball valves are shown for reference.
General usage is not limited to two 3-way valves.

Figure 3-11. 3-Way Ball Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Controlled by 24 VDC

3-13.4 Using Multiple Nitrogen Cylinders

Two or more remotely located pilot nitrogen cylinders can be used to actuate the ECS
System described in Paragraph 3-13.2.4 and Paragraph 3-13.2.3, provided that:
• 1/4 in (6 mm) check valves (P/N 264985) shall be installed at the intersection of each pilot
line to the main actuator line (see Figure 3-12).
• The total length of actuator line, from each nitrogen pilot cylinder to the ECS System cyl-
inders shall not exceed the limitation established.

NITROGEN
PILOT
CYLINDER

1/4 in. CHECK VALVE

P/N WK-264985-000

NITROGEN AGENT
PILOT CYLINDER
CYLINDER

Figure 3-12. Multiple Pilot Nitrogen Actuation Cylinders

06-236553-001 3-27 December 2022

3-13.4.1 Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Design and Limitations
The two available Nitrogen pilot cylinders can be used to actuate different maximum number
of agent cylinders, siren driver cylinders and ancillary components with a set maximum length
of pilot tubing or pipe. For single stage arrangement limitations, refer to Figure 3-13 and
Tables 3-14 and 3-15. Only the 1040 cu. in. pilot cylinder can be used in a two-stage actuation
arrangements.
The Nitrogen siren driver cylinder(s) in a system do not have to be the same size as the pilot
cylinders. For example, a 108 cu. in. pilot cylinder can be used to operate a 2300 cu. in. siren
driver.
Agent cylinders actuated by Nitrogen pilot can be close-coupled or not close-coupled without
affecting the overall number of cylinders that can be actuated, or the length of actuation tube
or pipe that can be used.

P P

< = 4 ft.
F C D

LP LP LP P P P
DRIVER

DRIVER
SIREN

SIREN

AGENT AGENT AGENT

N2 CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

STOP VALVE
N=A
N=B PRIMARY PILOT TIME DELAY

CHECK VALVE

Figure 3-13. Single-Stage Actuation System Limits, Nitrogen Pressure

December 2022 3-28 06-236553-001

 Table 3-14. Single-Stage Pilot Cylinder Actuation Cylinder,
Driver and Ancillary Limits (Refer to Figure 3-13)

Detail 108 cu. in. 1040 cu. in. 2300 cu. in.

Pilot/Siren Driver Cylinder Part Number 85-877940-001 85-101040-001 85-102300-003

Pilot Cylinder Capability Yes Yes No
Siren Driver Capability Yes Yes Yes
Number of Agent Cylinders (A) 10 15
Number of Siren Drivers (B) 2 3
Length of Actuation Pipe to First Agent Cylinder (C) 75 ft. 75 ft.
Length of Actuation Pipe From First to Last Agent Cylinder (D) 150 ft. 175 ft.
Total Actuation Circuit Length = E (C + D) 225 ft. 250 ft.
Length of Actuation Pipe to Siren Driver(s) (F) 20 ft. 90 ft.
Siren Driver: Number of Sirens 1 4 10
Siren Driver: Length of Siren Piping (G) 90 ft. 500 ft. 500 ft.
Time Delay 34/61 35/68

Table 3-15. Single-Stage Pilot Cylinder Actuation Tubing/Piping Limits

Maximum Total Length of

Maximum Total Length of
Pilot Cylinder Size Part Number 5/16 in. x 0.035 in. Tube
1/4 in. Sch. 80 Pipe (ss)
(ss)

108 cu. in. 85-877940-001 225 ft. 225 ft.

1040 cu. in. 85-101040-001 250 ft. 250 ft.

3-13.4.2 Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren Limitations and Siren Driver Limitations
The pressure operated siren (P/N 90-981574-001) consumes approximately 0.5 to 0.9 lb.
(0.23 to 0.5 kg) of Nitrogen per minute. Each siren driver cylinder can operate one or more
sirens. Table 3-16 indicates the number of sirens that can be installed on a line from any one
siren driver; the total length of actuation pipe that can be used must not exceed the limits
shown in this table.
108 cu. in. and 1040 cu. in. siren driver cylinders cannot be manifolded. A maximum of
two 2300 cu. in. siren drivers can be manifolded to provide up to twenty sirens on one
circuit. No other manifold combination is permitted.

Table 3-16. Siren Driver Cylinder Actuation Limits

Maximum Maximum Maximum Length

Number of
Pilot Cylinder Siren Part Length of 1/4 Length of 1/4 of 5/16 in. x
Sirens per
Size Number in. Sch. 80 in. Sch. 40 0.035 in. Wall
Siren Driver
Pipe Pipe Tubing

108 cu. in. 90-981574-001 1 90 ft. 90 ft. 90 ft.

1040 cu. in. 90-981574-001 4 500 ft. 500 ft. 500 ft.
2300 cu. in. 90-981574-001 10 500 ft. 500 ft. 500 ft.
2 x 2300 cu. in. 90-981574-001 20 500 ft. 500 ft. 500 ft.

06-236553-001 3-29 December 2022

3-13.4.3 Remote Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders
Where a 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder is used as a remote actuator that operates a main pilot
cylinder, the following piping/tubing limitations apply:
Table 3-17. Remote Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Limitations

Pipe/Tubing Type Maximum Length

1/4 in. Schedule 40 300 feet 91.4 meters

1/4 in. Schedule 80 436 feet 132.8 meters
1/4 in. O.D. x 0.035 wall 427 feet 130.0 meters
5/16 in. O.D. x 0.035 wall 436 feet 132.8 meters

3-13.5 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations

Table 3-18 lists corner pulley and cable length limitations.

Table 3-18. Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations

Pulley
Max.
Control Head Type Part Number
Cable Length
P/N 803808 P/N 844648

Cable Operated 81-979469-000 15 30 100 ft

(30.5 m)
Electric/Cable 85-895630-200 6 30 100 ft
(30.5 m)
Electric/Cable, 85-897494-000 6 30 100 ft
Explosion Proof (30.5 m)

3-13.6 Pressure Trip Limitations

The maximum load to be attached to pressure trip (P/N 874290) is 100 lb (45.3 kg, based
on a minimum pressure of 75 psig [5.17 bar gauge] at the pressure trip).

December 2022 3-30 06-236553-001

3-13.7 Ancillary Components

3-13.7.1 Nitrogen Operated Mechanical Discharge Delay and Pressure Operated Siren
Where a mechanical-pneumatic discharge delay is required, a Nitrogen discharge delay should
be installed. The delay units are driven by pilot Nitrogen and are matched to the driving pilot
cylinder (108 cu. in. or 1040 cu. in.). Two delay period options are available for each pilot cyl-
inder/delay combination (see Table 3-19).

Nitrogen discharge delay units can only be driven by Nitrogen and must only be
used with Nitrogen pilot cylinder(s). Use with other media will prevent the
WARNING correct delay from being observed.

A pre-discharge mechanical-pneumatic alarm can be provided by using one or more Nitrogen

pressure-operated siren(s). The siren(s) are driven by separate siren driving cylinder(s) that
are actuated using the system pilot circuit. The Nitrogen pressure operated siren, P/N 90-
981574-001, is not interchangeable with the Kidde Fire Systems CO2 pressure operated siren,
P/N 81-981574-000.

Only one 90-981574-001 siren can be driven from one 108 cu. in. siren driver
cylinder. The connection of more than one siren to a 108 cu. in. cylinder could
CAUTION result in insufficient alarm volume and/or duration of operation.

Table 3-19. Delay Period Options

Discharge Delay Part

Nominal Delay For Use With Part Number
Number

81-871072-001 34 sec. 108 cu. in. 85-877940-001

81-871072-002 61 sec. 108 cu. in. 85-877940-001
81-871072-003 35 sec. 1040 cu. in. 85-101040-001
81-871072-004 68 sec. 1040 cu. in. 85-101040-001

3-13.7.2 Venting Actuation Circuits

3-13.7.2.1 General Requirements

In sections of Nitrogen actuation circuits that can retain pressure after discharge, install
a vent to allow this residual pressure to be released. A vent fitting will start venting as soon
as the system is operated, whereas a manual bleed valve requires an operator to manually
vent pressure.
For pilot circuits that are driven by a 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder, use either a vent fitting
(P/N WK-284051-000) or a manual bleed valve (P/N WK-263303-000) and cap
(P/N WK-263304-000).
For pilot circuits driven by a 1040 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder, use a vent fitting
(P/N WK-284051-000).

3-13.7.2.2 Dual-Loop Fitting Venting: Special Requirements

The dual-loop fitting kit includes the manual bleed valve (P/N WK-263303-000). This unit is
installed to allow venting of pressure that is retained between the two check valves and the
control head following a discharge. The residual pressure is vented after a discharge by
manually depressing the valve core. Before venting the dual-loop fitting, ensure that the main
lines have been bled or fully vented. If the main lines have not been bled then the entire line
will have to be vented through the dual-loop fitting.

06-236553-001 3-31 December 2022

 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

December 2022 3-32 06-236553-001

 CHAPTER 4
INSTALLATION
4-1 GENERAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
All Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ 360 PSI Fire Suppression System (ECS System) equipment must
be installed to facilitate proper inspection, testing, manual operation, recharging and any
other required maintenance as may be necessary. Equipment must not be subject to
severe weather conditions (such as rain or sun) or mechanical, chemical or other damage
that could render the equipment inoperative. Hoses are not UV protected or ozone
resistant. Equipment must be installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 2001 Latest
Edition or BS EN ISO 14520, Latest Edition.
The ECS System can use either 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid or Fluoro-K ™ Fire
Suppression Clean Agent herein referred to as collectively “agent” unless called out
specifically by name.

The ECS System cylinder and valve assemblies must be handled, installed and
serviced in accordance with the instructions contained in this paragraph and
Compressed Gas Association (CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1. CGA pamphlets may
CAUTION be obtained from the Compressed Gas Association website: cganet.com. Failure to
follow these instructions can cause ECS System cylinders to violently discharge,
resulting in severe injury, death and/or property destruction.

4-1.1 Distribution Piping and Fittings

4-1.1.1 Threads
Threads on all pipe and fittings must be tapered threads conforming to AMSE Specification
B1.20.1. or ISO/IEC Guide 7. Joint compound, tape or thread lubricant must be applied only
to the male threads of the joint.

4-1.1.2 Pipe
Piping must be of noncombustible material having physical and chemical characteristics, such
that its integrity under stress can be predicted with reliability. The computer flow program has
only been verified for the specific types and schedule of pipe and fittings covered in this
manual. There is a risk that the system may not supply the required quantity of agent in
unbalanced systems when other pipe types and fittings are used.

4-1.1.2.1 Ferrous Piping

Black steel or galvanized pipe must be either ASTM A-53 seamless or electric resistance
welded, Grade A or B, or ASTM A-53 furnace weld Class F (up to 1-1/2 in diameter) or ASTM
A-106, Grade A, B or C. ASTM B-120 and ordinary cast iron pipe must not be used. The
thickness of the pipe wall must be calculated in accordance with ANSI B-31.1, Power Piping
Code. The internal pressure for this calculation shall not be less than the minimum piping
design pressure of 402 psig (28 bar gauge) at 70°F (21°C). The minimum piping design
pressure of 340 psig (23.45 bar gauge) at 70°F corresponds to eighty percent of the maximum
pressure of 425 psig (29.3 bar-g) in the agent container at the maximum storage temperature
at 130°F (54°C). The piping shall comply with the latest NFPA Latest Edition. The above are
the minimum requirements. Pipes with higher pressure ratings and superior quality can also
be used.

Pipe supplied as dual stenciled A-120/A-53 Class F meets the requirements of

Class F furnace welded pipe ASTM A-53 as listed above. Ordinary cast-iron pipe,
CAUTION steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-120, or nonmetallic pipe must not be used.

06-236553-001 4-1 December 2022

4-1.1.2.2 Piping Joints
The type of piping joint shall be suitable for the design conditions and shall be selected with
consideration of joint tightness and mechanical strength.

4-1.1.2.3 Fittings
Fittings shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 2001, Latest Edition. Class 150 and cast
iron fittings must not be used. Class 300 lb malleable or ductile iron fittings in sizes 3-inch and
smaller, or 1000 lb ductile iron or forged steel fittings in sizes greater than 3-inch are to be
used. Class 300 flanged joints are acceptable for use in all sizes. All grooved couplings and
fittings shall be UL Listed and/or FM Approved (as appropriate) and have a minimum rated
working pressure equal to or greater than the minimum piping design pressure of 402 psig (28
bar gauge) at 70°F (21°C).
For systems designed to BS EN ISO 14520, the minimum piping design pressure is 34 bar at
50 °C, unless the National Standard calls for a higher temperature.
Concentric bell reducers are the only means for reducing pipe size. Reductions can be made
after a tee or after a union. Where reducers are used at tees, the reducers must be downstream
of each tee. Reductions made after a union are possible only if the next change in direction
(tee split) is located a minimum of 10 nominal pipe diameters downstream of the concentric
bell reducer. Gaskets for flanged fittings shall be neoprene impregnated or compliant with NFPA
2001, Latest Edition.

The calculation software has only been verified for use with the piping, inside
pipe diameter and fittings specified in this manual. When unspecified piping and
CAUTION fittings are used for unbalanced systems, there is a risk that the system will not
supply the required quantity of agent.

4-1.2 Installation of Pipe and Fittings

Pipe and fittings must be installed in strict accordance with the system drawings and good
commercial practices. The piping between the cylinder and the nozzles must be the shortest
route possible, with a minimum of fittings. Any deviations in the routing or number of fittings
must be approved by the design engineer before installation.
Note: Strict piping rules regarding flow splits to multiple hazards must be adhered to. Please
refer to Paragraph 3-12.2 of this manual for proper tee installations.
Piping must be reamed free of burrs and ridges after cutting, welding or threading. All threaded
joints must conform to ANSI B1-20-1 or ISO/IEC Guide 7 as appropriate. Joint compound or
thread tape must be applied only to the male threads of the joint, excluding the first two
threads. Welding must be in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code. Each pipe section must be swabbed clean, using a non-flammable organic solvent.
All piping must be blown clear with dry nitrogen or compressed air before installing the
discharge nozzles.
The piping must be securely braced to account for discharge reaction forces and thermal
expansion/contraction. Care must be taken to ensure the piping is not subjected to vibration,
mechanical or chemical damage. All hangers must be UL Listed, must conform to general
industry standards for pipe hangers and conform to ANSI B-31.1. Refer to ANSI B-31.1 for
additional bracing requirements.

December 2022 4-2 06-236553-001

4-1.3 El-Check Valves
Install El-check valves in accordance with Figure 4-1. Ensure that the check moves freely on
the shaft and that it is seated before installing onto the manifold.

MANIFOLD 15° MAX

EL-CHECK
15° MAX
VERTICAL

Horizontal C CL
L

MANIFOLD
PIPE
15° MAX

ARROW INDICATES
FLOW DIRECTION FLEX HOSE

Figure 4-1. El-Check Valve

Note: Adjust El-check valve to achieve the correct radius in the flexible discharge hose. See
Section 4-2.3.2.
Table 4-1. El-Check Valve Specifications

El-check Valve Size Compatible Discharge Hose P/N Connection Type

1 1/2 in. WK-283898-000 NPT

2 in. WK-283899-000 NPT
3 in. 06-118225-001 Rolled Groove

Figure 4-2. Installed El-check Valve (1 1/2 in. EL-check shown)

The arrow cast into the El-check valve body indicates the direction of flow, and
must be pointing up when installed within the limits shown in Figure 4-1.
WARNING Failure to install in the correct orientation could result in unobstructed flow
through the valve in the event of system actuation.

06-236553-001 4-3 December 2022

4-1.4 Installation of Discharge Nozzles
After the system piping has been blown free of debris, install the discharge nozzles in strict
accordance with the system drawings. Orient the nozzles as shown on drawings. Make certain
that the correct nozzle type, part number and orifice size are installed in the proper location.
See Paragraph 3-12.5 for correct nozzle placement and orientation. ECS System nozzles
designed for use with the agent can be mounted pendent or upright. Refer to Section 3-12.5
for more details.
A capped tee should be installed at the end of each pipe section to allow the connection
of an air or Nitrogen supply for cleaning and testing of the network.

Modification of the nozzle orifices in any manner voids the agency listings. In
addition, such modifications may cause an imbalance in agent distribution
CAUTION hindering or preventing the agent from suppressing a fire.

4-2 INSTALLATION OF ECS SYSTEM CYLINDERS

Note: All cylinders in a system must use the same agent. Systems may not use a combination
of agents as this may result in an insufficient extinguishing concentration. Ensure the
agent cylinders do not contain a mix of agent types.

4-2.1 Installation of Check Valves

Install the check valves as shown on the system drawings. Apply Teflon™ tape or pipe
compound to all the male threads, except the first two threads. Valves greater than two inches
in size are provided with flanged outlets. All valves must be installed with the arrow on the
valve body pointing in the proper direction of the flow.

4-2.2 Installation of Pressure Actuation Pipe

The pressure actuation pipe must be 1/4-inch Schedule 40 or 80 pipe. The pipe or tubing
must be routed in the most direct manner with a minimum of fittings. Pipe and fittings
must be in accordance with the requirements listed in Paragraph 3-9. Fittings can be
flared or compression type. The pressure-temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer
must not be exceeded.
Piping must be reamed free of burrs and ridges after cutting, threading or flaring. Upon
assembly, pipes must be blown out with dry nitrogen or compressed air. Piping should be
securely braced and isolated from vibration, mechanical, or chemical damage.

4-2.3 Installation of Cylinder Discharge Outlet Components

When connecting the cylinder to the system piping or manifold, there are two options, the
valve outlet adapter or flexible discharge hose. Both options have no impact on system
performance, with the choice dependent on whatever option best works with the system
design.

December 2022 4-4 06-236553-001

4-2.3.1 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter

If a Flexible Discharge Hose is not used, always connect a valve outlet

adapter into system piping (union connection) before connecting to an ECS
WARNING System cylinder.

Install valve outlet adapter (P/Ns WK-283904-000 and WK-283905-000) in system piping. Tighten
securely.
Note: A groove-groove fitting (P/N 70400133) is used in place of a valve outlet adapter for
the 3-inch (80 mm) valve and associated cylinders.

Figure 4-3. Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter for 1-1/2-in. and 2-in. Valves

Table 4-2. Valve Outlet Adapter Components for 1-1/2 in. Valve

Component Description

1 Valve Outlet Adapter (P/N: WK-283904-000)

2 Hex Nipple 1-1/2 in.

3 Union 1-1/2 in.

4 Elbow 1-1/2 in.

Table 4-3. Valve Outlet Adapter Components for 2 in. Valve

Component Description

1 Valve Outlet Adapter (P/N: WK-283905-000)

2 Hex Nipple 2 in.

3 Union 2 in.

4 Elbow 2 in.

06-236553-001 4-5 December 2022

 Figure 4-4. Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter for 3 in. Valve

Table 4-4. Valve Outlet Adapter Components for 3 in. Valve

Component Description

1 Grooved-NPT Adapter (P/N: 70400133)

2 Elbow 3 in.

December 2022 4-6 06-236553-001

4-2.3.2 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose

If a Flexible Discharge Hose is used, always connect the flexible discharge

WARNING hose into system piping before connecting to an ECS System cylinder.

Attach the flexible discharge hose from system piping or El-check in the discharge manifold to
the cylinder valve. Tighten securely (see Figure 4-5 and Table 4-5).
The 1 1/2 and 2 in El-check valves have an NPT connection for use with the corresponding
discharge hose. The legacy 2 1/2 El-check valve also has an NPT connection.
The 3 in. El-check valve has a rolled groove connection for use with discharge hose
P/N 06-118225-001.

Figure 4-5. Installed El-check Valve (1 1/2 in. EL-check shown)

B
FACE OF
PIPE FITTING

C (HOSE SIZE)
A

Figure 4-6. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping

06-236553-001 4-7 December 2022

 Table 4-5. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping

Dimensions
Cylinder Capacity
A B C*

10 lb (5 liter) 14-5/8 in 371 mm 16-3/4 in 425 mm 1-1/2 in 40 mm

20 lb (8 liter) 14-5/8 in 371 mm 16-3/4 in 425 mm 1-1/2 in 40 mm
40 lb (16 liter) 14-5/8 in 371 mm 16-3/4 in 425 mm 1-1/2 in 40 mm
70 lb (28 liter) 14-5/8 in 371 mm 16-3/4 in 425 mm 1-/2 in 40 mm
125 lb (51 liter) 14-5/8 in 371 mm 16-3/4 in 425 mm 1-1/2 in 40 mm
200 lb (81 liter) 19 in 483 mm 21-3/4 in 552 mm 2 in 50 mm
350 lb (142 liter) 19 in 483 mm 21-3/4 in 552 mm 2 in 50 mm
450 lb (180 liter) 19 in 483 mm 21-3/4 in 552 mm 2 in 50 mm
600 lb (243 liter) 33 in 838 mm 36 in 914 mm 3 in 80 mm
900 lb (363 liter) 33 in 838 mm 36 in 914 mm 3 in 80 mm

Note: Dimensions A and B must be maintained in order to obtain a smooth radius in flex-
ible loop.

December 2022 4-8 06-236553-001

4-2.4 Installation of ECS System Cylinder and Valve Assemblies
The ECS System cylinders should be located as close as possible to the protected hazard area.
The assemblies should be located in a place which is readily accessible for manual actuation
and inspection, service and maintenance. In balanced systems, where agent flow through each
nozzle is equal, the agent cylinder storage temperature range is 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).
In unbalanced systems, where agent flows through the nozzles at varying rates, the agent
cylinder storage temperature range is 60°F and 80°F (16°C and 27°C). External heating or
cooling may be required to maintain this temperature range. The following installation
instructions must be followed in the exact sequence outlined below to prevent accidental
discharge, bodily injury and property damage.

4-2.4.1 Single Cylinder Systems

Cylinders must be located and mounted where they will not be accidently
damaged or moved. If necessary, install suitable protection to prevent the
WARNING cylinder from damage or movement.

1. Position ECS System cylinder in designated location and secure in place with cylinder strap
and attaching hardware (see Figure 4-7 and Table 4-6 and Table 4-7). Orient cylinder with
valve outlet angled toward system piping.
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.

Connect the discharge hose to system piping before attaching it to the cylinder
valve. The valve outlet adapter must be connected into system piping (union
WARNING connection) before attaching it to the cylinder valve.

3. Connect a 1-1/2-, 2- or 3-inch (40 mm, 50mm or 80 mm) flexible discharge hose or valve
outlet adapter to the cylinder outlet port.
Note: If a valve outlet adapter is used, a union must be installed in the discharge piping.
4. Install supervisory pressure switches (if applicable). Refer to Paragraph 4-4.4 for installa-
tion instructions.
5. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.

The control head must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be
in the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching it to a ECS System
WARNING cylinder in order to prevent accidental discharge.

6. Install the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port. Refer to appropriate paragraph
for control head installation.

06-236553-001 4-9 December 2022

 A

STRAP

G (BOLT SIZE)

END VIEW
C
D

Figure 4-7. Single Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting

Table 4-6. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions

Dimensions
Cylinder
Part Number
A B C D E F G

45-XX0010-001 9.62 in 7.19 in 7.07 in 8.52 in 7.38 in 3/8 in

N/A
(244 mm) (183 mm) (180 mm) (216 mm) (187 mm) (M10)
45-XX0020-001 9.62 in 7.19 in 7.07 in 8.52 in 12.50 3/8 in
N/A
(244 mm) (183 mm) (180 mm) (216 mm) (318 mm) (M10)
45-XX0040-001 11.69 in 9.13 in 9.00 in 10.69 in 10.63 in 3/8 in
N/A
(297 mm) (232 mm) (229 mm) (272 mm) (270 mm) (M10)
45-XX0070-001 11.69 in 9.13 in 9.00 in 10.69 in 27.50 3/8 in
N/A
(297 mm) (232 mm) (229 mm) (272 mm) (699 mm) (M10)
45-XX012X-001 16.18 in 12.94 in 12.75 in 14.56 in 23.75 in 9/16 in
N/A
(411 mm) (329 mm) (324 mm) (370 mm) (603 mm) (M14)
45-XX020X-001 16.18 in 12.94 in 12.75 in 14.56 in 39.00 in 9/16 in
N/A
(411 mm) (329 mm) (324 mm) (370 mm) (991 mm) (M14)
45-XX035X-001 19.50 in 16.19 in 16.00 in 17.88 in 44.00 in 9/16 in
N/A
(495 mm) (411 mm) (406 mm) (454 mm) (1118 mm) (M14)
45-100451-001
19.5 in 16.2 in 16.0 in 17.9 in 36.0in 55.0 in 9/16 in
45-990451-001
(495 mm) (412 mm) (406 mm) (455 mm) (914 mm) (1397 mm) (M14)
45-990450-001
45-XX060X-001 25.75 in 22.25 in 22.00 in 24.12 in 38.50 in 9/16 in
N/A
(654 mm) (565 mm) (559 mm) (613 mm) (978 mm) (M14)
45-XX090X-001 27.75 in 25.00 in 24.00 in 26.00 in 48.50 in 9/16 in
N/A
(705 mm) (635 mm) (610 mm) (660 mm) (1232 mm) (M14)
Note: “XX” reference is replaced with -10 for US DOT market, and -99 for UK/EU Market
(TPE/TPED).

Table 4-7. Strap Part Numbers for Cylinder Installation

Strap Part Number Cylinder Size

WK-283945-000 10 and 20 lb (5 and 8 liter)

WK-283934-000 40 and 70 lb (16 and 28 liter)
06-235317-001 125 and 200 lb (51 and 81 liter)
WK-281866-000 350 and 450 lb (142 and 180 liter)
WK-294651-000 600 lb (243 liter)
06-236125-001 900 lb (368 liter)

December 2022 4-10 06-236553-001

4-2.4.2 Multiple Cylinder Systems

Cylinders must be located and mounted where they will not be accidentally
damaged or moved. If necessary, install suitable protection to prevent the
WARNING cylinder from damage or movement.

1. Position the cylinders in the designated location and secure them in place with cylinder
straps and attaching hardware (see Figure 4-8 and Table 4-8). Orient the cylinders so
that the valve outlets are angled towards the El-check valves in the manifold.

The discharge hose must be connected into the system piping before attaching
WARNING it to the cylinder valve.

2. Remove the safety cap from one cylinder outlet port and connect the flexible discharge
hose to the cylinder outlet port. Repeat for each cylinder in the system.
3. Install supervisory pressure switches (if applicable). Refer to Paragraph 4-4.4 for installa-
tion instructions.
4. Remove the protection caps from the cylinder actuation ports.
5. Install the control heads on the cylinder valve actuation ports.

Control heads must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be in
the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching to ECS System cylinders in
WARNING order to prevent accidental discharge. Personal injury and/or property damage
could occur.

06-236553-001 4-11 December 2022

 ANCHOR AND STUD (TYP)
A
WALL

FRAMING
CYLINDER
SUPPORT
B B B

450 lb.
CYLINDER

C (BOLT SIZE) CYLINDER

STRAP

FLOOR E
LEVEL
D VERSABAR

Figure 4-8. Multiple Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting

(see Table 4-8 for dimensions)

Table 4-8. Multiple Cylinder Installation Dimensions

Dimensions
Cylinder
Part Number
A B C D E

8-33/64 in 11 in 3/8 in 7-3/8 in

45-XX0010-001 N/A
(216 mm) (279 mm) (10 mm) (187 mm)
8-33/64 in 11 in 3/8 in 12-1/2 in
45-XX0020-001 N/A
(216 mm) (279 mm) (10 mm) (318 mm)
10-11/16 in 13 in 3/8 in 10-5/8 in
45-XX0040-001 N/A
(272 mm) (330 mm) (10 mm) (270 mm)
10-11/16 in 13 in 3/8 in 20 in
45-XX0070-001 N/A
(272 mm) (330 mm) (10 mm) (508 mm)
14-9/16 in 18 in 9/16 in 20-7/8 in
45-XX012X-001 N/A
(370 mm) (457 mm) (14 mm) (530 mm)
14-9/16 in 18 in 9/16 in 29-5/8 in
45-XX020X-001 N/A
(370 mm) (457 mm) (14 mm) (753 mm)
17-7/8 in 21 in 9/16 in 37-1/8 in
45-XX035X-001 N/A
(454 mm) (533 mm) (14 mm) (943 mm)
45-XX0451-001 17-7/8 in 21 in 9/16 in 36.00 in 55.00 in
45-990450-001 (454 mm) (533 mm) (14 mm) (914 mm) (1397 mm)
25-3/4 in 27 in 9/16 in 38-1/2 in
45-XX060X-001 N/A
(654 mm) (686 mm) (14 mm) (978 mm)
25-3/4 in 30 in 9/16 in 48-1/2 in
45-XX090X-001 N/A
(654 mm) (762 mm) (14 mm) (1232 mm)
Note: XX Reference is replaced with -10 for US DOT market, and -99 for European Union UK/EU Market
(TPE/TPED).

December 2022 4-12 06-236553-001

4-2.4.3 Primary/Secondary Cylinder Installation

Cylinders must be located and mounted where they will not be accidentally
damaged or moved. If necessary, install suitable protection to prevent the
WARNING cylinder from damage or movement.

1. Position the ECS System cylinder in designated location and secure in place with cylinder
strap and attaching hardware (see Figure 4-7 and Table 4-6 and Table 4-7). Orient cylinder
with valve outlet angled toward system piping.
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.

Connect the discharge hose to system piping before attaching it to the cylinder
valve. The valve outlet adapter must be connected into system piping (union
WARNING connection) before attaching it to the cylinder valve.

3. Connect a 1-1/2-, 2- or 3-inch (40 mm, 50 mm, or 80 mm) flexible discharge hose or valve
outlet adapter to the cylinder outlet port.
Note: If a valve outlet adapter is used, a union must be installed in the discharge piping.
4. Install supervisory pressure switches (if applicable). Refer to Paragraph 4-4.4 for installa-
tion instructions.
5. Install the primary cylinder adapter kit. Refer to Paragraph 4-2.5 for installation instruc-
tions.
6. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.

The control head must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be
in the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching it to an ECS System
WARNING cylinder in order to prevent accidental discharge.

7. Install pressure operated control heads and actuation tubing; do not attach control head to
secondary cylinder valve actuation port at this time.
8. Install control heads and actuation tubing to secondary cylinder.

06-236553-001 4-13 December 2022

4-2.5 Installation of Primary Cylinder Adapter Kit, P/N 82-844895-000
Note: Primary cylinder adapter installation can be accomplished safely with a pressurized cyl-
inder.
1. Remove the 1/4-inch pipe plug from the secondary actuation port on the primary cylinder
valve.
2. Before assembling the adapter to the cylinder valve, apply Nitto Ribbon Dope Thread Seal-
ant P-412 (or equivalent) sealant to all male pipe threads on the adapter.
3. Ensure the cap is screwed onto the adapter outlet port before assembling to the cylinder
valve.
4. Install the adapter into the secondary actuation port on the primary cylinder valve.
5. Attach the label to the valve body.

VALVE

ADAPTER

CAP

Figure 4-9. Installation of Primary Cylinder Adapter Kit

6. Remove the cap.
7. Attach the actuation hose or thread the copper tubing to the adapter.

December 2022 4-14 06-236553-001

4-3 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL HEADS
Note: Systems installed after January 1st, 2016 that do not include electric control head mon-
itoring are not UL Listed or FM Approved.
This section contains references to each control head by its individual part number.
Electrical control heads are offered for purchase in kits containing the control head it-
self, and the required control head monitor. For information about kits corresponding
to each control head option, please refer to Section 2-3.2.

4-3.1 Installation of Electric Control Heads

(P/N WK-890181-200 and 82-486500-010)

Ensure that the actuating pin of the control head is in the SET position (that is,
the actuating pin is in the fully retracted position). Failure to follow this warn
WARNING will result in accidental discharge and possible death, personal injury, and
property damage when the control head is installed on the valve.
When attaching the control head to the valve, the swivel nut must be tightened
to 55-60 ft-lb of torque. Failure to tighten the swivel nut as directed may result
WARNING in leakage during actuation or incorrect operation resulting in property
damage, injury or death.
The control head monitor supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring the
proper interlock of the actuator plunger to the pilot check assembly. Make sure
the control head is properly seated. Failure to ensure the control head is
WARNING properly seated may result in the system not discharging fire suppressant when
called upon in the event of fire, which could result in property damage, injury
or death.
Electric Control Head, P/N 82-486500-010 is designed for Kidde Fire Systems
1½ in and 2 in agent cylinder valves only. Installing this control head on any
WARNING other device (for example, pressure operated control head) will cause the
device to malfunction when the control head is actuated.

1. Remove the protection cap from the agent cylinder actuation port. Ensure the control head
is in SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the fully retracted or SET position).
2. Insert the Control Head Monitor (P/N 85-100000-100) between the control head and the
cylinder valve as shown in Figure 4-12 for the Electrical Control Head and Figure 4-14 for
the Stackable Electric Control Head.
3. Install the electric control head on the cylinder actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut to
approximate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.
Note: When installed, the Control Head Monitor does not sit completely snug against the
valve. This play allows for easier attachment of conduit to the component.

The Control Head Monitor signal is not a substitute for ensuring proper interlock
of the actuator plunger to the valve core assembly. Make sure the control head
WARNING is properly seated.

4. If installing the Stackable Electric Control Head (P/N 82-486500-010), install the Lever Op-
erated Control Head to the top of the Stackable Electric Control Head to comply with FM
5600, April 2013 Edition Clause 3.2.3.1.
5. Make all electrical connections. Control head P/N WK-890181-200 includes lead wires.
There is no need to open the control head and connect wires to the terminal block. Instead
use the wires coming out of the control head.

06-236553-001 4-15 December 2022

 Figure 4-10. Wiring Diagram for Electric Operated Control Heads

EOL Resistor After Last

Device

White
Blue Control
Head
White
Monitor
Blue

Control
Panel Open when in
activated
position

Figure 4-11. Control Head Monitor Wiring

For US and Canada explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
WARNING inches from the end of the component.

Note: P/N 82-486500-010 is a polarized control head. Improper wiring will cause the device
to malfunction.

December 2022 4-16 06-236553-001

 Figure 4-12. Order of Installation for Electric Control Head, P/N WK-890181-200

0.750 NPT TO FLEXIBLE

CONDUIT ADAPTER
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT

OPTIONAL CONNECTION
FOR MICROSWITCH
PLUS OR HOT CONNECTION (TERMINAL 2)
(TERMINAL 3)
MINUS, NEUTRAL
OR GROUND CONNECTION
(TERMINAL 1)
TERMINAL STRAP
3 2

MICROSWITCH

MICROSWITCH
LEVER

SWIVEL
INDICATOR AND NUT
RESET STEM CAM

Figure 4-13. Electrical Connections for Legacy Control Head, P/N WK-890181-000
Note: Control Head P/N WK-890181-000 includes a terminal block, requiring the control head
to be opened to wire. The control head P/N 85-890181-200 is pre-wired and has a 3
core cable coming out of the control head to ease wiring and installation.

06-236553-001 4-17 December 2022

 The Stackable Electric Control Head is designed for installation directly on the 2 in and
1 1/2 in agent valve cylinders only. Installation of the control head on any other device
will result in failure of the device when the control head is actuated.
CAUTION The stackable control head does not have sufficient force to activate the 3 in (80 mm)
agent valve cylinder (P/N 45-17000-000). The electric/manual control heads (P/Ns
WK-897494-000 and 81-895630-200) may be used with the 3 in valve.

Figure 4-14. Order of Installation for Electric Control Head (Stackable Type), P/N 82-486500-010

4-3.2 Installation of Pressure Operated Control Head, P/N 82-878737-000

1. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder actuation port (see Figure 4-15).

When attaching the Lever/Pressure operated control head to the valve, the
swivel nut must be tightened to a torque of 55 ft-lb. Failure to tighten the swivel
WARNING nut may result in leakage during actuation.

2. Install a pressure operated control head with flexible actuation hose attached to the cylin-
der actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut to approximate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.

Ensure that the pilot line is non-pressurized and the actuating pins are in the
retracted (SET) position. Failure to follow this procedure will cause the ECS System
WARNING cylinder to discharge accidentally when the control head is installed on the cylinder
valve.

December 2022 4-18 06-236553-001

4-3.3 Installation of Stackable Pressure Operated Control Heads
(P/N 82-878750-000)
Follow all instructions contained in the main body of the DIOM up to this section.
Note: The Spacer (P/N: 85-100000-002) is only needed when installing an electric control
head (P/N WK-890181-200 and 81-895630-200) onto a stackable pressure operated
control head. The order of installation must be followed as outlined below.
1. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder actuation port.

When attaching the pressure-operated control head to the valve, the swivel nut
must be tightened to a torque of 55 ft-lb Failure to tighten the swivel nut as
WARNING directed may result in leakage during actuation.

Require Control Head Monitor

(P/N 85-100000-100)

Require Spacer (P/N 85-100000-002)

Oponal Control Head Monitor

(P/N 85-100000-100)

Figure 4-15. Pressure Operated Control Head Order of Assembly

2. Install a pressure operated control head with flexible actuation hose attached to the cylin-
der actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut to approximate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.
3. Insert the spacer (P/N 85-100000-002) on to top of the stackable control head.
4. Insert the Control Head Monitor between control head and spacer as shown in Figure 4-15.
5. Install the electric control head to the top port of the stackable pressure operated control
head. Tighten the swivel nut to approximate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.

Ensure that the pilot line is not pressurized and the actuating pins are in the SET
position (that is, the actuating pins are in the fully retracted or SET position).
WARNING Failure to follow this procedure will result in accidental discharge and possible
death, personal injury, and property damage.

Note: When installed, the control head Monitor does not sit completely snug against the valve.
This play allows for easier attachment of conduit to the component.

The Control Head Monitor signal is not a substitute for ensuring proper interlock
of the actuator plunger to the valve core assembly. Make sure the control head
WARNING is properly seated.

06-236553-001 4-19 December 2022

4-3.4 Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Head,
(P/N 81-895630-200 and WK-897494-000)
Follow all instructions contained in the main body of the DIOM up to this section. The following
procedures must be performed before attaching a control head to a cylinder valve.

Before installing a control head on a nitrogen driver cylinder valve, ensure the
control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the fully
retracted or SET position). Failure to position the control head in the SET
WARNING position will result in accidental discharge and possible personal injury when
the control head is installed on the driver valve.

1. Remove the screws holding the cable housing cover on the control head. Remove the cover.
2. Position the control head in the approximately installed position at the agent cylinder valve
control port but do not assemble onto the actuation port of the agent cylinder valve.
3. Check that the control head is in the SET position.
4. Assemble the pull cable conduit to the conduit connection on the control head.
5. Feed the cable into the control head through the hole in the operating lever.
6. Feed the cable through the cable clamp. Pull the cable taut, allowing approximately 1/4 in
to 1/2 in. clearance between the cable clamp and the operating lever. Tighten the set
screws in the cable clamp to secure the cable to the clamp. Cut off any excess cable.
7. Verify the manual remote cable operation to ensure control head actuates and all cable
clamps are tight.
8. Pull the cable back to its normal set (non-operated) position. Reset the control head and
replace the control head cover.
9. Examine the seal wire at the safety pull pin. Make sure it is intact.
10. Insert the Control Head Monitor between the control head and the cylinder valve. This is
similar to the order of installation shown in Figure 4-12.
11. Assemble the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut to
approximate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.
Note: When installed, the control head Monitor does not sit completely snug against the valve.
This play allows for easier attachment of conduit to the component.

The Control Head Monitor signal is not a substitute for ensuring proper interlock
of the actuator plunger to the valve core assembly. Make sure the control head
WARNING is properly seated.

12. Make all electrical connections.

EOL Resistor After Last
Device

White
Blue Control
Head
White
Monitor
Blue

Control
Panel Open when in
activated
position

Figure 4-16. Control Head Monitor Wiring

For US and Canada explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
WARNING inches from the end of the component.

December 2022 4-20 06-236553-001

4-3.5 Installation of Cable Operated Control Head, P/N 81-979469-000

The cable operated control head (P/N 81-979469-000) must not be used with
the stackable pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878750-000). Installing
WARNING the cable operated control head on the actuation port of the stackable pressure
operated control head will cause the device to malfunction.

The following procedures must be performed before attaching the control head to the
cylinder valve.
1. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder actuation port.
2. Remove the cover from the control head and take out the wheel assembly, cable pipe lock-
nut and closure disc.
3. Make sure the plunger is below the surface of the control head body. Position the control
head at the valve control port with the arrow pointing in the direction of pull.
4. Assemble the cable pipe locknut to the cable pipe and place the cable pipe in the control
head body.
5. Slide the wheel assembly on the control cable to the SET position. Tighten the set screws
securely. Make sure the wheel assembly is at the start of the stroke.
6. Cut off any excess control cable close to the wheel assembly.
7. Insert the closure disc and replace the cover on the control head. The control head is
now armed.

To ensure the manual lever does not snag or trap the cable, make sure the
local manual release lever is in the SET position with the locking pin and
CAUTION seal wire installed before assembling the control head cover to the body.

8. Assemble control head to cylinder valve actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut to approxi-
mate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.

4-3.6 Installation of Lever Operated Control Head (with Black Lever),

P/N WK-870652-000
1. Ensure the control head is in the SET position with the safety pull pin and seal wire
intact.
2. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.
3. Using a suitable wrench, assemble the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port until
the control head is snug against the actuation port.
4. Using a torque wrench, tighten the swivel nut securely to a torque of 55-65 ft lbs.

When attaching the Lever operated control head to the valve, the swivel nut
must be tightened to a toque of 55ft·lb. Failure to tighten the swivel nut may
WARNING result in leakage during actuation.

06-236553-001 4-21 December 2022

4-3.7 Installation of Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head,
P/N 85-544000-001

Ensure that the pilot line is non-pressurized and the actuating pins are in the
retracted (SET) position. Failure to follow this procedure will cause the Kidde
WARNING System cylinder to discharge accidentally when the control head is installed on the
cylinder valve.

1. Ensure the lever of the control head is in the SET position with the safety pull pin and
seal wire intact.
2. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder actuation port.
3. Using a suitable wrench, assemble the Lever and Pressure Operated control head with flex-
ible actuation hose attached to the cylinder actuation port until the control head is snug
against the actuation port.
4. Using a torque wrench, tighten the swivel nut securely to a torque of 55-65 ft lbs.

When attaching the Lever and Pressure operated control head to the valve, the
swivel nut must be tightened to a toque of 55ft·lb. Failure to tighten the swivel
WARNING nut may result in leakage during actuation.

December 2022 4-22 06-236553-001

4-4 INSTALLATION OF ECS SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

4-4.1 Installation of 108 cu in Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder and Mounting Bracket

Note: Supervision of electric control heads is a requirement of NFPA 2001, Latest Edition

The placement supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring the proper
interlock of the actuator plunger to the pilot check assembly. Make sure the
WARNING control head is properly seated.
Follow these steps to install a Nitrogen pilot cylinder:
1. Install mounting bracket clamps and hardware as instructed in the corresponding manual.
2. Install the Nitrogen pilot cylinder in the mounting bracket, ensuring the gauge is forward
facing.
Note: If the discharge port is too close to a wall or obstruction, install the N2 pilot cylinder
bracket using a spacer such as a Unistrut® channel setup as shown in Figure 4-17. One
section of Unistrut may not create enough space. Ensure the spacer is structurally
sound and can support the weight of the components.

Spacer

Bracket

Nitrogen Pilot
Cylinder

Figure 4-17. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Bracket and Spacer

3. Install the CHM over the cylinder valve actuation port as shown in Figure 4-18.
Important: Make sure the safety burst disc outlet port lines up and sits in the slot on
the underside of the CHM (see Figure 4-18). The body of the CHM should
be opposite the supervisory pressure switch.

06-236553-001 4-23 December 2022

 SLOT FOR
SAFETY BURST
DISC OUTLET

SAFETY BURST DISC

OUTLET PORT

Figure 4-18. Installation Side and Isometric Views

Control Head Monitor

Supervisory Pressure Switch

Safety Burst Disc Outlet Port
N2 Pilot Cylinder

Figure 4-19. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Side View

Slot for Safety Burst Disc Outlet

(on Underside of Control Head Monitor)
Supervisory Pressure Switch

Control Head Monitor

N2 Pilot Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Outlet Port

Figure 4-20. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Top View, no Control Head Shown

December 2022 4-24 06-236553-001

 Ensure the control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in
the fully retracted and the arrow on the front is pointing to the SET position)
before attaching the control head to the cylinder valve. Also, ensure the
WARNING safety pin is installed and secured with a listed tamper seal. If the control
head is not in the SET position, the cylinder will discharge.

4. Attach the control head to the Nitrogen pilot cylinder valve body by hand threading the
swivel nut onto the mating threads of the valve. Hand thread the swivel until it stops.
Note: The lever on the control head used for manual operation must be positioned so it is
readily accessible.
5. Using the two available flats of the valve body, hold the valve body while using a wrench
on the flats of the swivel nut to secure the control head. Tighten the control head swivel
nut until the nut is tight and the control head body does not swivel further. Tighten the
swivel nut to 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.

The placement supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring the proper
interlock of the actuator plunger to the pilot check assembly. Make sure the
WARNING control head is properly seated.
Note: The CHM body should not be held down tight by the swivel nut of the control head.
Some play or movement of the CHM body is acceptable, and the CHM should not touch
the supervisory pressure switch or the gauge.
6. Attach outlet adapter, connect the Nitrogen pilot lines, wire all components, and perform
necessary testing as instructed in the corresponding manual.

4-4.1.1 Wiring the Control Head Monitor

EOL Resistor After Last

Device

White
Blue Control
Head
White
Monitor
Blue

Control
Panel Open when in
activated
position

Figure 4-21. Control Head Monitor Wiring

Use the wiring diagram found in Figure 4-21 when wiring the CHM.

For US and Canada explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
WARNING inches from the end of the component.

06-236553-001 4-25 December 2022

4-4.2 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Installation, 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in.

Nitrogen cylinders must not be moved unless the discharge and control heads
have been removed and the protection caps are installed. Failure to follow these
WARNING instructions could result in inadvertent discharge, serious bodily injury, death
or property damage.

The Nitrogen pilot cylinders must be located as close to the hazard area as possible. The stor-
age location must be protected from the elements and maintained at a temperature between
32°F (0°C) and 130°F (54°C). External heating and/or cooling may be required to maintain
this temperature range. Cylinders should be raised at least 2 in. (50 mm) from the deck using
a suitable bracket or blocks if the area is regularly washed down or is subject to environmental
wetting.
Single cylinders should be installed using two straps, P/N WK-270014-000, installed at the
heights shown in Figure 4-22. See Table 4-9 for strap dimensions. Where two cylinders are in-
stalled, two double straps, P/N WK-241219-000 can be used. Install at the same heights de-
fined for single cylinder straps.

Figure 4-22. Typical 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Pilot (Driver) Cylinder Strap Installation
(P/N 85-101040-001 and 85-102300-001)

Table 4-9. 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot (Driver) Cylinder Strap Installation

A B C
Part Number Description
in. mm in. mm in. mm

85-101040-001 1040 cu. in. 21 to 22 533 to 559 6 to 8 152 to 203 10.4 263
85-102300-001 2300 cu. in. 42 to 44 1067 to 1118 12 to 14 305 to 356 10.4 263

Before connecting cylinders into the discharge pipework, tighten straps until there is clearance
enough to allow the cylinders to be rotated in place if required. Tighten fully when all
components are correctly positioned.
1040 cu. in. cylinders being installed as a pilot cylinder (in a single stage system), or as first
stage pilots, do not require add-on label(s) to be affixed. However, 1040 cu. in. cylinders being
installed as second-stage pilot cylinders, or as siren drivers, should have the add-on label P/N
06-231866-519 (second-stage) or P/N 06-231866-518 (siren driver) affixed to the area at the
center of the cylinder label (rectangle with the dotted line) to indicate the function of the unit.
Note: Both labels are supplied with the unit.
2300 cu. in. cylinders are only used as siren drivers, therefore requires no additional labeling.

December 2022 4-26 06-236553-001

4-4.3 Installation of Nitrogen Driver and Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure
Switches
Installation of the Nitrogen driver and pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch can be
accomplished safely on a pressurized cylinder, even at the site.

Discharge Head
Connection Port

Supervisory Pressure Actuation Safety

Switch Port (Schrader) Port Burst Disc
Pressure
Cap Gauge Assembly

Figure 4-23. Nitrogen Pilot and Driver Valve used on 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Pilot and Driver Cylinders
Note: KFS recommends installing a supervisory pressure switch on each Nitrogen driver.

Before installing the supervisory pressure switch, de-energize all electrical

WARNING components to prevent injury.

When attaching or removing the supervisory pressure switch from the Nitrogen
driver valve, attach a wrench to the fitting and hold securely while tightening or
CAUTION loosening the pressure switch.

Figure 4-24. Installation of Nitrogen Driver Supervisory Pressure Switch to Nitrogen Driver Valve
Note: The control panel must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for releasing device service
and compatible with KFS ECS System equipment.

06-236553-001 4-27 December 2022

 P
• 5A 24 Vdc (RESTITIVE)
3 1 2 • 5A 240 Vac (RESTITIVE)
N.C. COM N.O.
(BLACK) (VIOLET) (BLUE)

Figure 4-25. Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating
Table 4-10. Electrical Connections

Number Color Installed State State when Cylinder is Under Pressurized

1 Violet Common Ground Common Ground
2 Blue Normally Open (N.O.) Normally Close (N.C.)
3 Black Normally Close (N.C.) Normally Open (N.O.)

After installing the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch, check it with a Multi-meter,
before connecting to the control panel.
Note: When the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch (P/N 85-111540-001 and
85-111540-100) is connected to a supervised control panel circuit, and the switch
is wired N.C. under pressure, it is not possible to distinguish between a wiring fault
and a loss of cylinder pressure. This configuration should only be used if accepted
by the AHJ.

4-4.3.1 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose, P/N 06-118207-00X

Connect the discharge hose to the piping or manifold as shown on the system drawings. Apply
Teflon tape or pipe jointing compound to the male threads. Ensure that the manifold or system
piping is at the correct height and the cylinder is correctly positioned such that the hose, when
installed, will not be kinked or flattened when installed.

Discharge hoses must always be connected to the system piping and to the
discharge heads before attaching the discharge heads to the cylinder valves, in
WARNING order to prevent injury in the event of an inadvertent discharge.

4-4.3.2 Installation of Discharge Head, P/N WK-872450-000

and P/N 81-872442-000
Attach the discharge head to the flexible discharge hose. The hose must be already attached
to the system piping. Do not connect discharge head(s) to the cylinder valve(s) until all flex
hoses and discharge heads are installed on a common manifold. Install the discharge head to
the cylinder valve as follows:
1. Remove protective cap from cylinder valve and ensure that the sealing surfaces are clean.
2. Verify that the discharge head o-rings are correctly seated in their grooves in the swivel nut. O-
rings must be free of dirt and other contaminants. The o-rings are lightly lubricated at the factory
and should not require further lubrication.
3. Ensure that the pilot orifice, located between the inner and outer o-ring, is unobstructed.
4. Install the discharge head on the cylinder valve and tighten securely.

The discharge head must be permanently connected into the system piping.
Never install the discharge head(s) to the cylinder valves until the appropriate
brackets secure the cylinders. Under no circumstances is the discharge head to
WARNING remain attached to the cylinder valve after removal from service or during
handling, storage or shipment. Failure to follow these instructions could result
in serious bodily injury, death or property damage.

December 2022 4-28 06-236553-001

4-4.3.3 Installation of Nitrogen Time Delay, P/N 81-871072-001, 81-871072-002,
81-871072-003, and 81-871072-004
The discharge time delay must be installed in either the pilot line or the discharge manifold, as
shown on the system drawings. The time delay must be securely mounted to a structural mem-
ber by securing the attached pipework (use channel mount pipe clamp or equivalent with a
load rating equal to or greater than 400 lb.) and by using bracket P/N WK-877845-000. Make
certain the inlet and outlet ports are properly oriented and the arrow is in the direction of flow.
Both ports have 3/4 in. NPT fittings for connection to the pipe. A lever or cable operated control
head must be installed on each time delay. Operation of the contro.l head will override the tim-
ing cycle. Make certain the control heads are installed in their “SET” or non-operated position.
Note: The time delay units are factory set to give the nominal rating minus zero, plus 20%
per NFPA 2001, Latest Edition and UL-2166. The nominal ratings are indicated in
Table 4-11. Due to the wide operating temperature range of the units, the delay at 70°F
is greater than the nominal value. The actual delay achieved in service is dependent on
the ambient conditions.
Table 4-11. Nitrogen Discharge Delay Rating

Part Number Cylinder Nominal Rating Nominal Delay @ 70°F

81-871072-001 108 cu. in. 34 sec. 37 sec.

81-871072-002 108 cu. in. 61 sec. 68 sec.
81-871072-003 1040 cu. in. 35 sec. 40 sec.
81-871072-004 1040 cu. in. 68 sec. 74 sec.

4-4.3.4 Installation of Pressure Operated Siren, P/N 90-981574-001

The siren should be installed within the protected space connected to the siren driver using the
pipe specified in Table 3-12. Install a dirt trap and union as per Figure 4-26.
Each siren consumes approximately 0.5 to 0.9 lb. (0.23 to 0.5 kg) of Nitrogen per minute at
70°F (21°C). Refer to Paragraph 3-13.4.2 for siren driver limitations.

FILTER
UNION NOZZLE

2-7/16 in. (11mm)

MOUNTING
HOLES

ROTOR

5.00 in.
(127 mm)
PIPE NIPPLE
TYPICAL DIRT TRAP
PIPE CAP (1/4 in. PIPE TYPICAL)

Figure 4-26. Pressure Operated Siren

06-236553-001 4-29 December 2022

4-4.4 Installation of Pressure Switch, P/N 81-486536-000
and P/N 81-981332-000

To prevent injury, de-energize all electrical components before installing the

WARNING pressure switch.

Pressure switches must be connected to the discharge manifold or piping in an upright position
as shown on the system drawings. Both the standard and explosion-proof switches have
1/2-inch (13 mm) NPT pressure inlets to connect to the system piping. The electrical
connections are either 1/2-inch (13 mm) conduit knockouts for the standard pressure switch
or 1-inch (25 mm) NPT fittings for the explosion-proof pressure switch.

4-4.5 Installation of Pressure Trip, P/N 81-874290-000

Install the pressure trip on the discharge manifold or piping in the horizontal position as shown
on the system drawings. Connect the trip to the piping with 1/2-inch Schedule 40 pipe. The
minimum operating pressure required is 75 psig (5.17 bar gauge). The maximum allowable
load to be attached to the retaining ring is 100 lb (45.3 kg).

4-4.6 Installation of Discharge Indicator, P/N 81-875553-000

The discharge indicator must be installed on the discharge manifold, either in a vertical or
horizontal position. The indicator has a 3/4-inch (19 mm) NPT male connection. Make certain
the indicator stem is in the normal position.

December 2022 4-30 06-236553-001

4-4.7 Installation of Manual Pull Station, P/N 81-871403-000
1. Locate the remote pull boxes as shown on the system installation drawings.
2. Connect the pull boxes to the control heads using 3/8-inch (10 mm), Schedule 40 pipe. Do
not run more than one cable in each pipe run.
3. Install a corner pulley at each change in pipe direction. Do not bend the pipe. A dual-
pull equalizer (P/N 81-840051-000) should be installed where one pull box operates
two controls. A dual pull mechanism (P/N 81-840058-000) should be installed where
two pull boxes operate one control.
4. Beginning at the pull boxes, remove the covers of the first corner pulley. Feed the cable
through the pulley into the 3/8-inch (10 mm) pipe. Connect one end of the cable to the
cable fastener in the pull box, allowing the short end to project at least 1/2-inch (13 mm).
Seat the cable in the groove by pulling on the long end. Screw the fastener and cable into
the handle. Route the other end to the control heads, taking up as much slack as possible.
Attach the end of the cable to the fastener in the control head.
5. Reattach the corner pulley covers.
6. Check that control head is in SET position. Install the control head to the ECS System cyl-
inder valve.

4-4.8 Corner Pulley Installation

The following procedure must be performed when installing corner pulleys.
1. Install conduit from the control head to the remote pull station, using corner pulleys (P/N
WK-844648-000) at all changes in direction.
2. Remove screws and covers from the corner pulleys and set aside for reuse later.
Note: No bends or offsets are permitted in conduit lines. Be sure the system is adequately
supported.

Not
Acceptable

Figure 4-27. Unacceptable Cable Configuration

3. Run the 1/16-inch control cable from the pull stations, through 1/2-inch EMT conduit, to
the control head.
4. Once the cable is run through the pulley and before testing the actuation, replace the cov-
ers on the corner pulley.

06-236553-001 4-31 December 2022

4-4.9 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch,
P/Ns 06-118262-001 and 06-118263-001
Installation of the supervisory pressure switch can be accomplished safely on a
pressurized cylinder.
Note: The ECS System supervisory pressure switch differentiator is a silver color band on both
the box and switch.

Before installing the pressure switch, de-energize all electrical components to

WARNING prevent injury.

When attaching or removing the supervisory pressure switch from the cylinder
valve, attach a wrench to the fitting and hold securely while tightening or
CAUTION loosening the pressure switch.

VALVE

WRENCH FLATS

SUPERVISORY PRESSURE
SWITCH FITTING

PRESSURE SWITCH

ELECTRICAL CABLE
FOR SWITCH CONNECTION
(BLUE: N.O. [N.C. UNDER PRESSURE]
BLACK: N.C. [N.O. UNDER PRESSURE]
VIOLET: COM)

Figure 4-28. Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch

(2 in (51 mm) Valve with Supervisory Pressure Switch 06-118262-001 Shown)
Note: The control panel must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for releasing device service
and compatible with ECS System equipment.

3 1 2

• 5A 24 Vdc (RESTITIVE)
• 5A 240 Vac (RESTITIVE)

Figure 4-29. Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating
Note: When cylinder supervisory pressure switch (P/N 06-11826X-001) is connected to
a supervised control panel circuit, and the switch is wired NC under pressure, it is
not possible to distinguish between a wiring fault and a loss of cylinder pressure.
This configuration should only be used if accepted by the Authority Having Juris-
diction (AHJ).

December 2022 4-32 06-236553-001

4-4.9.1 Installation of Pressure Switch 06-118262-001
Install the pressure switch as follows:
1. Check that the sealing surface of the flare connection of the supervisory switch is not
scratched, dented, scored, etc.
2. Remove the end cap from the pressure switch port of the valve. This is a flare fitting and
does not require tape dope or any type of sealant.
3. Install the pressure switch onto the pressure port of the valve. Be sure to secure the pres-
sure port with a wrench so that you are not turning the port fitting further into the valve.
Tighten the switch hand-tight and then tighten 1/4-turn further using a wrench.
Important: Leak test the pressure switch connection with an ECS System leak detector or
a bubbling solution. If the connection leaks, the switch may be tightened further until the
leak is eliminated, again, be sure to have a counter wrench on the switch port.

4-4.9.2 Installation of Pressure Switch 06-118263-001 (Spare Part)

Install the pressure switch as follows:
Note: For 3 in (76 mm) valves only, prior to May 1st, 2013.
1. Hold the pressure switch fitting on the valve with a wrench and remove the 1/8-inch
(3 mm) plug with a second wrench. Ensure that the fitting does not rotate in the valve
body. The fitting contains a check valve that will prevent the escape of the cylinder
contents.
2. Nitto Ribbon Dope Thread Sealant P-412 (or equivalent) sealant to all the male threads of
the pressure switch.
3. Install the pressure switch into the port of the valve. Be sure to secure the pressure port
fitting with a wrench. Tighten the switch hand-tight and then tighten 1-1/4-turns further
using a wrench.
4. Important: Leak test the pressure switch connection with an ECS System leak detector or
a bubbling solution. If the connection leaks, the switch may be tightened further a 1/4-inch
(6 mm) turn at a time until the leak is eliminated, again, be sure to have a counter wrench
on the switch port. Do not exceed two turns from hand-tight. Refer to ANSI B1.20.3 for NPT
thread engagement details.
Note: After May 1st, 2013, cylinder valves of all sizes use the same female threaded supervi-
sory pressure switch, P/N 06-118262-001.

06-236553-001 4-33 December 2022

4-4.10 Installation of 2- Way Selector Valves
Note: 2-Way Selector Valves are not available for ECS System in the North American Market.
Valves can be installed horizontally or vertically.
KFS recommends installing union fittings before and after the valves to facilitate future
service work.

4-4.10.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves

Install the 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch selector valves by following the steps listed below:
1. Inspect the valves to verify the threads are not damaged.
2. If needed, use the BSPT to NPT adapters (P/N 01-3711-3000, 01-3711-4000, and
01-3711-5000) to adapt the BSPT piping on the valve to standard NPT piping.
3. Apply Teflon tape or pipe sealant to the piping male threads.

Do not drip sealant into the internal part of the valve.

CAUTION

4. Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers prior to installing the valves.
5. Use high pressure air, Nitrogen, or CO2 to verify the valves allow flow in the direction shown
by the arrow on the valve body.

All valves must be installed with the arrow on the valve body pointing in the
CAUTION direction of flow.

4-4.10.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves

Install the 3 and 4 inch Selector valves by following the steps listed below:
1. Inspect the gaskets and valve assemblies for damage.
2. Choose correct mating flanges to match with the flanges of the Selector Valves
3. Weld the flange connections to the piping in accordance with the ASME B31 Boiler & Pres-
sure Vessel Code.
4. Align the valve body with the flanges, insert gaskets between the valve body and each
flange and insert the bolts through the bolt holes.
5. Tighten the hex nuts.
a. Valves can be installed horizontally or vertically.
b. All valves must be checked to ensure installation in the proper flow direction.
c. Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers and pedestal support prior to
installing the valves.
5. Use high pressure air, Nitrogen, or CO2 to verify the valves allow flow in the direction shown
by the arrow on the valve body.

December 2022 4-34 06-236553-001

4-4.10.3 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Back-Plate Manifold
Note: Use the 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder to provide pressure to open the selector
valves. Use one 108 cu. in. pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold.

1/4” BSPP Male x 1/8” NPT Male

Straight Adapter

108 or 1040 cu. in.

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder

Back-Plate Manifold Hose

P/N 01-3273-1200

Pressure Regulator
included on Back-Plate
Manifold
Note: Image not to scale.

Figure 4-30. Connecting Nitrogen Pilot to Back-Plate Manifold

1. Secure the Pilot Cylinder per the installation instructions outlined in Section 4-4.2.
2. Apply a stripe of an anaerobic liquid pipe sealant around the male threads leaving the first
two threads uncovered. If no liquid sealant is available, wrap Teflon tape (or equivalent) 2-
1/2 turns in a clockwise direction, viewed from the pipe end, leaving the first two threads
uncovered (only use tape suitable for gas applications).
3. Thread the 1/8” NPT end of the BSPP to NPT adapter into the Nitrogen Pilot cylinder.
Wrench tight.
4. Connect the Back-Plate Manifold hose to the BSPP end of the adapter.
5. Install all necessary control heads and control head monitors to the pilot cylinder as out-
lined in Section 4-3.

06-236553-001 4-35 December 2022

4-4.10.4 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch Installation

Only listed KFS Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switches are to be used on KFS Fire
Suppression System. Failure to comply with this WARNING may result in
WARNING unpredictable agent distribution hindering or preventing the agent from
suppressing a fire.

The main to reserve transfer switch is used in the system to toggle the connection between the
electrical release units installed on the main or reserve cylinders. For electrical wiring with a
single electrical release unit, refer to Figure 4-31 and for two electrical release units, refer to
Figure 4-32. The transfer switch is generally installed at the cylinder bank.
However, should the cylinder banks be installed within the risk, then the main and reserve
switch must be installed outside. For EU applications the switch will be of a key type and the
key to be kept adjacent to the switch within an emergency "break-glass" key holder

M/R TRANSFER
SWITCH

+
+

MAIN -

- +

RELEASE
RESERVE CIRCUITS
-

Figure 4-31. Wiring Diagram with Single Solenoid (Main and Reserve)

+ M/R TRANSFER
SWITCH
MAIN

+
-

RESERVE
-

+
MAIN

+
-

RESERVE -

+
RELEASE
CIRCUITS

Figure 4-32. Wiring Diagram with Dual Solenoid (Main and Reserve)

December 2022 4-36 06-236553-001

4-5 INSTALLATION OF 3-WAY DIRECTIONAL VALVES WITH PNEUMATIC
ACTUATORS AND SOLENOIDS
Note: Directional Valves are only UL Listed for use with ECS System, not FM Approved.
Flanged fittings are to be installed per ANSI B16.5.
1. Gather the required parts for the chosen directional system based upon the number of 3-
way valves needed and the actuation scheme desired.
– Single pilot cylinder actuation requires one pilot cylinder, actuation hoses (number of
hoses equals two times the number of directional valves), electric control head, the di-
rectional valves with solenoid pneumatic actuators and a pressure regulator. See
Figure 3-11 for more detail.
– Multiple pilot actuation requires pilot cylinders (number of pilot cylinders equals one
times the number of directional valves), actuation hoses (number of hoses equals one
times the number of directional valves), electric control heads (number of control heads
equals one times the number of directional valves), directional valves with pneumatic
actuators and a pressure regulator. See Figure 3-12 for more detail.
Note: The pressure regulator must be located within 12 in of the solenoid and pneumatic ac-
tuator.
2. Ensure that all directional valves are in the “straight through” position before installation
(the T-port in the valve should be open on both ends with the side port closed). See
Figure 4-33.

PIPING TO
HAZARD A

PIPING TO
HAZARD B

Riser
Straight through position;
Closed to pipe network.

Next In

3-Way
VALVE

Figure 4-33. Straight Through Orientation

The directional valve must be installed so that the 90° turn of the actuator brings the T-port
open on the side branch and the end of the valve that faces the agent source. The arrow on
the valve must be pointed in the direction of the flow. See Figure 4-34.

PIPING TO
HAZARD A
PIPING TO
HAZARD B
(In Alarm)

Riser
90° counterclockwise
turn to Hazard B.
Direction of
Agent Flow
Next In

3-Way
VALVE

Figure 4-34. 90° Orientation

06-236553-001 4-37 December 2022

 3. Connect the actuators on the directional valves to the pneumatic source in one of two ways
(see Figure 3-11 for piping and wiring diagrams):
For pilot cylinder actuation, all directional valves must have a 24 VDC solenoid (for UL List-
ed 3-Way Directional Valves, use P/N 06-118384-001, and a 24 VDC connection from the
control panel.
– Connect the pilot cylinder to the second pressurization port of the solenoid actuator us-
ing the actuation line.
– Connect each of the solenoids and the electric control head to the control panel so that
the electric control head fires and the correct directional valve operates for the desired
hazard.
– Test each hazard with the control panel by listening for the solenoid click at each direc-
tional valve.
– Reconnect all electrical connections.
– Attach an electric control head to the pilot cylinder (being sure it is set before installa-
tion).

Red
White
White
Red

Black
Black
Green

End-of-Line Resistor
after last Device
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Earth Ground

Control
Control Panel
Panel
Supervision
Release
Circuit
Circuit

Figure 4-35. 3-Way Directional Valve Wiring Diagram

Red
Black
Black
Red

Black
Black
Green

End-of-Line Resistor
after last Device
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Earth Ground

Control
Control Panel
Panel
Supervision
Release
Circuit
Circuit

Figure 4-36. 3-Way Directional Valve Wiring Diagram with Explosion Proof Supervision Switch

December 2022 4-38 06-236553-001

 4. Set the control panel to provide a delay between the firing of the pilot cylinders for the di-
rectional valves and the firing of the ECS System. The delay depends on the 3-way Direc-
tional Valve used. For the 3-Way Directional Valves set the value to 17 seconds (see
Table 4-12). This delay provides sufficient time for the valves to fully open before the sys-
tem is discharged.
Table 4-12. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Data

Part Number with Solenoid Description Time Delays Required to Open

85-220030-001/-100 1/2” NPT 17 seconds
85-220030-002/-200 3/4” NPT 17 seconds
85-220030-003/-300 1” NPT 17 seconds
85-220031-001/-100 1 1/4” NPT 17 seconds
85-220031-002/-200 1 1/2” NPT 17 seconds
85-220031-003/-300 2” NPT 17 seconds
85-220032-001/-100 3” Grooved 17 seconds
85-220032-002/-200 4” Grooved 17 seconds

4-5.1 3-Way Directional Valve System Release Control Configuration

Note: Directional Valves are only UL Listed for use with ECS System, not FM Approved.
Important: The information in this section refers to circuits and wiring employed on KFS
panels*; specific ECS System configurations and/or other programmable panels
may require different wiring and/or panel-to-panel connections. A maximum of
eight suppression hazards and a maximum of eight electrically actuated Nitrogen
driver cylinders are allowed per system. Multiple panels may be employed to
control and release the system. The smallest ECS System configuration would
require a minimum of four release circuits.

Regardless of configuration, the following sequence of activation must be

adhered to:
1. When a call for suppression is received by the panel for a specific suppression
zone, the appropriate selector valve solenoid and Nitrogen pilot control head
must activate within 0.5 seconds of each other.
WARNING
2. Six to ten seconds after the selector valve solenoid and Nitrogen pilot control
head actuates, the appropriate Nitrogen driver control heads must activate.
After any hazard activates, no other activation is allowed until the system is
serviced. Failure to follow these sequence could result in system malfunction.

Kidde Fire Systems or other

programmable FM Approved
(for FM insured installations)
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
suppression control panel

PEGAsys or other
S
Release
FM Approved/UL Listed Selector Valve
Circuit
fire alarm suppression Solenoid (see note 1)
control panel
S
Release Selector Valve
Circuit Solenoid (see note 1)

S
Release Nitrogen Pilot
Circuit Control Head (see note 2)

S
Release Nitrogen Driver
Circuit Control Head (see note 2)

S
Release Nitrogen Driver
Circuit Control Head (see note 2)

S Denotes Supervised Circuit

Figure 4-37. Typical Single Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)

06-236553-001 4-39 December 2022

 Kidde Fire Systems or other
programmable FM Approved
(for FM insured installations) S
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm PEGAsys or other
Release
FM Approved/UL Listed
Selector Valve
suppression control panel Circuit
fire alarm suppression Solenoid (see note 1)
control panel
S
Release Selector Valve
Circuit
Circuit Solenoid (see note 1)

S
Release Nitrogen Pilot
Circuit Control Head (see note 2)

S
Release + Release
Circuit _ Control Relay (see note 3)

Kidde Fire Systems or other

programmable FM Approved Panel 1
(for FM insured installations)
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
suppression control panel PEGAsys or other
FM Approved/UL Listed
fire alarm suppression S
control panel

Initiating EOLR
Circuit
Circuit

S
Release Nitrogen Driver
Circuit Control Head (see Note 2)

S
Release Nitrogen Driver
Circuit Control Head (see Note 2)

Panel 2

S Denotes Supervised Circuit

Figure 4-38. Typical Multiple Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)
Notes:
1. Must use Pneumatic Solenoid (P/N 06-118329-001). Ratings: 24 VDC, 11.0 W; 2.0 VDC
minimum dropout.
2. Must use 24 Volt DC control head. The fire alarm suppression panel release circuit must be
capable of supplying a minimum of 24 VDC @ 2.8 Amps for 30 milliseconds for control head
P/N WK-890181-000 and a minimum of 24 VDC @ 0.5 Amps continuous for control head
P/N 81-100000-001.
3. Release control relays are only required if the Nitrogen driver solenoids are released by a
separate panel. Relays employed must be electrically compatible with the release circuit
output characteristics for both pull-in and dropout voltages.
4. A means of manual release of the system shall be provided. Manual release shall be accom-
plished by a mechanical manual release, or by an electrical manual release, when the con-
trol equipment monitors the battery voltage level of the standby battery supply and will
provide a low battery signal. The release shall cause simultaneous operation of automati-
cally operated valves controlling agent release and distribution.
*Refer to the Detection and Control panel Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual for
complete details.

The referenced control heads and solenoids are compatible with KFS panels.
The use of other panels to operate these control heads and solenoids has not
WARNING been verified and could result in system malfunction.

December 2022 4-40 06-236553-001

4-5.2 Installing Directional Valve Placement Supervision Retrofit Kit
Placement Supervision Retrofit Kits allow adding placement supervision of the solenoid to 3-
way directional valves that are all ready in service. Retrofit Kits are only need to add
supervision to 3-way directional valves installed prior to January 1st, 2016. 3-way directional
valves purchased after January 1st, 2016 already include placement supervision.
The potential scenarios when installing the retrofit kit to a valve are as follows:
• Clean Agent 3-way Directional valve plus standard placement supervision
• Clean Agent 3-way Directional valve plus explosion proof placement supervision

4-5.2.1 3-Way Directional Valve Plus Standard Placement Supervision

1. Remove the two bolts holding the Solenoid to the 3-Way Directional valve.
Note: There is no need to remove the Solenoid from the Directional valve.
2. Attached the lower bracket to the Solenoid using the hex bolts and spacers provided with
the retro-fit kit.

Hex Bolts
Spacers Solenoid
Lower Bracket

Figure 4-39. Lower Bracket Installation

3. Install the conduit adapter to the upper bracket.

Conduit Adapter

Retaining Nut

Upper Bracket

Figure 4-40. Conduit Adapter Installation

4. Thread the wires from the micro switch and solenoid through the conduit adapter attached
to the upper bracket.

06-236553-001 4-41 December 2022

 5. Install the upper bracket using the smaller bracket bolts included with the retro fit kit, en-
suring that the supervision switch is depressed.

Bracket Bolts Lower Bracket/

(x3) Solenoid Assembly
Upper Bracket

Figure 4-41. Upper Bracket Installation

6. Connect the supervision wiring to the control panel as specified in the control panel’s man-
ual.

4-5.2.2 3-Way Directional Valve Plus Explosion Proof Placement Supervision

1. Remove the two bolts holding the old Solenoid to the 3-Way Directional valve.
2. Remove the old Solenoid including the associated O-rings.
3. Attach the new Solenoid with the target magnet and the lower bracket to the 3-Way Direc-
tional valve using the spacers and hex bolts provided in the kit. (See Figure 4-42.)
Note: Make sure the O-rings are in place before installing the new solenoid.

Hex Bolts
Spacers O-rings
Lower Bracket (x2)
Solenoid
P/N 06-118384-001

Figure 4-42. Explosion Proof Solenoid and Lower Bracket Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve
4. Thread the solenoid wires through the upper bracket. The wires must pass through the
larger hole in the top of the upper bracket.

December 2022 4-42 06-236553-001

 5. Thread the solenoid wires through the conduit adapter.
6. Install the upper bracket using the smaller bolts included with the retro fit kit.

Bracket Bolts
(x3) Lower Bracket/
Solenoid Assembly
Upper Bracket

Figure 4-43. Upper Bracket Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve

7. Install the conduit adapter, making sure it goes through the larger hole in the upper bracket
and screws into the solenoid.

Conduit Adapter

Upper Bracket

Figure 4-44. Conduit Adapter Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve

8. Install the Go switch into the smaller hole on top of the upper bracket. Lock the switch in
place by tightening the bottom nut till it is wrench tight.

06-236553-001 4-43 December 2022

 GO Switch

GO Switch Retaining Nut

GO Switch Target

Figure 4-45. GO Switch Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve

Figure 4-46. Fully Installed Explosion Proof Placement Supervision Switch on 3-Way Directional Valve
9. Connect the supervision wiring to the control panel as specified in the control panel’s man-
ual.

For US and Canada explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
WARNING inches from the end of the component.

December 2022 4-44 06-236553-001

4.6 Lockout Valves
Note: Lockout valves are required when the agent concentration is at or above the LOAEL.
The lockout valve with limit switch must be installed in the discharge pipe network, down-
stream of all cylinders, check valves, and selector valves. All valves must be easily accessible.
Lockout valves can be installed in either the vertical or horizontal position using good pipe fit-
ting practices. Place two to three wraps of Teflon tape on male threads of pipe. A union is rec-
ommended before and after the valve to facilitate future service work. If needed, use the BSPT
to NPT adapters (P/N 01-3711-3000 and 01-3711-5000) to adapt the BSPT piping on the valve
to standard NPT piping for the 1” and 2” lock out valves. For Larger valves, Weld the flange
connections to the piping in accordance with the ASME B31 Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code. The
valve should be locked in the “open” position using a padlock. All valves must be electrically
supervised.
Figure 5 shows the lockout valve wiring diagram when the ball valve is in the fully open
position.

NC Brown 1
Switch
#1 Purple 2
C
Upper NO Yellow 3
NC Orange 4
Switch
#2 Blue 5
Upper C Red
NO 6
7
8

GND

Figure 5. Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position

All valves must be installed with the arrow on the valve body pointing in the
CAUTION direction of flow.

06-236553-001 4-45 December 2022

4-7 MAIN TO RESERVE TRANSFER SWITCH INSTALLATION
The main to reserve transfer switch is used in the system to toggle the connection between the
electrical release units installed on the main or reserve cylinders. For electrical wiring with a
single electrical release unit, refer to Figure 4-31 and for two electrical release units, refer to
Figure 4-32. The transfer switch is generally installed at the cylinder bank.
However, should the cylinder banks be installed within the risk, then the main and reserve
switch must be installed outside. For EU applications the switch will be of a key type and the
key to be kept adjacent to the switch within an emergency "break-glass" key holder

M/R TRANSFER
SWITCH

+
+

MAIN -

- +

RELEASE
RESERVE CIRCUITS
-

Figure 4-1. Wiring Diagram with Single Solenoid (Main and Reserve)

+ M/R TRANSFER
SWITCH
MAIN

+
-

RESERVE
-

+
MAIN

+
-

RESERVE -

+
RELEASE
CIRCUITS

Figure 4-2. Wiring Diagram with Dual Solenoid (Main and Reserve)

December 2022 4-46 06-236553-001

4-8 SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST
Per NFPA 2001, 2018 Edition, the piping system must be pressure tested in a closed circuit
using nitrogen or other dry gas. Ensure all sections of pipe are tested, including those
separated by Selector or Directional valves. Ensure all Selector or Directional valves are tested
in all applicable states.
Note: A calibrated gauge must be used when monitoring the pressure during the test.
To perform a pressure test of the piping system, follow these steps:
1. Disconnect all actuation lines and electrical control heads.
2. Disconnect the discharge hose or valve outlet adapter from each agent cylinders.
3. Ensure all nozzles are removed with plugs in their place and there are no other openings in
the system piping.
4. Pressurize the pipe system to at least 40 psi using Nitrogen or other dry gas, ensuring all
section see this pressure. Pressure should be applied to one end of the agent manifold
through to the pipe network. This ensures each check valve is also covered by the test.
Remove the source of pressure, ensuring the system remains closed and that the pressure
inside can be monitored.
5. Monitor the pressure for 10 minutes, ensuring the pressure does not drop below 80 percent
of the test pressure (32 psi if using 40 psi as the test pressure).
6. If the pressure loss is greater than 20 percent of the test pressure, locate the leak and re-
place any necessary components.
7. Return the system to full service, ensuring all nozzles are replaced in the correct location,
and all cylinders are properly connected to the system piping. Re-connect the actuation
lines and electrical control head(s).

06-236553-001 4-47 December 2022

4-9 POST-INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
After the ECS System installation has been completed, perform the following inspections and
tests.

Before performing any system test or commissioning, ensure the following:

1. Ensure that all control heads (electrical, pneumatic, and mechan-
ical) and Control Head Monitors are disconnected from all cylin-
ders, including:
– Primary agent or nitrogen driver cylinders
– Pilot cylinders (if applicable)
– Secondary agent cylinders
WARNING
2. Ensure that all flex-loops or hard pipings are disconnected from
the cylinder outlets of all agent cylinders.
3. Ensure that anti-recoil caps are attached to the cylinder outlet on
all of the agent cylinders.
4. Both ends of all hoses and manifold check valves need to be tight-
ened securely.

1. Verify that the cylinders of correct weight and pressure are installed in accordance with in-
stallation drawings.
2. Verify that the cylinder brackets and straps are properly installed and all fittings are tight.
3. The piping distribution system must be inspected for compliance with the system drawings,
NFPA 2001, Latest Edition or BS EN ISO 14520, design limitations within this manual and
the computerized hydraulic calculations associated with each independent piping and noz-
zle configuration.
4. Check that the discharge manifold, discharge piping and actuation piping are securely
hung. Ensure all fittings are tight and securely fastened to prevent agent leakage and haz-
ardous movement during discharge. The means of pipe size reduction and installation po-
sition of the tees must be checked for conformance to the design requirements.
5. The piping distribution system must be cleaned, blown free of foreign material and inspect-
ed internally to ensure that oil or particulate matter will not soil the hazard area or reduce
the nozzle orifice area and affect agent distribution.
6. System piping should be pressure tested in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 2001, Lat-
est Edition or BS EN ISO 14520 as appropriate.
7. Ensure that the check valves are installed in the proper location as indicated on the instal-
lation drawings and that the equipment is installed with the arrow pointing in the direction
of flow.
8. Verify the nozzles are installed in the correct locations and have the correct part numbers
and orifice sizes as indicated on installation drawings. Discharge nozzles must be oriented
such that optimum agent dispersal can be achieved. Check the nozzle orifices for any ob-
structions.
9. The discharge nozzles, piping and mounting brackets must be installed such that they will
not cause injury to personnel. The agent must not be discharged at head height or below
where people in a normal work area could be injured by the discharge. The agent must not
directly impinge on any loose objects or shelves, cabinet tops or similar surfaces where
loose objects could be propelled by the discharge.
10. For systems with a main/reserve capability, the MAIN/RESERVE switch must be clearly
identified and properly installed where it is readily accessible.
11. Manual pull stations must also be clearly identified and properly installed where they are
readily accessible. All manual stations that activate ECS Systems should be properly iden-

December 2022 4-48 06-236553-001

 tified as to their purpose. Particular care should be taken where manual pull stations for
more than one system are in close proximity and could be confused and the wrong system
actuated. In this case, manual stations should be clearly identified as to which hazard area
they affect.
12. Perform the electric control head test outlined in Paragraph 6-2.3.2 on all cylinders
equipped with electric control heads
13. Perform the pressure switch test outlined in Paragraph Paragraph 6-2.3.1 for all pressure
switches installed.
14. All acceptance testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 2001, Latest Edition or BS EN ISO
14520 Latest Edition as appropriate.

To ensure that all control heads, solenoids, and relays are in the correct position
after installing, testing or servicing a system, the following procedure must be
followed immediately before placing a system into service:
1. All control head must be removed from the cylinders.
2. All panels should be de-energized completely, including battery
power.
WARNING 3. The panels must then be re-energized. Normal condition on the
panels must be verified.
4. Ensure all control heads and solenoids are in the Set position,
then reinstall the control heads and solenoids.
Failure to adhere to this sequence may result in equipment malfunction when
the suppression system is notified to activate.

06-236553-001 4-49 December 2022

 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

December 2022 4-50 06-236553-001

 CHAPTER 5
OPERATION

5-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter describes the controls and indicators for the Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ 360 PSI
Fire Suppression System (ECS™ System). The ECS System can use either Fluoro-K™ Fire
Suppression Clean Agent or 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid herein referred to as
collectively “agent” unless called out specifically by name. Operation of the system is the
same, regardless of agent.

5-2 SYSTEM CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

5-2.1 General
Compressed agent is held in the cylinder by a discharge valve. When the discharge valve is
actuated by a control head, the valve piston is displaced and the compressed liquid escapes
through the discharge port of the valve and is directed through the distribution piping to the
nozzles. The nozzles provide the proper flow rate and distribution of the agent.

5-2.2 Operating Procedures

5-2.2.1 Automatic Operation

When a system is operated automatically by means of a detection and control system,
everyone must evacuate the hazard area promptly upon hearing the predischarge alarm. Make
sure no one enters the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.

5-2.2.2 Remote Manual Operation

Operate as follows:
1. Proceed to the appropriate remote manual pull station for the hazard.
2. Operate the manual pull station.
3. Leave the hazard area immediately.
4. Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
Note: The above instructions must be displayed in the protected area.

5-2.2.3 Local Manual Operation

Manual control is not part of normal system actuation and should only be used in an emergency
as a last resort.
1. Proceed to appropriate ECS™ System cylinder for the hazard.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the cylinder control head.
3. Operate the lever, following the instructions on the lever or control head nameplate.
4. Leave the hazard area immediately.
Note: Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.

06-236553-001 5-1 December 2022

5-2.3 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves
Manual control of selector valves is not part of normal system actuation and should only be
used in an emergency. Ensure the hazard area is evacuated and emergency services are being
called:
1. Proceed to appropriate selector valve for the hazard.
2. Attach the handle to the selector valve, and turn the valve open.
1. Proceed to the appropriate primary nitrogen driver and the agent cylinder for the hazard.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the nitrogen cylinder control head.
3. Operate the lever following instructions on the lever or control head nameplate.
4. Leave the hazard area immediately.
5. Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.

5-2.4 Local Manual Operation UL Listed 3-Way Directional Valves

(P/N 85-22003X-00X)

During an emergency situation, enough people must be available and trained on

proper operation of the directional valves and cylinders. Failure to operate all
CAUTION systems in the correct order may result in an incorrect discharge leading to
injury or loss of life.

Ensure operators are properly trained on which 3-Way directional valve to override for each
hazard. Depending on the system setup and location of the fire, none, one, or multiple 3-way
directional valves may need to be operated.
Note: The local manual override operation of the solenoid for 3-Way directional valves is not
part of the normal system actuation and should only be used in an emergency as a last
resort.
Not FM Approved for use with the ECS System (UL Listed only).
1. Proceed to the appropriate Nitrogen pilot cylinder.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the Nitrogen pilot cylinder control head.
3. Operate the lever following instructions on the lever or control head nameplate.
4. Proceed to the appropriate directional valve for the zone requiring extinguishment.
5. Depress the red button on the solenoid and turn clockwise 1/4-turn to open the directional
valve.
Note: Turning the button clockwise 1/4-turn locks the solenoid in the bypass state. The sole-
noid will not exit the bypass state until the button is reset to the normal position by
turning 1/4-turn counter-clockwise. The directional valve will remain open as long as a
minimum of 40 PSI (2.75 bar gauge) remains in the line to the solenoid.
6. Proceed to the appropriate primary Nitrogen driver and the agent cylinder for the zone in
alarm.
7. Remove the safety pull pin from the Nitrogen cylinder control head.
8. Operate the lever following instructions on the lever or control head nameplate.

After a discharge, ensure all solenoids are returned to the normal, non-bypass
state by turning the button 1/4-turn counter clockwise so the notch on the
CAUTION button is pointing to 0 (see Figure 5-1).

December 2022 5-2 06-236553-001

 Normal, Non-Bypass Bypass State
State

Figure 5-1. 3-Way Directional Valve States

5-2.5 Lockout Valves

If applicable, it is recommended to lock-out the clean agent system when performing
maintenance on the system or there is need to perform work that could cause false alarms and
a discharge. Use the following steps to lockout the system:
1. Unlock the valve and place it in the Closed position.
2. Lock the valve.
3. Verify that a Trouble indicator appears on the control unit.
4. When maintenance or test is complete, unlock the valve and place it in the Open position.
5. Lock the valve.
6. Verify the Trouble indicator is clear on the control unit.

5-2.6 Post-Fire Operation

After a ECS System discharge, qualified fire suppression system maintenance personnel must
perform post-fire maintenance as directed in Chapter 6 of this manual. Observe all warnings,
especially those pertaining to the length of elapsed time before entering the hazard area or
until the area is declared safe to enter by fire department personnel. If the system is equipped
with reserve cylinders, ensure the fire is out and the area is free from smoke. Then switch the
control to the reserve solenoid to have continuous protection.

Do not enter a hazard area with an open flame or lighted smoking materials.
Flammable vapors may cause reignition or explosion. Ensure the fire is
completely extinguished before ventilating the area. Ventilate the area
WARNING thoroughly before permitting anyone to enter the hazard area, or use a self-
contained breathing apparatus.

06-236553-001 5-3 December 2022

5-3 CYLINDER RECHARGE
Recharge all ECS System and nitrogen pilot cylinders immediately after use. Return all
cylinders to a KFS Distributor or other qualified refill agency. Refill in accordance with the
procedures outlined in Chapter 6 of this manual.

5-3.1 Special System Precautions

5-3.1.1 Systems Actuated with a Primary ECS System Cylinder

In systems where a primary ECS System cylinder actuates a pressure operated control
head on a secondary cylinder, the pressure in the flexible actuation hose line is vented
into the discharge manifold following the system discharge. The pressure drop in the pilot
line allows the pressure operated control head to automatically reset. However, as a
precaution before reinstating the system, ensure that the control head actuating pin is in
the retracted (SET) position.

5-3.1.2 Systems Actuated with a Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder

In systems where a pilot nitrogen cylinder actuates a pressure operated control head on a
secondary ECS System cylinder, nitrogen pressure is trapped in the pilot manifold when the
system actuates and is not self-venting. Therefore, before reattaching a pressure operated
control head to a recharged ECS System cylinder, the following procedure must be performed
to ensure that the pilot manifold is vented and the pressure operated control heads have
returned to the SET position.
Vent any remaining pressure from the pilot line and remove the primary control head from the
nitrogen pilot cylinder(s). Reset the primary control head and remove the pressure operated
control head(s) from the secondary cylinder(s).
Recharge and reinstall the nitrogen pilot cylinders to the correct charged pressure and reinstall
the primary control head.
Before installing a pressure operated control head on an ECS System cylinder, ensure that the
actuator pin is in the retracted (SET) position.
Follow all other procedures and cautions as detailed in Chapter 6 of this manual.

December 2022 5-4 06-236553-001

 CHAPTER 6
MAINTENANCE

6-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter contains maintenance instructions for the Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ 360 PSI Fire
Suppression System (ECS System). The ECS System can use either Fluoro-K™ Fire
Suppression Clean Agent or 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid herein referred to as
collectively “agent” unless called out specifically by name. These procedures must be
performed regularly in accordance with regulations. If problems arise, corrective action must
be taken.
Take note of the following precautions:
• This ECS System must be serviced by qualified personnel only.
• Any environmental or operating condition which causes shorting or grounding of system
components can cause system malfunctions or actual discharge.
• Before servicing any component, disarm the protection system by removing all AC and DC
power from the control unit.
• Wait 45 seconds after disarming system to bleed capacitor in control unit.
• Do not check external wiring or system components with any instrument other than a blast-
ing galvanometer or device with a maximum current output of 50 mA.

6-1.1 Agent Storage Cylinders

Agent storage cylinders are pressurized vessels containing the agent super pressurized
with nitrogen to 360 psig at 70°F (24.8 bar gauge at 21°C). This pressure causes
considerable thrust if the discharge valve is actuated, thus, the safety cap supplied with
the cylinder must be installed when handling or storing the cylinder, or whenever it is not
securely fastened down. The safety cap prevents objects from striking the burst disc
valve, and reduces and redirects the thrust if the cylinder is accidentally discharged.
Handle the cylinder carefully to prevent damaging the gauge and other attached fixtures. The
cylinder must not be subjected to temperatures above 130°F (54°C), or the pressure relief
device may operate, releasing the agent.

06-236553-001 6-1 December 2022

6-2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

ECS System and nitrogen cylinder valve assemblies must be handled, installed,
inspected and serviced only by qualified and trained personnel in accordance
with the instructions contained in this manual and Compressed Gas Association
(CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1. CGA pamphlets my be obtained from the
Compressed Gas Association website: http://www.cganet.com.
WARNING
Before performing these maintenance procedures, refer to the Safety Data
Sheets in Appendix B of this manual and “Safe Cylinder Handling Procedures”
on page iii.

A regular program of systematic maintenance is essential for continuous, proper operation of

all ECS Systems. A periodic maintenance schedule must be followed and an inspection log
maintained for ready reference. As a minimum, the log must record:
1. Inspection interval,
2. The inspection procedure performed,
3. Maintenance performed, if any, as a result of inspection, and
4. The name of inspector performing the task.
If the inspection indicates areas of rust or corrosion, immediately clean and repaint the
area. Perform cylinder hydrostatic pressure testing in accordance with Paragraph 6-2.5.1
of this manual. Perform scheduled maintenance per Table 6-1.

Table 6-1. Maintenance Schedule

Schedule Requirement Paragraph

Weekly Check ECS System cylinder pressures Paragraph 6-2.1

Check nitrogen cylinder pressures
Hazard and enclosure inspection
Pipework and controls inspection
Monthly Inspect hazard area system components Paragraph 6-2.2
Semi-Annually Test pressure switches Paragraph 6-2.3
Test electric control heads
Test 3-way directional valves
Check ECS System cylinder weights and pressures
Every 2 Years Blow out distribution piping Paragraph 6-2.4.1
Perform a System Pressure Test Paragraph 6-2.4.2
Every 5 Years Agent Cylinder and Nitrogen pilot cylinder inspection Paragraph 6-2.5.1 and
Paragraph 6-3.1
Flexible hose hydrostatic pressure test and inspection Paragraph 6-2.5.2
Every 10 Years Agent cylinder and nitrogen cylinder hydrostatic pressure test Paragraph 6-2.6 and
(ISO) Paragraph 6-3.2
Every 15 Years Rebuild Agent Cylinder Valves Paragraph 6-2.7
Important: Additional Hydrostatic Testing of the agent cylinders and any associated Nitrogen pilot or
driver cylinders are required per DOT and other regulations. For more information, see:
Section 6-2.8, Cylinder Hydrostatic Testing Requirements.

December 2022 6-2 06-236553-001

6-2.1 Weekly

6-2.1.1 Check ECS System Cylinder Pressure

Check the ECS System cylinder pressure gauges for proper operating pressure (refer to
Table 2-8). If the pressure gauge indicates a pressure loss (adjusted for temperature) of more
than 10% it shall be refilled. Remove and recharge the cylinder as instructed in Section 7-3.

6-2.1.2 Check Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinder Pressure

If used, check the nitrogen pilot and siren driver cylinder pressure gauge for proper operating
pressure (see Section 2-3.3.1 and Section 2-3.3.3). If the pressure loss (adjusted for
temperature) of more than 10%, recharge with nitrogen to 1800 psig @ 70°F (124 bar gauge
@ 21°C).

6-2.1.3 Hazard and Enclosure Inspection

Visually inspect the hazard and the integrity of the enclosure for changes which may affect the
performance of the system as per the requirements of ISO 14520-1.

6-2.1.4 Pipework and Controls Inspection

Visually inspect the pipework for damage and that all operating controls and components are
properly set and undamaged.

6-2.2 Monthly

6-2.2.1 General Inspection

Make a general inspection survey of all cylinders and equipment for damaged or missing parts.
If the equipment requires replacement, refer to Paragraph 6-2.9.3.

6-2.2.2 Hazard Access

Ensure access to hazard areas, manual pull stations, discharge nozzles, and cylinders are
unobstructed and nothing obstructs the operation of the equipment or distribution of Agent.

6-2.2.3 Inspect Hoses

Inspect 1/4-inch (6 mm) flexible actuation hoses for loose fittings, damaged threads, cracks,
distortion, cuts, dirt and frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings and replace hoses with
stripped threads or other damage. If necessary, clean parts as directed in Paragraph 6-2.10.1.
Inspect the adapters, couplings and tees at the ECS System cylinder pilot outlets for tightness.
Tighten couplings if necessary. Replace any damaged parts.

6-2.2.4 Inspect Pressure Control Heads

Inspect the ECS System cylinder pressure operated control heads for physical damage,
deterioration, corrosion, distortion, cracks, dirt and loose couplings. Tighten loose couplings.
Replace damaged caps. Replace the control head if damaged. If necessary, clean as directed
in Paragraph 6-2.9.1.

Before resetting the lever/pressure operated control head, all pressure must be
relieved from the cylinder and actuation lines.
Pressure can be relieved from unvented actuation tubing by loosening the
WARNING fitting on the control head slightly and allowing the line to bleed out completely.
Failure to perform this action can result in damage to the control head.

06-236553-001 6-3 December 2022

6-2.2.5 Inspect Electric Control Heads
Inspect the ECS System cylinder electric control heads and control head monitors for damage,
corrosion, and dirt. Check the control heads and control head monitors' flexible electrical line
for wear and damage. Check the control head for loose coupling and tighten if necessary.
Check that the indicator is in the SET position, the pull pin is installed in the manual lever, and
the seal wire is intact. Replace the control head if damaged. If necessary, clean as directed in
Paragraph 6-2.9.1.

6-2.2.6 Inspect Agent, Nitrogen Pilot, and Siren Driver Cylinder and Valve Assemblies
Inspect the various ECS System cylinder and valve assembly for leakage and physical damage
such as cracks, dents, distortion and worn parts. Check the burst disc and pressure gauges for
damage.
Replace damaged agent gauges per or burst disc per instructions covered in Chapter 7. If the
gauge pressure is not normal (360 psig at 70°F [24.8 bar gauge at 21°C]), remove and
recharge the cylinder as instructed in Paragraph 6-2.10 and Paragraph 7-3. If damaged parts
are found on the ECS System cylinder or cylinder valve, replace the ECS System cylinder. If
necessary, clean the cylinder and associated parts as directed in Paragraph 6-2.9.1.
Replace damaged Nitrogen pilot or siren driver cylinder gauges or safety discs. If the gauge
pressure is not normal (1800 PSIG @ 70°F [124 bar gauge @ 21°C]), remove and recharge
the cylinder as described in Paragraph 6-3.4. If damaged parts are found on the Nitrogen
driver cylinder and valve assembly, replace as required.

6-2.2.6.1 Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware

Inspect the ECS System cylinder brackets, straps, cradles and mounting hardware for loose,
damaged or broken parts. Check the cylinder brackets, straps and associated parts for
corrosion, oil, grease and grime. Tighten any loose hardware. Replace damaged parts. If
necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 6-2.9.1.

6-2.2.6.2 Inspect Discharge Hoses

Inspect the flexible discharge hoses for loose fittings, damaged threads, cracks, rust, kinks,
distortion, dirt and frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings and replace hoses with stripped
threads. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 6-2.9.1.

6-2.2.6.3 Inspect Actuation Line

Inspect the nitrogen actuation line (if used) and support brackets for continuity, physical
damage, loose fittings, distortion, cracks or cuts. Tighten loose fittings. Replace damaged
parts. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 6-2.9.1.

6-2.2.6.4 Inspect Discharge Nozzles

Inspect discharge nozzles for dirt and physical damage. Replace damaged nozzles. If nozzles
are dirty or clogged, refer to Paragraph 6-2.9.1.

Nozzles must never be painted. A part number is located on each nozzle.

Nozzles must be replaced by nozzles of the same part number. Nozzles must
never be interchanged since random interchanging of nozzles could
CAUTION adversely affect proper Agent distribution and concentration within a
hazard area.

6-2.2.6.5 Inspect Pull Stations

Inspect all manual pull stations for cracks, broken or cracked glass plate, dirt or distortion.
Inspect the station for signs of physical damage. Replace damaged glass. Replace the station
if damaged. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 6-2.9.1.

December 2022 6-4 06-236553-001

6-2.2.6.6 Inspect Pressure Switches
Inspect pressure switches for deformations, cracks, dirt or other damage. Replace the switch
if damaged. If necessary, clean the switch as directed in Paragraph 6-2.9.1.

6-2.2.6.7 Personnel
Check that all personnel who may have to operate the system are properly trained and
authorized to do so. All new employees must be instructed in its use.

6-2.3 Inspection Procedures, Semi-Annual

6-2.3.1 Pressure Switch Test
1. Contact the appropriate personnel and obtain authorization for a shutdown.
2. Ensure that the hazard area operations controlled by the pressure switch are operative.
3. Manually operate the switch by pulling up on the plunger and verify that the hazard area
operations controlled by the pressure switch shut down.
4. Return the pressure switch to the SET position.
5. Reactivate all systems that were shut down by the pressure switch (such as power, venti-
lation systems and compressors).

6-2.3.2 Electric Control Head Test

Electric control heads (including electric/cable operated combination control heads) must be
tested semi-annually for proper operation. In addition, the Control Head Monitor must be
tested to ensure it is functional. These tests can be performed without discharging the
cylinders. Test one hazard area at a time completely before proceeding to the next, as follows:

All control heads and Control Head Monitors must be removed from the
cylinders before testing to prevent possible personal injury, death, or property
WARNING damage in the event of accidental cylinder discharge.

1. Remove all electric control heads and Control Head Monitors from all cylinders serving the
hazard area being tested. Let the electric control heads and Control Head Monitors hang
freely from the flexible electric conduit connections. Leave all pressure operated control
heads, and pilot actuation hoses attached to the cylinders. Attach the safety cap to the
valve actuation port.
2. Check the control panel to see that the Control Head Monitor reports a supervision alarm
to the panel.
3. Operate the system electrically. This can be done by actuating the system at the system
control panel or from an electric pull station.
4. Ensure all electric control heads have operated, (that is, the indicator on the electric control
head has moved to the RELEASED position). If any control heads have not operated, check
the circuit for electric continuity to these particular heads and repeat the test. Replace all
damaged heads. Repeat the test if any control heads have been replaced.

Control head must be reset to the SET position (fully retracted actuation pin)
before reconnecting to a cylinder valve. Failure to follow this instruction will
CAUTION result in cylinder discharge when attempting to install the control head.

5. Observe the instructions on the caution label attached to each electric control head. Re-
move the safety cap. Re-Install the Control Head Monitor between the control head and
corresponding valve. Re-attach all electric control heads to threaded port on cylinder valve
or pressure operated control head. Tighten the swivel nut securely. Make certain each elec-
tric control head is in the SET position before reconnecting to the cylinders. Failure to follow
this procedure will result in accidental discharge. For more information, see Section 4-3.1.
Ensure that the supervisory trouble from the Control Panel is cleared and the panel is in
normal mode.

06-236553-001 6-5 December 2022

6-2.3.3 Actuator Test on 2-Way Selector Valve
1. Operate the valve manually by the use of the emergency handle. The handle should move
freely when opening and closing the valve.
2. Close the selector valve and store the emergency handle in a convenient place
Should for any reason the unit fail to operate as intended or should there be any doubt about
the opening/closing of the valve, contact KFS.
Never attempt to modify the actuator assembly (i.e. never open the actuator).

6-2.3.4 Semi-Annual 3-Way Direction Valve Test

The solenoid on 3-Way Directional Valves must be tested every 6 months to ensure that the
solenoid is operating properly. Use the following procedure to test the solenoid:
1. Remove the upper bracket by removing the three small bolts holding the upper bracket to
the lower bracket.
2. Remove the coil from the solenoid by loosening the large bolt holding the coil in place. See
Figure 6-1.

Coil

Bolt

Figure 6-1. Solenoid Assembly

3. Energize the coil and verify the presence of a magnetic field using a Bartol Mag-Probe® or
similar device. If there is no magnetic field, replace the solenoid.
4. Replace the coil and secure it in place.
5. Install the upper bracket using the smaller bolts.
After the test, ensure the solenoids on every 3-Way Directional valve are in the normal, non-
bypass state (see Figure 6-2).
If the solenoid is in the bypass state, turning the button 1/4-turn counter clockwise so the
notch on the button is pointing to 0 to return the solenoid to the normal state.

Normal, Non-Bypass
Bypass State
State

Figure 6-2. 3-Way Directional Valve States

December 2022 6-6 06-236553-001

6-2.3.5 System Lockout Valve Operation Test (if Fitted)
The ball valve should be manually operated and the operation of the micro-switch (if fitted)
observed.
1. Signal to be initiated on control panel.
2. Replace the micro-switch if found to be defective.

6-2.3.6 Check ECS System Cylinder Weights and Pressures

Use the following procedures to check the weight and pressures of all ECS System cylinders.

6-2.3.6.1 Weighing ECS System Cylinders

Weigh 10 lb (5 liter) through 900 lb (368 liter) ECS Systemcylinders as follows:

Disconnect all cylinder control heads, discharge hoses, and flexible pilot hoses
to prevent accidental system discharge.
WARNING Install a protection cap on the ECS System cylinder valve actuation port and
safety cap on the cylinder valve outlet port.

Note: Ensure all warnings are followed prior to proceeding with Step 1.
1. Remove the cylinder as instructed in Paragraph 6-2.10.
2. Place the cylinder on a scale.
3. Record the weight and date on a record card and attach it to the cylinder. The gross weight
and tare (empty) weight are metal stamped on the ECS System cylinder valve label. There-
fore, subtract tare weight from the gross weight to determine net weight of the original
charge. Then, subtract tare weight from the scale reading to determine net weight of the
agent remaining in the cylinder. If the recorded agent net weight is less than 95% of orig-
inal charge net weight, replace the cylinder with a fully charged ECS System cylinder (re-
charging the cylinders is explained in Paragraph 7-3).
4. Reinstall the cylinder (see Paragraph 6-2.11 for reinstallation instructions).

06-236553-001 6-7 December 2022

6-2.3.6.2 Cylinders Equipped with a Flexible Tape Liquid Level Indicator
The following procedure explains how to determine the ECS System cylinder weight of the 125,
200, 350, 450, 600, and 900 lb (51, 81, 142, 180, 243 and 368 liter) cylinders equipped with
a Liquid Level Indicator (LLI). This procedure can be performed without removing the ECS
System cylinders from the system and is the same for legacy LLIs and current models.
1. Remove the protective cap to expose the tape.
2. This step depends on the LLI on the cylinder. For cylinders equipped with the LLI with the
Black colored cap, raise the flexible tape slowly until it reaches the top. Then lower the tape
until it latches.
For systems using the legacy LLI with the White colored cap, raise the flexible tape slowly
until it latches.
3. Note the reading at the point where the tape emerges from the fitting.

To ensure an accurate reading, when the flexible tape latches, do not pull farther.
CAUTION
4. To determine the final, more precise reading, repeat the above procedure.
For the LLI with the black cap, about two inches before the tape should latch, lower the
tape very slowly until it latches.
For legacy LLI with the white cap, about two inches before the tape should latch, raise the
tape very slowly until it latches.
5. While supporting the weight of the tape, record the liquid level measurement.
6. Check the ambient temperature where the ECS
System cylinders are stored and record the
temperature.
7. Refer to the appropriate calibration charts
and locate the level reading on the vertical
axis (labeled Flexible Tape Reading). Trace
horizontally to the right to the appropriate
temperature line. Read the weight of the ECS
System cylinder from the scale at the bottom
of the chart. Record the weight and date on
the record tag attached to the cylinder.
– For the LLI with the black cap, see
Figure 6-4 through Figure 6-9.
– For legacy LLIs with the white cap, see
Figure 6-10 through Figure 6-14.
8. After taking the reading, carefully push the
tape down into the liquid level housing. Replace
the protective cap.

Figure 6-3. Liquid Level Indicator

If the weight loss is more than 5% of the ECS System agent fill weight, the cylinder must be recharged.
Note: If the weight measured by the LLI indicates the cylinder should be recharged, KFS rec-
ommends the cylinder first be removed from service and the weight loss verified using
a weigh scale before recharging.
All ECS System cylinders must be filled or recharged by weight using a platform scale
or equivalent.

December 2022 6-8 06-236553-001

6-2.3.6.3 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for Liquid Level Indicators with Black Caps
Use these charts to calculate the weight of agent based on temperature for all ECS System
agent cylinders that use the LLIs with black caps.
Note: These charts apply to LLIs with a black plastic cap and have a body made of stainless
steel. If the cap is white in color and the body is made of brass, please see
Section 6-2.3.6.4

LLI CHART
125 LB CYLINDER
14

13

12

11

10
LLI READING (IN.)

8 130°F
70°F
7
32°F
6

2
60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)

Figure 6-4. LLI Calibration Chart 125 lb (51 Liter) Cylinder for LLI with Black Color Cap

06-236553-001 6-9 December 2022

 LLI CHART
200 LB CYLINDER
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
LLI READING (IN.)

17
16
15
130°F
14
13 70°F
12 32°F
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 185 195 205
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)

Figure 6-5. LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for LLI with Black Color Cap

LLI CHART
350 LB CYLINDER
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
LLI READING (IN.)

14
13
12
130°F
11
10 70°F
9 32°F
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)

Figure 6-6. LLI Calibration Chart for 350 lb (142 Liter) Cylinder for LLI with Black Color Cap

December 2022 6-10 06-236553-001

 LLI CHART
450 LB CYLINDER
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
LLI READING (IN.)

14
13
12 130°F
11 70°F
10
32°F
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
255 275 295 315 335 355 375 395 415 435
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)

Figure 6-7. LLI Calibration Chart for 450 lb (182 Liter) Cylinder

LLI CHART
600 LB CYLINDER
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
LLI READING (IN.)

16
15
14
130°F
13
12 70°F
11 32°F
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)

Figure 6-8. LLI Calibration Chart for 600 lb (243 Liter) Cylinder for LLI with Black Color Cap

06-236553-001 6-11 December 2022

 LLI CHART
900 LB CYLINDER
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
LLI READING (IN.)

17
16
15
14 130°F
13
70°F
12
11 32°F
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760 800 840 880 920
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)

Figure 6-9. LLI Calibration Chart for 900 lb (368 Liter) Cylinder for LLI with Black Color Cap

December 2022 6-12 06-236553-001

6-2.3.6.4 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for Legacy Liquid Level Indicators with White Caps
Use these charts to calculate the weight of agent based on temperature for all ECS System
agent cylinders that use the legacy LLIs with white caps.
Note: All legacy LLIs have a white plastic cap and have a body made of brass. If the cap is
black in color and the body is made of stainless steel, please see Section 6-2.3.6.3
The charts in Figure 6-10 through Figure 6-14 have been modified slightly from
those presented in the past revisions of the manual. These modifications are to
increase legibility and do not impact the data points.
The 450 lb cylinder was manufactured after the introduction of the LLI with the black
cap and is not available with the legacy white cap LLI. As such, there are no legacy LLI
charts for the 450 lb cylinder.

LLI CHART
125 lb. (57 kg) CYLINDER

16

15

14

13

12

11
LLI READING (in.)

10 130 F
70 F
9 0F

3
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130

AGENT WEIGHT (lb.)

Figure 6-10. LLI Calibration Chart 125 lb (51 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI with White Colored Cap

06-236553-001 6-13 December 2022

 LLI CHART
200 lb. (91 kg) CYLINDER

26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
LLI Reading (in.)

17
130 F
16
70 F
15
0F
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
85 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 185 195 205
AGENT WEIGHT (lb.)

Figure 6-11. LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI with White Colored Cap

LLI Chart
350 lb. Cylinder

23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
LLI READING (in.)

14
13 130 F
12 70 F
11 0F
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 310 330 350
AGENT WEIGHT (lb.)

Figure 6-12. LLI Calibration Chart for 350 lb (142 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI with White Colored Cap

December 2022 6-14 06-236553-001

 LLI CHART
600 lb. (272 kg) CYLINDER

24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
LLI READING (in.)

15
130 F
14
70 F
13
0F
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
255 275 295 315 335 355 375 395 415 435 455 475 495 515 535 555 575 595 615
AGENT WEIGHT (lb.)

Figure 6-13. LLI Calibration Chart for 600 lb (243 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI with White Colored Cap

LLI CHART
900 lb. (408 kg) CYLINDER

27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
LLI READING (in.)

16
15 130 F
14 70 F
13 0F
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
380 420 460 500 540 580 620 660 700 740 780 820 860 900
AGENT WEIGHT (lb.)

Figure 6-14. LLI Calibration Chart for 900 lb (368 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI with White Colored Cap

06-236553-001 6-15 December 2022

6-2.4 Inspection Procedures-2 Year

6-2.4.1 Blow Out System Piping

Do not use water or oxygen to blow out pipe lines. Using oxygen is
especially dangerous since even a minute quantity of oil may cause an
WARNING explosion.

1. Remove any nozzles from the piping to allow foreign matter to blow clear.
2. Remove all pressure operated control heads from the ECS System cylinders.

Do not disconnect the flexible hose from the pressure operated control head. If
the ECS System accidentally discharges, the unattached flexible hose will whip
WARNING around and may damage equipment and cause severe bodily injury.

3. Open the distributing valves and keep them open long enough to ensure the pipes are
clean.
4. Blow out all distribution piping with air or nitrogen to ensure it is not obstructed.
5. Reconnect all control heads.

6-2.4.2 Conduct System Pressure Test

Per NFPA 2001, latest edition, the piping system must be pressure tested in a closed circuit
using nitrogen or other dry gas. Ensure all sections of pipe are tested, including those separat-
ed by Selector or Directional valves. Ensure all Selector or Directional valves are tested in all
applicable states.
Note: A calibrated gauge must be used when monitoring the pressure during the test.
To perform a pressure test of the piping system, follow these steps:
1. Disconnect all actuation lines and electrical control heads.
2. Disconnect the discharge hose or valve outlet adapter from each agent cylinders.
3. Ensure all nozzles are removed with plugs in their place and there are no other openings in
the system piping.
4. Pressurize the pipe system to at least 40 psi using Nitrogen or other dry gas, ensuring all
section see this pressure. Pressure should be applied to one end of the agent manifold
through to the pipe network. This ensures each check valve is also covered by the test.
Remove the source of pressure, ensuring the system remains closed and that the pressure
inside can be monitored.
5. Monitor the pressure for 10 minutes, ensuring the pressure does not drop below 80 percent
of the test pressure (32 psi if using 40 psi as the test pressure).
6. If the pressure loss is greater than 20 percent of the test pressure, locate the leak and re-
place any necessary components.
7. Return the system to full service, ensuring all nozzles are replaced in the correct location,
and all cylinders are properly connected to the system piping. Re-connect the actuation
lines and electrical control head(s).

December 2022 6-16 06-236553-001

6-2.5 Inspection Procedures-5 Year

6-2.5.1 Inspection and Retest Procedures for Agent and Nitrogen Cylinders under
DOT Regulations

These guidelines do not apply to cylinders containing a commodity other

CAUTION than ECS System.

All ECS System agent cylinders are designed, fabricated, and factory tested at 1000 psig (68.9
bar gauge) in compliance with DOT CFR 49 4BA-500 or 4BW-500 as stamped on each cylinder.
Nitrogen pilot and siren driver cylinders conform to DOT 3AA standards.
These cylinders are governed by NFPA 2001, Latest Edition regulations. Cylinders in continuous
service without discharge require a complete external visual inspection every five years in
accordance with Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet C-6 except that the cylinders need not
be emptied or stamped while under pressure.
Record date of inspection followed by "E" on record tag attached to each cylinder. Where the
visual inspection shows damage or corrosion, the cylinder shall be emptied, requalified and
marked in accordance with 49 CFR 49 CFR 180.209 revised as of October 1, 2021.
Important: Additional Hydrostatic Testing of the agent cylinders and any associated Nitrogen
pilot or driver cylinders may be required per DOT and other regulations. For more
information, see: Section 6-2.8, Cylinder Hydrostatic Testing Requirements.

6-2.5.2 Flexible Hose Hydrostatic Test

Per NFPA 2001 latest edition, all flexible hoses must be hydro-tested or replaced every 5 years.

06-236553-001 6-17 December 2022

6-2.6 Inspection Procedures-10 Years

6-2.6.1 Retest Procedures for UK/EU Market (TPE/TPED) Specification Cylinders

Where the visual inspection shows evidence of damage or corrosion, the cylinder shall be
emptied, re-tested and re-stamped in accordance with BS EN ISO 1803 Latest Edition.

Cylinder assemblies must be returned with all valve and discharge protection
caps in place. These shall be attached immediately after disconnection from
WARNING pipework. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and cause severe
bodily injury.

These guidelines only apply to cylinders containing the agent.

CAUTION

ECS System cylinders up to 150 liters are manufactured to TPED/ADR/84/ 527/EEC. Above 150
liters the assemblies are manufactured to TPED/TRG330/ADR.

6-2.6.1.1 Cylinders Continuously in Service without Discharge

These cylinders are governed by the Transportable Pressure Equipment Directive (99/36/EC).
Cylinders in continuous service without discharge require a periodic inspection in accordance
with BS EN ISO 1803 latest edition. record date of inspection on record tag attached to each
cylinder. Where the visual inspection shows evidence of damage or corrosion, the cylinder shall
be emptied, re-tested and re-stamped in accordance with BS EN ISO 1803 Latest Edition.

6-2.6.1.2 Discharge Cylinders or Charged Cylinders that are Transported

These cylinders are governed by the Transportable Pressure Equipment Directive (99/36/EC),
or in the case of shipment of charged cylinders, other regulations may apply. In either case,
cylinders in continuous service without discharge require a periodic inspection in accordance
with BS EN ISO 1803 Latest Edition. Record date of inspection on record tag attached to each
cylinder. Where the visual inspection shows evidence of damage or corrosion, the cylinder shall
be emptied, re-tested and re-stamped in accordance with BS EN ISO 1803 Latest Edition.

6-2.6.1.3 Retest
Cylinders use exclusively in ECS System are required to be hydrostatically re-tested and re-
stamped in accordance with BS EN ISO 1803 Latest Edition prior to recharge and shipment.

Table 6-2. Retest Schedule EU Specification Cylinders

TPED/ADR/84/527/EEC TPED/TRG330/ADR
Inspection Method
First Subsequent First Subsequent
Retest Due Retest Due Retest Due Retest Due

Fully hydrostatic test including 10 years 10 years 10 years 10 years

determination of cylinder expansion
External visual inspection per BS EN ISO 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months
14520 requirement

December 2022 6-18 06-236553-001

6-2.7 Inspection Procedures-15 Years

6-2.7.1 Rebuild Agent Cylinder Valves

After 15 years in service without a discharge or 15 years after the last discharge, the valves
on each agent cylinder must be rebuilt. Use the following process when rebuilding the valves:
1. Remove the cylinder from the service as instructed in Section 6-2.10, Removing an ECS
System Cylinder.
2. Transport the cylinder to a safe location, secure the cylinder, then discharge the cylinder,
emptying the contents of the cylinder and saving the agent in a bulk unit.
3. Disassemble the valve by follow the corresponding section outlined in Table 6-3.

Table 6-3. Valve Disassembly Instructions

Valve Size Instructions

1 1/2 in. Section 7-2.2.1, 1 1/2 in. Valve Disassembly

2 in. Section 7-2.3.1, 2 in. Valve Disassembly
3 in. Section 7-2.4.1, 3 in. Valve Disassembly

4. For 3 inch valves, replace the pilot check as outlined in Section 7-2.4.2, Replacing 3-Inch
Valve Pilot Check.
5. Rebuild the valve by follow the corresponding section outlined in Table 6-4

Table 6-4. Valve Rebuild Instructions

Valve Size Instructions

1 1/2 in. Section 7-2.2.2, 1 1/2 in. Valve Assembly

2 in. Section 7-2.3.2, 2 in. Valve Assembly
3 in. Section 7-2.4.3, 3 in. Valve Assembly

6. Replace safety burst discs on the valve or cylinder shoulder per the corresponding section
outlined in Table 6-5

Table 6-5. Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Instructions

Valve Size Instructions

1 1/2 in. Section 7-2.2.3, 1-1/2 in (40 mm) Valve Safety Burst Disc
Replacement
2 in. and 3 in. Section 7-2.6.1, Safety Disc Replacement (2 and 3 in. Cylinder
Valves Assemblies)

7. Refill the agent cylinder per Section 7-3, Recharging ECS System Cylinders, then conduct
necessary leak testing as per Section 7-6.3, Agent Cylinder Leak Test.
8. Return the cylinder to service as detailed in Section 6-2.11, Reinstalling a ECS System Cyl-
inder.

06-236553-001 6-19 December 2022

6-2.8 Cylinder Hydrostatic Testing Requirements
Requirements for transportation of pressurized cylinders are given in 49 CFR 173.301 revised
as of October 1, 2021. Other state or local regulations may apply.
DOT 4BA and 4BW cylinders used exclusively in ECS System for agent storage that are
commercially free from corroding components are required to be hydrostatically retested
and restamped per Table 6-6, in accordance with 49 CFR, revised as of October 1, 2021.

Table 6-6. Retest Schedule DOT Specification Agent Cylinders

First Subsequent
Inspection Method Special Marking
Retest Due Retest Due

Proof pressure test at least two times the

marked service pressure Retest Date Month/Year
12 years 7 years
Reference 49 CFR 180.209(j) revised as of Followed by "S"
October 1, 2021
External visual inspection per NFPA 2001
Retest Date Month/Year
(2022) 11.6.1.1 and 49 CFR 49 CFR 5 years 5 years
Followed by "E"
180.209(g) revised as of October 1, 2021

DOT 3AA cylinders used exclusively in ECS System for storing Nitrogen used to drive
sirens, discharge delays, and provide pilot pressure that are commercially free from
corroding components are required to be hydrostatically retested and restamped per
Table 6-7, in accordance with 49 CFR, revised as of October 1, 2021.

Table 6-7. Retest Schedule DOT Specification 108, 1040, and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinders

First Subsequent
Inspection Method Special Marking
Retest Due Retest Due

Proof pressure test at least 5/3 times the

marked service pressure Retest Date Month/Year
10 years 10 years
Reference 49 CFR 180.209(b) revised as of Followed by "S"
October 1, 2021
External visual inspection per NFPA 2001
Retest Date Month/Year
(2022) 11.6.1.1 and 49 CFR 49 CFR 5 years 5 years
Followed by "E"
180.209(g) revised as of October 1, 2021

December 2022 6-20 06-236553-001

6-2.9 Service

6-2.9.1 Cleaning
Remove dirt from metallic parts using a lint-free cloth moistened with dry cleaning
solvent. Dry parts with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth, or air blow dry. Wipe non-metallic
parts with a clean, dry lint-free cloth. Remove corrosion with a light abrasive cloth.

6-2.9.2 Nozzle Service

Service nozzles after use as follows:
1. Clean the outside of the nozzles with a rag or soft brush.
2. Examine the discharge orifices for damage or blockage. If the nozzles appear to be
obstructed, unscrew the nozzles and clean by immersing them in cleaning solvent. Dry
thoroughly with lint-free cloth. Replace damaged nozzles. Nozzles must be replaced
with the same part number in the same location. See Paragraph 3-12.5 for the correct
nozzle placement and orientation.

6-2.9.3 Repairs
Replace all damaged parts found during inspection. Replacement procedures for ECS System
cylinders are provided below. Since replacement for other system components are similar,
refer to the installation drawings and ECS System assembly drawings for guidance.
ECS System cylinders must be recharged when the cylinder pressure gauge indicates the
pressure is below normal (360 psig at 70°F [25 bar gauge at 21°C]), immediately after
discharge, when a loss in weight is in excess of 5% of the original charged net weight or when
there is a loss of pressure (adjusted for temperature) of more than 10%.

06-236553-001 6-21 December 2022

6-2.10 Removing an ECS System Cylinder
Remove an ECS System cylinder as follows:

Do not disconnect the flexible discharge hose or valve outlet adapter prior
to removing pressure and electric control heads from the ECS System
WARNING cylinders. Before replacing a ECS System cylinder in a hazard area group,
ensure that the pilot line is completely vented of all pressure.

6-2.10.1 Single Cylinder System

1. Remove the supervisory pressure switch (where installed) by disconnecting the electrical con-
nection at the switch. Put it aside for re-installation.
2. Remove the wire lead protection or conduit. Unscrew the switch from the cylinder valve and in-
stall the protection cap on the switch connection port.
3. Disconnect the swivel nut on the control head from the cylinder valve actuation port. Re-
move the control head from the ECS System cylinder. Remove the Control Head Monitor
from the ECS System cylinder if applicable.
4. Install a protection cap on the ECS Systemcylinder valve actuation port.
5. Remove the valve outlet adapter or loosen the swivel nut and remove the flexible discharge
hose from the discharge outlet port adapter.
6. Immediately install a safety cap on the cylinder valve outlet port.
7. Remove the cylinder strap. Remove the ECS System cylinder from the bracket. Weigh the
cylinder using a platform scale.

December 2022 6-22 06-236553-001

6-2.10.2 Multiple Cylinder System

Remove all control heads from the ECS System cylinders.

CAUTION

1. Remove the supervisory pressure switches (where installed) by disconnecting the electrical
connection at the switch, then remove the wire lead protection or conduit. Unscrew the
switch from the cylinder valve and install the protection cap on the switch connection port.
2. Disconnect the swivel nut on the pressure operated control heads from the cylinder valve
actuation port. Remove the control heads from all ECS System cylinder valves, leaving the
flexible actuation hose or tubing attached to the pressure operated control heads. Remove
the Control Head Monitor from the ECS System cylinder if applicable.
3. Immediately install a protection cap on all ECS Systemcylinder valve actuation ports.
4. Remove the tubing from the primary cylinder adapter on the primary cylinder (if used).

To prevent injury in the event of discharge, the primary cylinder adapter cap
must be installed on the adapter whenever tubing is not connected to the
WARNING primary cylinder valve. Under no circumstances is the protection cap to be
removed from its chain.

5. Immediately install the protection cap on the primary cylinder adapter port.
6. Loosen swivel nut and remove flexible discharge hose from discharge outlet port.

To prevent injury, all cylinders must have safety caps installed immediately on
the outlet ports when discharge hoses or the valve outlet adapter is
WARNING disconnected.

7. Immediately install the safety cap on the cylinder valve outlet port.
8. Remove the attaching hardware or cylinder straps. Remove the ECS System cylinder from
the bracket. Weigh the cylinders using a platform scale.

06-236553-001 6-23 December 2022

6-2.11 Reinstalling a ECS System Cylinder
Install a ECS System cylinder as follows:

6-2.11.1 Single Cylinder System

1. Position the ECS System cylinder in the designated location. Secure it in place with a cyl-
inder strap or wall bracket and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinder with the valve outlet
angled toward the cylinder discharge piping (refer to the installation drawings).

Discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters must be connected into system

WARNING piping (union connection) before attaching to cylinder valves.

2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Immediately reconnect the valve outlet adapter or flexible discharge hose to the cylinder
outlet port.
4. Remove the protection cap from the ECS System cylinder actuation port.

The control head must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be
in the fully retracted or SET position) before being attached to the cylinder
WARNING valve. Control heads not in the SET position will cause discharge of the ECS
System when installed on the cylinder valve.

5. Install the control head and Control Head Monitor.

6. If required, install the supervisory pressure switch, as instructed in Paragraph 4-4.9.

December 2022 6-24 06-236553-001

6-2.11.2 Multiple Cylinder System
1. Position the ECS System cylinders in the designated locations. Secure it in place with a cyl-
inder strap or wall bracket and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinder with the valve outlet
angled toward the cylinder discharge piping (refer to the installation drawings).

Discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters must be connected into system

WARNING piping (union connection) before attaching to cylinder valves.

2. Remove the safety caps from the cylinder valve outlet ports.
3. Immediately reconnect the flexible discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters to the cylinder
valve outlet ports.
4. Remove the protection cap from the primary cylinder adapter port (if used) and reconnect
the tubing to the secondary port on the primary cylinder. Tighten the swivel nut.
5. Remove the protection caps from the ECS System cylinder valve actuation ports.

The control head must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be
in the fully retracted or SET position) before being attached to the cylinder
WARNING valve. Control heads not in the SET position will cause discharge of the ECS
System when installed on the cylinder valve.

6. Reinstall electric and pressure operated control heads with flexible actuation hoses or
tubing and the Control Head Monitor on the cylinder valve actuation ports. Tighten the
swivel nuts.
7. If required, install the supervisory pressure switches as explained in Paragraph 4-4.9.

06-236553-001 6-25 December 2022

6-2.12 Replacing a Liquid Level Indicator

Do not replace the LLI on a filled or pressurized agent cylinder. The cylinder
must be discharged and de-pressurized prior to removing the LLI. Failure to
WARNING follow this warning may result in injury or death due to the release of
pressurized agent.

Replacing the LLI is only required if the existing LLI is damaged or broken. Follow these steps
to replace an LLI:
1. Ensure the cylinder is fully de-pressurized and emptied.

Before removing the LLI, make sure that all residual pressure has been relieved
from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining residual pressure, depress the
WARNING pressure switch Schrader valve until all pressure is relieved. Failure to do so
could result in injury or death due to release of the pressurized agent.

2. Unscrew and remove the old LLI assembly.

3. Apply lubricant to the o-ring of the new LLI assembly. Use Parker Super-O-Lube or equiv-
alent.
4. Install the new LLI with o-ring in place and tighten.

Table 6-8. LLI Replacement Part Numbers Conversion

Legacy LLI P/N Cylinder NEW LLI P/N

06-235681-001 125 lb (51 liter) 85-235000-025

WK-283894-000 200 lb (81 liter) 85-235000-037
WK-283894-000 350 lb (142 liter) 85-235000-037
Not Applicable 450 lb (180 liter) 85-235000-042
WK-283894-000 600 lb (243 liter) 85-235000-037
06-118266-001 900 lb (368 liter) 85-235000-042

December 2022 6-26 06-236553-001

6-3 NITROGEN PILOT CYLINDER SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE

Any area in which nitrogen is used or stored must be properly ventilated. A

person working in an area where air has become enriched with nitrogen can
become unconscious without sensing the lack of oxygen. Remove the victim to
WARNING fresh air. Administer artificial respiration if necessary and summon a physician.
Never dispose of liquefied nitrogen in an indoor work or storage area.

6-3.1 DOT Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test

A hydrostatic test must be performed in accordance with DOT regulations CFR Title 49, Section
173.34.
Nitrogen cylinders shall not be recharged and shipped without hydrostatic test if more than five
years has elapsed from the date of the last test.
Nitrogen cylinders continuously in service without discharging can be retained in service for a
maximum of five years from the date of the last hydrostatic test. At the end of five years the
cylinder shall be visually inspected per CGA pamphlet C-6.
Cylinders must also be hydrostatic pressure tested immediately if the cylinder shows evidence
of distortion, cracking, corrosion or mechanical or fire damage.

6-3.2 EU Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder

Inspect and test as per BS EN 1968:2002 or AHJ requirements.

6-3.3 Nitrogen Cylinder Replacement

When removing a pressurized cylinder due to pressure loss, the control head
must be in the SET position with the safety pull pin installed. A control head in
the released position will cause the remaining contents of cylinder to discharge
WARNING resulting in a system activation which may damage property and cause
bodily injury.

Replace the nitrogen cylinder when expended or when loss of pressure occurs, as follows:
1. Remove the control head and Control Head Monitor from the nitrogen cylinder valve.
2. Immediately install the protection cap on the nitrogen cylinder actuation port.
3. Remove the flexible actuation hose or tubing and adapter (P/N 6992-0501) from the cylin-
der valve outlet.
4. Remove the clamps and hardware that secure the nitrogen cylinder to the
mounting bracket.

06-236553-001 6-27 December 2022

6-3.4 Nitrogen Cylinder Recharge
Nitrogen cylinders must be recharged when the cylinder pressure gauge indicates pressure is
below normal (1800 psig at 70°F [124 bar gauge at 21°C] or as adjusted for temperature) or
immediately after discharge. Nitrogen used for charging must comply with Federal
Specification BB-N-411C, Grade A, Type 1. Copies of this specification may be obtained from:
Global Engineering Documents, 2625 S. Hickory St., Santa Ana, CA 92707.

Before recharging, the cylinder must be firmly secured by chains, clamps or

other devices to an immovable object such as a wall, structural I-beam or
WARNING permanently mounted holding rack.

Recharge the Nitrogen cylinders as follows:

1. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.
2. Install the Nitrogen cylinder recharge adapter (P/N WK-933537-000) to the cylinder valve
actuation port and plug valve outlet port with 1/8 in NPT pipe plug.
3. Connect the Nitrogen recharging supply hose to the adapter. Tighten securely.
4. Open the Nitrogen recharging control valve slowly until full Nitrogen flow is obtained.
5. Monitor the recharging supply pressure gauge. Close the charging control valve when the
gauge indicates the proper cylinder pressure (1800 psig at 70°F [124 bar gauge at 21°C]).
6. Allow the cylinder to cool to ambient temperature and recheck the Nitrogen
cylinder pressure.
7. Open the valve and add additional Nitrogen as necessary to obtain a full cylinder charge at
ambient temperature (1800 psig at 70°F [124 bar gauge at 21°C]). Refer to Figure 6-15.
8. Close the valve and remove the supply hose and charging adapter from the
Nitrogen cylinder.
9. Using a soap solution, thoroughly check the Nitrogen cylinder valve for leakage. Bubbles in
the soap solution indicate leakage and shall be cause for rejection of the cylinder.
10. At the completion of the leak test, thoroughly clean and dry the cylinder valve.
11. Ensure the cylinder valve control head port is clean and dry.
12. Immediately install the protective cap to the actuation port of the cylinder valve.
13. Install the charged cylinder as described below.

December 2022 6-28 06-236553-001

6-3.5 Nitrogen Cylinder Installation
1. Install the nitrogen cylinder in position in the mounting bracket.
2. Tighten sufficiently to hold cylinder in place while allowing cylinder enough free play to be
manually rotated.
3. Turn the cylinder until the cylinder valve discharge outlet is in the desired position.

The nitrogen cylinder must be positioned so that the control head, when
installed, is readily accessible and cannot be obstructed during
CAUTION manual operation.

4. Securely tighten the mounting bracket clamps and hardware.

5. Remove the pipe plug, reconnect the adapter (P/N 6992-0501) and flexible actuation hose
or tubing to the cylinder valve outlet port.
6. Remove the protective cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.

Ensure the control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the
fully retracted or SET position). Failure to do so will cause the nitrogen cylinder
WARNING to discharge when the control head is installed.

7. Install the control head and Control Head Monitor to the cylinder valve and tighten securely.

N2 PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE CHART

2100

2000

1900

U RE
PRESSURE PSIG

1800
E SS RE
R SU
LP ES
1700
I NA E PR
OM BL
1600
N WA
LLO
A
1500 UM
N IM
MI
1400
RECHARGE
1300

1200
-40° -20° 0° -20° 40° 60° 80° 100° 120° 140°

TEMPERATURE °F

Figure 6-15. Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data

06-236553-001 6-29 December 2022

6-3.6 Replacing an I-Valve
Follow these instructions when replacing an I-valve:

Never assume that a cylinder is empty. Ensure the cylinder is fully

WARNING depressurized before removing the valve. Failure to do so may result in injury

1. Secure the cylinder and ensure the cylinder has been discharged of contents.
2. Remove the old I-valve.
3. Ensure there is no tread tape left on the cylinder neck. Make sure the cylinder is clean and
dry inside.
4. Wrap the new I-valve’s thread with 10-12 rounds of PTFE sealing tape (PFTE-Paktape 0.057
mm or equivalent). Apply the tape in a clockwise direction on the tapered thread in an even
pattern, starting 2 mm from the start of the thread and ending approximately 2 mm from
end of the thread.
5. Screw the valve into an empty, clean and dry cylinder.
6. Screw the valve into an empty, clean and dry cylinder. Install until hand tight, then tighten
to 2 - 3 turns past hand tight.
7. Remove excess tape material after the valve has been screwed into the cylinder.
8. Wrap the thread of the pressure gauge with 2-3 rounds of PTFE sealing tape (PFTE-Paktape
0.057 mm or equivalent).
9. Install the pressure gauge on the available port facing the label. Install until hand tight,
then tighten to 2 - 3 turns past hand tight.
10. Wrap the thread of the supervisory pressure switch port Schrader valve with 2-3 rounds of
PTFE sealing tape (PFTE-Paktape 0.057 mm or equivalent).
11. Install the pressure gauge on the available port opposite the label. Install until hand tight,
then tighten to 2 - 3 turns past hand tight.

6-3.7 Leak Testing the I-Valve and Cylinder

After filling, apply an ammonium free leak detection liquid in order to verify that no leaks are
present:

Safety
Burst Disc
Assembly

Supervisory Pressure
Switch Port (Schrader) Behind
Valve/Cylinder
Pressure Gauge
Connection
(Cylinder Not Shown)

Figure 6-16. Valve Leak Points

December 2022 6-30 06-236553-001

6-4 TOP OFF PROCEDURES FOR THE ECS SYSTEM CYLINDERS WITH
NITROGEN
The procedure for adding Nitrogen to a charge a ECS Systemcylinder is listed below:
Note: All precautions for care and handling of pressurized vessels shall be followed.
1. Disconnect the Flexible Discharge Hose (or Valve Outlet adapter) from the valve outlet and
attach the anti-recoil cap (or recharge adapter with shutoff valve) to the outlet.
2. Remove the Supervisory Pressure Switch, if present.
3. Attach an accurate pressure gauge to the supervisory pressure switch port with a refriger-
ation hose or fitting equipped with an insert to push to Schraeder valve down.
4. Attach Seating Adapter (P/N WK-933537-000) to the control head port on the top of the
valve. Ensure that the O-ring is in place on the adapter.
5. Attach threaded end of adapter to a regulated source of nitrogen.
6. Set nitrogen regulator to approximately 500 psig (34.5 bar gauge).
7. Introduce nitrogen into cylinder until gauge attached to supervision pressure switch port
indicates proper pressure for ambient temperature.
8. With Nitrogen source closed, quickly vent pressure in section from regulator to Seating
Adapter (P/N WK-933537-000).
9. Detach gauge from supervisory pressure switch port.
10. Attach supervisory pressure switch in accordance with Paragraph 4-4.9.
11. Perform leak check on valve with sniffer or soapy solution.
12. Reattach cylinder to system.
13. This procedure is only effective if no agent has been lost from the tank. If agent has leaked,
the tank should be emptied and refilled with the appropriate amount of agent as described
in Section 7-3.

6-5 POST DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

After the system has discharged DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESUME OPERATIONS IN THE FIRE
AREA. Contact an approved KFS distributor/Fill Station to reset and recharge your ECS System.
Insist the system be recharged immediately and only with the proper type and quantity of
Agent.

The following must only be carried out by a KFS approved Filling Station:
1. Recharging of cylinders.
CAUTION 2. Leak testing of cylinders.
3. Salvaging of Agent.

06-236553-001 6-31 December 2022

 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

December 2022 6-32 06-236553-001

 CHAPTER 7
POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

7-1 INTRODUCTION

The information contained in this Chapter, Post Discharge Maintenance, is for

CAUTION limited distribution to KFS approved Distributors Fill Stations only.

Follow these procedures after the system has been activated and the Kidde Fire Systems ECS™
360 PSI Fire Suppression System (ECS System) has been discharged. The ECS System can
use either Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent or 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid
herein referred to as collectively “agent” unless called out specifically by name.

7-2 POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

7-2.1 ECS System Valve Inspection and Service

Important – After each discharge, the agent valve must be rebuilt Because the agent tends
to dissolve and wash out lubricant, certain components in the ECS System valve assembly will
have to be inspected and serviced before recharging the cylinder and valve assembly. Part
numbers for items which may require replacement are listed in Table 8-1.
Note: Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced along with
the O-rings.

Before performing any system test or commissioning, ensure the following:

1. Ensure that all control heads (electrical, pneumatic, and mechanical) and
Control Head Monitors are disconnected from all cylinders, including:
– Primary agent or Nitrogen driver cylinders
– Pilot cylinders (if applicable)
– Secondary agent cylinders
WARNING 2. Ensure that all flex-loops or hard pipings are disconnected from the cylin-
der outlets of all agent cylinders.
3. Ensure that anti-recoil caps are attached to the cylinder outlet on all of the
agent cylinders.
4. Both ends of all hoses and manifold check valves need to be tightened se-
curely.

06-236553-001 7-1 December 2022

7-2.2 1 1/2 in. Valve Post Discharge Maintenance

GAGING DIMENSIONS
0.515 / 0.565 ° VALVE CORE

VALVE CAP
¬ O-RING, CAP SPRING

­ O-RING, PISTON
SAFETY
CAP
± BACK-UP RING
(See enlarged view below)

PISTON

® O-RING, SEAT
SEAT RETAINER
SUPERVISORY PRESSURE
SWITCH CONNECTION
¯ O-RING, NECK
SIPHON TUBE

Figure 7-1. Valve Assembly (1 1/2 in.)

O-RING, PISTON

TEFLON BACK-UP
RING

Figure 7-2. Piston O-Ring

Table 7-1. Valve Components

Figure
Description
Item Number

1 O-ring, cap
2 O-ring, piston
3 O-ring, seat
4 O-ring, neck
5 Valve core
6 Back-up ring
Note: This is not the re-build kit. For contents
of the rebuild kit, see Section 2-3.1.2.1.

Table 7-2. Other Valve Component Materials

Other Materials Manufacturer and Nomenclature

Lubricant Parker Seal Co. Super-O-Lube or equivalent

Loctite® Sealant Loctite Corp. Sealant, Grade CV or equivalent

Locquic Primer Loctite Corp. Primer, Grade N or equivalent

December 2022 7-2 06-236553-001

7-2.2.1 1 1/2 in. Valve Disassembly
Refer to Figure 7-1 and Figure 7-2 and Table 7-1. All item number references are drawn from
Figure 7-1.

Before removing the valve, make sure that all pressure has been relieved from the
cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, depress the pressure switch Schrader
WARNING valve until all pressure is relieved.

1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from the cylinder.
2. Remove the O-ring (4). Discard and replace O-ring.
3. Remove the valve cap, spring and piston assembly.
Note: All internal components of ECS System valves are removed from the top of the assem-
bly. However, if there is excessive piston O-ring friction, the siphon tube may have to
be removed and the piston assembly pressed out from the bottom.
4. Remove the remaining O-rings and examine for cuts or nicks; replace if necessary. Exam-
ine the O-ring grooves for foreign matter. O-Ring (3) will require a spanner wrench for re-
moval.
5. Examine the exposed surface of the O-ring for nicks and cuts. Also, ensure that the O-ring
protrudes a minimum or 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) above the conical seating surface of the piston
assembly. Replace this O-ring if necessary by removing the seat retainer.
6. Examine the valve core pin for any evidence of bending or other damage. Depress the pin
and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace the valve core if necessary using a standard
Schrader core wrench. When reinstalling a new Schrader core element, torque to 1½ to 3
in· lb (0.17 to .34 N-m).

After reinstalling a Schrader core, the distance from the top of the core pin to
the control head seating surface must fall between the dimensions of 0.515 in
CAUTION to 0.565 in (13 mm to 14 mm) when in the “shut” or non-actuated position (see
Figure 7-1).

06-236553-001 7-3 December 2022

7-2.2.2 1 1/2 in. Valve Assembly
Note: The following Re-build Kit (P/N 90-140100-000) outlined in Table 7-3 shall be used to
re-condition the valve:
Table 7-3. 1-1/2 in Valve Rebuild Kit Contents

Description Part Number

Kit, 1-1/2” Valve Rebuild Includes 1 of each of the following:

• Safety Disc (1-1/2” Valve)
• Washer, Safety Disc - 1-1/2” Valve
• Nut, Safety Disc (1-1/2) Retainer
• O-Ring, Cap (1-1/2” Valve)
• O-Ring, Piston (1-1/2” Valve)
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (1-1/2” Valve) 90-140100-000
• O-Ring, Seat (1-1/2” Valve)
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (1-1/2” Valve)
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool

Note: The items refer to Figure 7-1.

Make certain the Teflon back-up ring is below this O-ring as shown in
CAUTION Figure 7-2.

1. Install an O-ring in the piston groove. Apply a lubricant to the O-Ring before reinstalling.
2. Reassemble the piston and install a new Seat O-Ring (Item 3). Apply a lubricant to the O-
Ring prior to installation.
3. Press the piston back into the valve body.
4. Reassemble the Schrader core.
5. Install the spring.
6. Install the Cap O-ring (Item 1) onto the groove in the valve cap, screw the cap into the
valve body and torque to 250 in. lb. (28.2 N-m). Apply a lubricant to the O-Ring prior to
installation.
7. If the siphon tube had to be removed to disassemble the valve, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite residue.
8. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads and allow three to five minutes to
dry.
9. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the threads and reinstall the siphon tube.
10. Install the Neck O-ring (Item 4) onto the valve neck groove, screw the valve and siphon
tube into the cylinder, and torque to 100 - 110 ft-lbs (135.5 - 149.1 Nm). Apply a lubricant
to the O-Ring prior to installation.

December 2022 7-4 06-236553-001

7-2.2.3 1-1/2 in (40 mm) Valve Safety Burst Disc Replacement
Note: The safety burst disc replacement parts are included in Rebuild Kit
(P/N 85-140100-000).

Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced. Refer
CAUTION to Figure 7-3.

Before removing the valve, make sure that all pressure has been relieved from
the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, restrain the cylinder and
WARNING depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.

The safety disc is located on the cylinder head, adjacent to the cylinder valve.
1. Remove the safety disc retainer including safety disc and safety disc washer from the cyl-
inder body. See Figure 7-3. Discard the safety disc and washer.
2. Assemble the new safety disc retainer with a new safety disc and safety disc washer to the
valve body. Torque to the appropriate value listed in Table 7-4.

Never install any type disc other than specified in Table 7-4 for the appropriate
cylinder. Installing the incorrect disc could result in violent rupture of the
cylinder and serious injury.
Make sure that multiple safety discs are not stuck together. Installing more
than one safety disc could result in violent rupture of the cylinder and serious
WARNING injury.
Never reinstall a used safety disc and/or washer. Once the retainer has been
removed or the valve has been rebuilt, the disc and washer must be replaced
with new components.

VALVE

SAFETY
DISC
WASHER

SAFETY
DISC
SAFETY
DISC
RETAINER

Figure 7-3. Safety Disc Replacement

Table 7-4. Safety Disc Replacement (1-1/2 in Valve)

Valve Size Torque psig @ 70°F

1-1/2-in 33 ft lb 750-900

06-236553-001 7-5 December 2022

7-2.3 2 in. Valve Post Discharge Maintenance
Gauging Dimension:
.515 - .565 in.
Valve Cap
 Schrader Core
Cap O-ring Œ

Spring
Piston
Assembly Ž

 Neck O-ring

Siphon Tube

Figure 7-4. Valve Assembly (2 in.)

Table 7-5. Valve Components

Figure Item No. Description 2 in. Valves Part Number

1 O-ring, cap Included in Rebuild Kit

2 O-ring, neck Included in Rebuild Kit
3 Piston Assembly Included in Rebuild Kit
4 Schrader core WK-220278-000
Note: This is not the re-build kit. For contents of the rebuild kit, see Section 2-3.1.2.2.

Table 7-6. Other Valve Components

Other Materials Description

Lubricant Parker Seal Co. Super-O-Lube or equivalent

Loctite Sealant Loctite Corp. Sealant, Grade CV or equivalent
Locquic Primer Loctite Corp. Primer, Grade N or equivalent

December 2022 7-6 06-236553-001

7-2.3.1 2 in. Valve Disassembly

Before removing the valve, make certain all pressure has been relieved from the
cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, make sure the cylinder is secure,
WARNING then depress the pressure switch Schrader valve until all pressure is relieved.

Note: Replace O-rings when rebuilding the valve. Never reuse old O-rings.
1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from the cylinder.
2. Remove the cylinder neck O-ring (Item 2 in Figure 7-4) and discard the O-ring.
3. Remove the valve cap and spring. Remove the Cap O-ring (Item 1) and discard the O-ring.
Note: Remove the cylinder neck O-ring (Item 2 in Figure 7-4) and discard the O-ring. Remove
the valve cap and spring. Remove the Cap O-ring (Item 1) and discard the O-ring.
4. Remove and replace the piston assembly (Item 3).
5. Examine the Schrader valve core pin (Item 4) for any evidence of bending or other damage.
Depress the pin and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace the valve core if necessary
using a standard Schrader core wrench. When reinstalling a new Schrader core element,
torque to 11/2 to 3 in· lb (0.17 to .34 N-m).
After reinstalling a Schrader core, the distance from the top of the core pin to
the control head seating surface must fall between the dimensions of 0.515 in
CAUTION to 0.565 in (13 mm to 14 mm) when in the “shut” or non-actuated position (see
Figure 7-4).

06-236553-001 7-7 December 2022

7-2.3.2 2 in. Valve Assembly

When using a 2 inch cylinder valve assembly, ALWAYS ensure either the
cylinder or valve assembly contains a safety burst disc. This is especially
important if a new valve is being installed on an older cylinder. Cylinder-Valve
WARNING assemblies manufactured prior to 2014 used a valve with a burst disc and NO
burst disc on the cylinder. New valves DO NOT have a burst disc and must
NEVER be installed on a cylinder with no burst disc.

Note: Use the following Re-build Kit (P/N 85-150200-000) to re-condition the 2” valve:
Table 7-7. 2 in (50 mm) Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit Contents

Description Part Number

2"Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit includes:

• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Assembly, Piston, which includes:
– Piston
– O-ring, Piston
– O-ring, Teflon Back-up
– O-ring, Seat
• Assembly, Safety Disc (for use on valves manufactured after April 2014) which includes:
– Retainer, Safety Disc
– Disc, Safety
85-150200-000
– Washer, Safety Disc
– Holder, Safety Disc Assembly
– O-ring, Packing
• Safety Disc Bag (for use on valves manufactured before May 2014) which includes:
– Retainer, Safety Disc
– Disc, Safety
– Washer, Safety Disc
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool

Note: The items refer to Figure 7-4.

1. Inspect the cleanliness of lubricated O-rings on the new piston assembly. Re-lubricate O-
rings if needed. Discard the old Piston Assembly, including the O-rings.
2. Press the new piston assembly (Item 3) into the valve body. When installing the new piston
assembly, lightly lubricate the area of upper O-ring travel in valve body to ease installation.
Do not lubricate near the outlet.
3. Install the spring.
4. Apply lubricant to the new Cap O-ring (Item 1). Install the new Cap O-ring onto the groove
in the valve cap.
5. Screw the valve cap onto the valve body and torque to 50-55 ft-lbs (68-75 N-m).
6. Apply lubricant to the Neck O-ring (Item 2). Install this O-ring onto the valve neck groove.
7. If you had to remove the siphon tube for valve disassembly, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite residue.
8. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads and allow 3 to 5 minutes to dry.
9. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the first several threads and reinstall the siphon tube. 10.
10. Screw the valve and siphon tube onto the cylinder, and torque to 100 - 110 ft-lbs (135.5 -
149.1 Nm).

December 2022 7-8 06-236553-001

7-2.4 3 in. Valve Post Discharge Maintenance

Valve Cap
Pilot Check
and
Pilot Check Spring

Piston O-Ring
Valve Cap O-Ring Á
À Back-Up Teflon Ring
Spring
Å
Piston

O-Ring, Piston
Safety Cap Teflon Back-Up
Ring

Seat O-Ring

Refill Part
Â
(½ inch NPT Thread)

Neck O-Ring Retainer

Ã
Inner Piston O-Ring
Ä
Figure 7-5. 3 in (80 mm) Valve Assembly

Table 7-8. Valve Components

Figure Item No. Description

1 O-ring, Cap
2 O-ring, Piston
3 O-ring, Seat
4 O-ring, Neck
5 O-ring, Inner Piston
6 Back-up Ring
Note: This is not the re-build kit. For contents
of the rebuild kit, see Section 2-3.1.2.3.

Table 7-9. Other Valve Components

Other Materials Description

Lubricant Parker Seal Co. Super-O-Lube or equivalent
Loctite Sealant Loctite Corp. Sealant, Grade CV or equivalent
Locquic Primer Loctite Corp. Primer, Grade N or equivalent

06-236553-001 7-9 December 2022

7-2.4.1 3 in. Valve Disassembly
Note: Refer to Figure 7-5 for items.

Before removing the valve, make sure that all pressure has been relieved from
the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, ensure the cylinder is secured
WARNING then depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.

1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from the cylinder.
2. Remove the Neck O-ring and discard.
3. Remove the valve cap, spring and piston assembly.
Note: Remove all internal components of the ECS System valve from the top of the assembly.
However, if there is excessive piston O-ring friction, the siphon tube may have to be
removed and the piston assembly pressed out from the bottom.
4. Remove the remaining O-rings and examine them for cuts and nicks; replace if necessary.
Examine the O-ring grooves for foreign matter.
5. Examine the exposed surface of the Piston O-ring for nicks and cuts. Also, ensure that the
Piston O-ring protrudes a minimum of 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) above the conical seating surface
of the piston assembly. Replace this O-ring if necessary by removing the seat retainer.
6. Examine the pilot check for any evidence of bending or other damage. Depress the check
and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace pilot check if necessary.

7-2.4.2 Replacing 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check

Note: Refer to Figure 7-5 for items.
1. Remove the valve cap.
2. Using retaining ring pliers, remove the retaining ring holding the pilot check, spring, and
disk in place. Save the retaining ring.
3. Remove the disk, spring, and pilot check. Save the disk.
4. Install the new pilot check and new spring.
5. Place the disk in and hold the assembly in place with the retaining ring.
6. Make sure the pilot check moves freely.

Valve Cap

Pilot Check

Spring

Disk

Retaining Ring

Figure 7-6. 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check Assembly

December 2022 7-10 06-236553-001

7-2.4.3 3 in. Valve Assembly
Note: The following Re-build Kit (P/N 85-170200-000) outlined in Table 7-10 shall be used to
re-condition the valve:
Table 7-10. 3 in (80 mm) Valve Maintenance Kit Contents

Description Part Number

Kit, 3" Valve Maintenance. Includes 1 of each of the following:

• O-ring, Outlet (3" Valve)
• Assembly, Safety Disc which includes:
– Retainer, Safety Disc
– Disc, Safety
– Washer, Safety Disc
– Holder, Safety Disc Assembly
– O-ring, Packing
• O-ring, Inner Piston
• O-Ring, Cap (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
85-170200-000
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Seat (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (3" Valve)
• Pilot Check
• Spring, Pilot Check
• Disc, Perforated
• Ring, Retaining
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool

Note: Refer to Figure 7-5.

Make certain that the Teflon back-up ring is below the O-ring as shown in
CAUTION Figure 7-5.

1. Install the Piston O-ring and backup Teflon ring in the piston groove. Apply a lubricant to
the O-Ring before reinstalling.
2. Reassemble the piston and install a new Seat O-Ring (Item 3). Apply a lubricant to the O-
Ring prior to installation.
3. Press the piston back into the valve body.
4. Reassemble the Schrader core.
5. Install the spring.
6. Install the Cap O-ring (Item 1) onto the groove in the valve cap. Screw the cap onto the
valve body and torque to 100 - 110 ft-lbs (135.5 - 149.1 Nm). Apply a lubricant to the O-
Ring prior to installation.
7. If the siphon tube had to be removed for valve disassembly, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite residue.
8. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads and allow 3-5 minutes to dry.
9. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the threads and reinstall the siphon tube.
10. Install the Neck O-ring (Item 4) onto the valve neck groove, screw the valve and siphon
tube onto the cylinder, and torque to 100 - 110 ft-lbs (135.5 - 149.1 Nm). Apply a lubricant
to the O-Ring prior to installation.

06-236553-001 7-11 December 2022

7-2.5 Using the Cap or Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool
Note: These tools are included in both the 2” and 3” valve rebuild kits. Use the correct tool for
the correct valve size.
1. Place the installation over top of the threads on the cap or cylinder neck as shown in
Figure 7-7 and Figure 7-8.

Figure 7-7. Cap Installation Tool

Figure 7-8. Cylinder Neck Installation Tool

Note: Colors are enhanced to assist with readability and do not reflect actual product color.
2. Ensure the O-ring is properly lubricated, then place the O-ring on top of the insertion tool.
3. Slide the O-ring down over the tool and into place on the cap or the cylinder neck.

Figure 7-9. Cap and Cylinder O-ring Installed

4. Remove the tool.

December 2022 7-12 06-236553-001

7-2.6 Using the Piston Insertion Tool
Note: This tool is included in both the 2” and 3” valve rebuild kits. Use the correct tool for the
correct valve size.
1. Place the insertion tool into the cylinder valve, covering the threads as shown in
Figure 7-10.

Figure 7-10. Piston Installation Tool

2. Ensure the piston O-ring is properly lubricated, then slide the piston down through the tool.

Figure 7-11. Installing the Piston

3. Push the piston down until it cannot be pressed in further.

Figure 7-12. Piston in Installed Position

Note: Colors are enhanced to assist with readability and do not reflect actual product color.
4. Remove the installation tool.

06-236553-001 7-13 December 2022

7-2.6.1 Safety Disc Replacement (2 and 3 in. Cylinder Valves Assemblies)
Note: This only applies for 2 in. valves manufactured after April 2014 and all 3 in. valves. For
2 in. valves, the Safety Disc parts are included in the Re-build Kit (P/N 85-150200-000).
For 3 in. valves, the Safety Disc parts are included in the Re-build Kit (P/N 85-170200-
000).

Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced.
CAUTION

Before removing the Safety Burst Disc Assembly, make sure that all pressure
has been relieved from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, restrain
WARNING the cylinder and depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.

The safety disc for the 2 in. and 3 in. valves are located on the cylinder shoulder, not on the
cylinder valve.
1. Remove and discard the safety burst disc assembly (see Figure 7-14).
2. Apply lubricant to the packing o-ring of the new safety burst disc assembly (see
Figure 7-13).
3. Install the new safety disc assembly to the cylinder. Torque to the appropriate value listed
in Table 7-11.

Never install any other type of safety burst disc assembly than specified in
Table 7-11 for the corresponding cylinder. Installing the incorrect assembly
could result in a violent rupture of the cylinder and cause death, serious injury
and/or property damage.
Make sure that multiple safety discs are not stuck together. Installing more
WARNING than one safety disc could result in violent rupture of the cylinder and serious
injury.
Never reinstall a used safety disc and/or washer. Once the retainer has been
removed or the valve has been rebuilt, the disc and washer must be replaced
with new components.

Packing O-ring

Figure 7-13. 2 in. and 3 in. Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly

December 2022 7-14 06-236553-001

 Safety Disc Assembly
(2” Assembly Shown)

Figure 7-14. Safety Burst Disc Assembly Location (2 in. Valve Shown)

Date Code Location

Safety Disc Retainer

Safety Burst Disc

Safety Washer

Holder

Figure 7-15. Installation of Safety Burst Disc on Shoulder of Cylinder (2 in. Valve Shown)

Table 7-11. 2 in. and 3 in. Safety Disc Replacement Information

Safety Disc included with

Valve Size Torque psig @ 70°F Cylinder Size
Rebuild Kit P/N

85-150200-000 2 in. 90 ft lb 800-975 200, 350, 450 lb

85-170200-000 3 in. 90 ft lb 800-975 600, 900, 1100 lb

06-236553-001 7-15 December 2022

7-2.7 Safety Disc Replacement (Older 2 in.)
Note: This only applies for 2 in. valves manufactured before May 2014. For these legacy 2 in.
valves, the Safety Disc parts are included in a separate bag as part of the Re-build Kit
(P/N 85-150200-000). Use the parts in the bag, not the safety burst disc assembly.
Depending on the manufacture date of the 2 in. valve, the safety disc is located either on the
cylinder shoulder, adjacent to the cylinder valve or on the cylinder valve itself. Valves
manufactured before May 2014 have the safety burst disc located on the valve body. Valves
manufactured after April 2014 have the safety burst disc located on the cylinder shoulder. For
the location of the date code, see Figure 7-14. Follow these steps to replace the safety burst
disc.
Note: Refer to Figure 7-16.
1. Remove the safety disc retainer with safety disc and safety disc washer from the valve
body. Discard the safety disc and washer.
2. Assemble the safety disc retainer with new safety disc and safety disc washer to the valve
body. Torque to the appropriate value listed in Table 7-12.

Never install any type disc other than specified above for the appropriate
cylinder. Installing the incorrect disc could result in violent rupture of the
cylinder and serious injury.
WARNING Never reinstall a used safety disc and/or washer. Once the retainer has been
removed, the disc and washer must be replaced with new components.

VALVE

SAFETY
DISC
WASHER

SAFETY
DISC
SAFETY
DISC
RETAINER

Figure 7-16. Safety Disc Replacement

Table 7-12. Safety Disc Replacement Table (Older 2 in. Valves)

Safety Disc
Safety Disc
Cylinder Size Washer Torque Value psig @ 70°F
Part Number
Part Number

200-350 lb. WK-264925-000 WK-220360-000 38 ft. lb. 800-975

December 2022 7-16 06-236553-001

7-2.8 3-Way Directional Valve Inspection

After a discharge, inspect all solenoids to ensure they are set to the normal,
non-bypass state (see Figure 7-17). Failure to return the solenoids to the
CAUTION normal state may result in an incorrect discharge leading to injury or loss of life.

If the solenoid is in the bypass state, turning the button 1/4-turn counter clockwise so the
notch on the button is pointing to 0 to return the solenoid to the normal state.

Normal, Non-Bypass Bypass State

State

Figure 7-17. 3-Way Directional Valve States

7-3 RECHARGING ECS SYSTEM CYLINDERS

ECS System cylinders may require retest before recharging (see

Paragraph 6-2.5.1 for details on cylinder retest). FM Approval is based upon the
CAUTION usage of factory filled ECS System cylinders.

Under no circumstances while performing either cylinder recharge or leak

test, should a charged cylinder be allowed to stand freely without either the
charging apparatus attached or the safety cap installed. Whenever these
devices are not installed, a charged cylinder must be securely clamped to a
rigid structure capable of sustaining the full thrust that would result should
WARNING the valve inadvertently open. The clamping device and supports must be
capable of withstanding a thrust force of 1800 lb (816.5 kg). This
approximates the thrust force generated out of the ECS System cylinder
valve outlet on a full, wide-open discharge.

ECS System charging equipment consists of a ECS System storage cylinder, piping adapter,
control valves, strainer, pressure gauge, flexible hoses, seating adapter, recharge adapter,
pump, regulated nitrogen supply, scale and interconnecting plumbing. Recharge equipment
must be suitable for the purpose intended and must be compatible with the ECS System. A
typical ECS System charging system schematic is shown in Figure 7-18.
Note: During recharge, cylinder pressure gauge is not to be used to determine
charging pressure.
Locate the charging equipment in a clean, well-ventilated area near the ECS System
supply and cylinder storage. There should be sufficient room for moving the cylinders
to and from the charging equipment.

06-236553-001 7-17 December 2022

 nitrogen line
R
19
20

N2

19 18

17
14
11
2 12 13 16
15 6

10

3 8 15 15
1 4
7
5

15

Figure 7-18. Schematic for Filling Agent Fluid by Pump

December 2022 7-18 06-236553-001

 Table 7-13. Parts List for Figure 7-18

Item No. Description Specifications

1 *Agent Supply Container KFS Supplied Tote or Drum

2 6 psi Nitrogen Blanket Blanket must supply 6 psi of Grade H,K,L,M, or Q N2
and optional Moisture Filter Moisture Filter: Drierite P/Ns 40451, 50001, 50068
3 Container Supply Valve 2" Cam Lever Coupling
4 Cylinder KFS Cylinder 10 lb - 900 lb
5 Scale 2000 lb Capacity, 0.1 lb increment
6 Fill Adapter KFS P/Ns
10-125 lb. cylinders, P/N 82-878757-000
200-350 lb. cylinders, P/N 82-878758-000
600-1100 lb. cylinders, refill adapter included as part of
valve outlet cap**
7 Pump CAPS Fire P/N CNDP 15FPS
8 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
9 Check Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
10 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
11 Vent Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
12 Quick Connect/Disconnect ½" Self Sealing Coupling / Working Pressure 2000 psi
13 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
14 Vent Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
15 Hose ¼ - ½" Tubing / Working Pressure 2000 psi
16 Ball Valve 1/4" Ball Valve, Stainless Steel, Rated 2000 PSI (138 bar)
17 Ball Valve 1/4" Ball Valve, Stainless Steel, Rated 2000 PSI (138 bar)
18 Hose 1/4” Hose, Flexible Metal, 48” Long, Stainless Steel Brand,
Teflon Lined, 1/4” Male NPT Fittings. Minimum Working
Pressure: 2000 PSI (138 bar)
19 Hose 1/4” sch. 40 stainless pipe. Fittings: stainless steel, 1/4”
NPT. Working pressure: 2000 PSI (138 bar) WOG
20 Ball Valve 1/4" Ball Valve, Stainless Steel, Rated 2000 PSI (138 bar)
* Bulk containers of agent must bear the UL Component Recognition Mark.
** For replacement valve outlet cap order part number P/N 06-236884-001.

The plumbing should be modified to comply with the arrangement shown in Figure 7-18.
Depending on the type of transfer pump and agent supply container some variation in the
plumbing may be necessary.

All new agent supply containers must be inspected for relative humidity (RF). A
Vaisala HMP421 (220014) humidity meter, or equivalent, is recommended. The
meter should be positioned in the vapor space of the supply container. Do not
CAUTION immerse the probe in the liquid. The relative humidity must be less than 50%. If
humidity is more than 50% contact KFS for assistance.

06-236553-001 7-19 December 2022

7-3.1 Typical Arrangement for Super-Pressurizing with N2 by Pressure

2 3 Stainless 17 18
Pipe P
R
16

Hose
Flexible
15
11

Hose
Flexible
10
N2 Thermocouple
21 and Temperature 9
Display 5
1 Pressure 8 12
19 Display
7
14 4
13
20

Figure 7-19. Schematic for Filling Agent Fluid with N2 by Pressure

December 2022 7-20 06-236553-001

 Table 7-14. Parts List for Figure 7-19

Item No. Description Specifications

1 N2 Cylinder 1800 or 6000 psi Bottles

2 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
3 Regulator Appropriate for N2 Bottle
4 Cylinder KFS Cylinder 10 lb - 900 lb
5 Straps 5000 lb Rating
6 Agitator Description in Table 7-15
7 Fill Adapter KFS P/Ns
10-125 lb. cylinders, P/N 82-878757-000
200-350 lb. cylinders, P/N 82-878758-000
600-1100 lb. cylinders, refill adapter included as part of valve
outlet cap*
8 Vent Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
9 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
10 Quick Connect/Disconnect ½" Self Sealing Coupling / Working Pressure 2000 psi
11 Vent Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
12 Seating Adapter KFS P/N WK-933537-000
13 Vent Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
14 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
15 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
16 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
17 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
18 Pressure Gauge Calibrated 0-600 psi minimum. Increments Marked in 10 psi
or Less
19 Pressure Display Compatible with Transducer
20 Pressure Transducer Calibrated 0-600 psi minimum. Increments Marked in 10 psi
or Less
21 Thermocouple and Temperature Display Calibrated Thermocouple, 2°F Increments or Less
* For replacement valve outlet cap order part number P/N 06-236884-001.

Included in the ECS System initial filling equipment for agent fluid is an agitator (Item 6). The
agitator assists in complete mixing of the agent fluid and the nitrogen. The equipment shown
in the following schematics represent the recommended arrangement. Substitutions can be
made, but the equipment selected must be suitable for the purpose of agitating the cylinder
while pressurizing to aid in equilibration.

06-236553-001 7-21 December 2022

 SCHEMATIC OF AGITATOR (EQUILIBRATOR)

TOP VIEW
4

1 3
2

SIDE VIEW

Figure 7-20. Schematic of Agitator

Table 7-15. Parts List for Figure 7-20

Item No. Description Specifications

1 Air Cylinder / Air Piston Speedaire P/N 6X469

2 Solenoid Air Control Valve Speedaire P/N 1A215
3 Steel Cradles Commercial Manufacturing
4 Air Hoses ¼-½" Tubing
5 Tie Down Straps 5000 lb Rating

December 2022 7-22 06-236553-001

7-3.2 Typical Arrangement for Super-Pressurizing with N2 by Mass

Figure 7-21. Schematic for Filling Agent Fluid with N2 by Mass

Table 7-16. Parts List for Figure 7-21

Item No. Description Specifications

1 N2 Cylinder 1800 or 6000 psi Bottles

2 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
3 Regulator Appropriate for N2 Bottle
4 Cylinder KFS Cylinder 10 lb - 900 lb
5 Mass Flow Meter Micro Motion P/N CFM010M323NQBUEZZZ
6 Mass Flow Controller Micro Motion P/N 2700R11BBUEZZZ
7 Fill Adapter KFS P/Ns
10-125 lb. cylinders, P/N 82-878757-000
200-350 lb. cylinders, P/N 82-878758-000
600-1100 lb. cylinders, refill adapter included as part of
valve outlet cap*
8 Vent Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
9 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
10 Quick Connect/Disconnect ½" Self Sealing Coupling / Working Pressure 2000 psi
11 Vent Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
12 Seating Adapter KFS P/N WK-933537-000
13 Vent Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
14 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
15 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
16 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
* For replacement valve outlet cap order part number P/N 06-236884-001.

06-236553-001 7-23 December 2022

7-4 SET-UP
Locate the initial filling equipment in a clean, well ventilated area near the agent supply and
cylinder storage. Sufficient clearance should be provided for moving the cylinders to and from
the charging station.

Before assembling the initial filling equipment, apply Nitto Ribbon Dope Thread Sealant P-
412 (or equivalent) to all male pipe threads.

7-5 FILLING AGENT FLUID CYLINDERS

This section outlines the instructions for transferring the agent from the supply container to
ECS System cylinders. After filling, proceed to Section 7-6 for super-pressurizing of the
cylinder with Nitrogen.

Note 1: Only cylinders received from KFS may be filled at Initial Fill Locations. Cylinders
received from KFS must have first fill tags attached.
Note 2: Ensure that the bulk containers of agent fluid bears the UL Component Recognition
Mark

Dangerously high pressures may be produced if the agent is introduced into a

CAUTION cylinder containing nitrogen at a pressure above 10 PSIG (0.7 bar).

The agent is a colorless, odorless gas, low in toxicity, and is an extremely

effective fire suppression agent. The agent can be liquefied by compression,
and is normally shipped and stored in this condition. Being a liquefied and
compressed gas, the agent is stored and handled under saturated conditions
(that is, the liquid and vapor coexist in equilibrium). Reducing the pressure
CAUTION without reducing the temperature causes the liquid to flash into vapor with
accompanying refrigeration effects. By understanding the physical properties
of the agent and safe handling techniques, the agent may be transferred from
shipping cylinders to the desired end-use cylinder safely.

Only qualified, designated personnel should operate charging equipment.

Exercise extreme care when working with pressure equipment to prevent injury
to personnel and damage to property, resulting from careless handling or
WARNING equipment failure. Perform all operations in an assigned area cleared of all
unauthorized personnel. Make sure all equipment is properly secured. Never
attempt to adjust or disassemble pressurized equipment.

All new agent supply containers must be inspected for relative humidity (RF). A
Vaisala HMP421 (220014) humidity meter, or equivalent, is recommended. The
meter should be positioned in the vapor space of the supply container. Do not
CAUTION immerse the probe in the liquid. The relative humidity must be less than 50%.
If humidity is more than 50% contact KFS for assistance.

December 2022 7-24 06-236553-001

7-5.1 Filling Agent Fluid by Pump
Charge ECS System cylinders and valve assemblies with the agent fluid as follows (see
Figure 7-22).

nitrogen line
R
19
20

N2

19 18

17
14
11
2 12 13 16
15 6

10

3 8 15 15
1 4
7
5

15

Figure 7-22. Filling Cylinders with Novec 1230 Fluid by Pump Schematic

1. Check the cylinder for the last hydrostatic test date. Perform any required DOT qualification
tests or examinations.
2. Check the cylinder valve assembly for any unacceptable physical defects (for example,
cracks of any kind, elongated pits of any length, inclusions of any size, pitting, bulging,
dents, corrosion, fire damage, mechanical defects, scratches, nicks or gouges if more than
superficial in nature). These defects shall be cause for rejection.
3. Position the system cylinder and valve assembly (Item 4) (with safety cap and pilot
actuation port protection cap in place and properly connected) on a weigh scale (Item 5).
Record the weight from the scale. The empty weight of the cylinder and valve assembly
must be stamped on the cylinder valve nameplate. Strap the cylinder securely in place.
Remove the pilot actuation port protection cap. Use a calibrated gauge to confirm there is
no more than 30 psi inside the cylinder. Use an actuator to actuate the valve to vent
pressure prior to fill. Remove the actuator and weight cylinder valve assembly and record
empty weight before fill.

All new agent supply containers must be inspected for relative humidity (RF). A
Vaisala HMP421 (220014) humidity meter, or equivalent, is recommended. The
meter should be positioned in the vapor space of the supply container. Do not
CAUTION immerse the probe in the liquid. The relative humidity must be less than 50%.
If humidity is more than 50% contact KFS for assistance.

06-236553-001 7-25 December 2022

 Note: Measures must be made to ensure moisture/humidity does not contaminate the agent.
Drierite filter (Item 2) must be installed on the agent supply container (Item 1) prior to
filling. Additionally, a 6 psig nitrogen blanket should be applied to the top of the cylinder
(not shown in Figure 3-1) to prevent the agent from vaporization.
4. Assemble the seating adapter with the flexible hose on the cylinder valve actuation port.
Adjust the nitrogen pressure to 450 to 600 PSIG (31 to 41 bar). Remove the safety cap
and immediately connect the filling adapter (Item 6, 13, and 14) with o-ring packing to the
cylinder assembly outlet port.
5. Ensure that all valves in the charging system are closed. Connect the agent supply line
(Item 15) to the container supply valve (Item 3). Connect the cylinder with fill adapter to
the charging system at the quick connect fitting (Item 12).
6. Open the supply valve (Items 3) and ball valves (Items 8 and 10). Start the pump (Item
7) then crack the vent valve (Item 11) until agent fluid is present. Close vent valve (Item
11) and shut off the pump (Item 7).
Note: The main piston in the cylinder valve assembly will unseat, permitting flow into the
cylinder when appropriate pressure differential exists at the outlet port. Initial valve
assembly seating occurs with pressure equalization. Final valve assembly seating
occurs with removal of pressure from the valve assembly outlet port and subsequent
momentary application of 450 to 600 psig (31 to 41 Bar-g) of nitrogen to the top of the
valve's pilot actuation port to achieve valve lock down. Seating of the piston is covered
in Section 7-6.
7. Open valve (Item 13) and start the pump (Item 7). Monitor the weigh scale (Item 5). When
the scale indicates the correct charge weight, close valve (Item 13) and shut off the pump
(Item 7). Close valves (Item 8 and 10).
8. Open the valves to momentarily apply 450 to 600 PSIG (31 to 41 bar) nitrogen pressure
to the actuation port to firmly seat the cylinder valve piston. Vent the pressure in the
seating hose. Disconnect the quick disconnect fitting (Item 12) and go to Section 7-6 for
instructions to super-pressurize the cylinder with nitrogen.

Table 7-17. Fill Tolerances

Max Capacity Tolerance

Part Number
(lbs) (lbs)

10 45-XX0010-X01 +0.3, -0
20 45-XX0020-X01 +0.3, -0
40 45-XX0040-X01 +0.3, -0
70 45-XX0070-X01 +0.4,-0
125 45-XX012X-X01 +0.6, -0
200 45-XX020X-X01 +1.0, -0
350 45-XX035X-X01 +1.8, -0
450 45-XX055X-X01 +2.6, -0
600 45-XX060X-X01 +3.0, -0
900 45-XX090X-X01 +4.6, -0
Notes:
X-001 - includes liquid level indicator
45-XX designates either 45-10 for DOT or 45-77 for UK/EU Market (TPE/TPED)
-90X denotes filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent;
-00X denotes filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

December 2022 7-26 06-236553-001

7-6 SUPER-PRESSURIZING OF CYLINDERS FILLED WITH AGENT FLUID

Only qualified, designated personnel should operate agitation equipment.

Exercise extreme care when working with pressure equipment to prevent injury
to personnel and damage to property, resulting from careless handling or
CAUTION equipment failure. Perform all operations in an assigned area cleared of all
unauthorized personnel. Make sure all equipment is properly secured. Never
attempt to adjust or disassemble pressurized equipment.

7-6.1 Super-pressurizing of Cylinder by N2 Pressure

Pressurize and equilibrate cylinders and valve assembly as follows. (Item numbers refer to
Figure 7-23).

2 3 Stainless 17 18
Pipe P
R
16

Hose
Flexible
15
11
Hose
Flexible

10
N2 Thermocouple
21 and Temperature 9
Display 5
1 Pressure 8 12
19 Display
7
14 4
13
20

Figure 7-23. Super-pressurizing Cylinders with N2 by Pressure Schematic

1. Strap the cylinder (Item 4) down to the agitator cradle (Item 6). Tighten the straps (Item
5) and ensure the cylinder is secure.
2. Before making and connections to the cylinder, insure that all valves are in the closed
position. The N2 cylinder (Item 1) and regulator (Item 3) should also be closed.
3. Remove the pilot actuation port protection cap and assemble the seating adapter (Item 12)
with flexible hose to the cylinder valve actuation port. Connect the quick disconnect fitting
(Item 10) to the valve adapter (Item 7) and valves (Item 8 and 9). Connect the calibrated
pressure transducer (Item 20) to the Schrader port of the cylinder valve. This allows the
pressure display on the instrument to monitor pressure in the cylinder. Once all
connections are made, the complete assembly should be similar to Figure 7-23.
4. Measure the temperature of the cylinder. Use this temperature to determine the final
pressure of the cylinder. Temperature-pressure relationships are shown in Table 7-18.

06-236553-001 7-27 December 2022

 Table 7-18. Pressure vs. Temperature

Pressure, PSIG, -0/+20 PSIG

Temperature Fill Fill Fill Fill Fill
(F) Density Density Density Density Density
30 lb/ft3 40 lb/ft3 50 lb/ft3 60 lb/ft3 70 lb/ft3

60 350 349 348 345 341

65 355 355 354 353 351

70 360 360 360 360 360

75 365 366 367 368 370

80 370 371 373 375 380

85 375 377 379 383 390

90 380 382 386 391 400

95 385 388 392 398 410

100 390 394 398 406 420

5. Open the valve on the N2 cylinder (Item 2) and set the regulator (Item 3) to 450-600 psig.
Open valve (Item 15) and valve (Item 16).

In the next step, the cylinder piston opens and allows N2 to enter the cylinder.
CAUTION Be sure the cylinder is securely fastened to cradle.

6. Open valve (Item 9) and start the agitator cradle (Item 6).
7. The final pressure of the cylinder should follow Table 7-18 (+20 -0 psig). When the
pressure of the cylinder exceeds the correct pressure, close valve (Item 9). Continue to
agitate the cylinder until the pressure drops below the target pressure. The pressure should
decrease as the N2 is dissolved into the agent fluid. When the pressure drops below the
target pressure, open valve (Item 9) and allow N2 to enter the cylinder. Continue this step
until agitation of the cylinder does not drop the pressure in the cylinder. Final pressure
should be +20 -0 psig of the target pressure.
8. Once the cylinder (Item 4) is at the correct pressure, valve (Item 9) should be closed.
Adjust the regulator (Item 3) to 450-600 psig. Open valve (Item 14) to momentarily apply
nitrogen pressure to the actuation port to firmly seat the cylinder valve piston. Open valve
(Item 13) to vent nitrogen from the seating adapter. Close valve (Item 13).
9. Open vent valve (Item 8) on the recharge adapter (Item 7) to rapidly vent N2 from the
valve assembly outlet port. The sudden decrease at the valve outlet will ensure the valve
seat stays in the closed position.

Hissing or discharge from vent valve (item 8) indicates the piston is not seated
properly or has opened. If this occurs, repeat step #8 and #9, and verify that
CAUTION the cylinder valve piston remains closed.

10. Close valves (Item 9 and 16). Open vent valves (Item 8 and 11) to relieve pressure on the
quick disconnect fitting (Item 10). Close vent valve (Item 11). Separate the quick
disconnect fitting (Item 10).

December 2022 7-28 06-236553-001

 11. Check vent valve (Item 8) for any signs of leakage (hissing) past the valve piston. Remove
the recharge adapter (Item 7) from the cylinder valve outlet port and immediately install
the safety cap.
12. Remove seating adapter (Item 12) and immediately install pilot actuation port protection
cap.
13. Mark cylinder for weight of the agent and the total weight of assembly (cylinder and valve
assembly, agent, and N2) as required.
14. Leak test the cylinder per Section 7-6.3

7-6.2 Super-pressurizing of Cylinders by N2 Mass

Pressurize and equilibrate cylinders and valve assembly as follows. (Item numbers refer to
Figure 7-24).

Figure 7-24. Super-pressurizing Cylinders with N2 by Mass Schematic

1. Safely secure the cylinder (Item 4) prior to pressurizing with nitrogen.

2. Before making and connections to the cylinder, insure that all valves are in the closed
position. The N2 cylinder (Item 1) and regulator (Item 3) should also be closed.
3. Remove the pilot actuation port protection cap and assemble the seating adapter (Item 12)
with flexible hose to the cylinder valve actuation port. Connect the quick disconnect fitting
(Item 10) to the valve adapter (Item 7) and valves (Item 8 and 9). Once all connections
are made, the complete assembly should be similar to Figure 7-24.
4. Determine the mass of Nitrogen required for pressurizing the cylinder to 360 psig. Record
the N2 mass required.
5. Open the valve on the N2 cylinder (Item 2) and set the regulator (Item 3) to 450-600 psig.
Open valve (Item 15) and valve (Item 16).

In the next step, the cylinder piston opens and allows N2 to enter the cylinder.
CAUTION Be sure the cylinder is securely fastened to cradle.

6. Tare the mass flow controller and enter the N2 mass required from Step 4.

06-236553-001 7-29 December 2022

 7. Open valve (Item 9) and nitrogen will flow into the cylinder. Ensure the mass flow
controller is recording the mass of N2 entering the cylinder.
8. When the mass flow controller reaches the target N2 mass, shut off the controller and close
valve (Item 9).
9. Open valve (Item 14) to momentarily apply nitrogen pressure to the actuation port to
firmly seat the cylinder valve piston. Close valve (Item 14) and open valve (Item 13) to
vent nitrogen from the seating adapter. Close valve (Item 13).
10. Open vent valve (Item 8) on the recharge adapter (Item 7) to rapidly vent N2 from the
valve assembly outlet port. The sudden decrease at the valve outlet will ensure the valve
seat stays in the closed position.

Hissing or discharge from vent valve (item 8) indicates the piston is not seated
properly or has opened. If this occurs, repeat step #9 and #10, and verify that
CAUTION the cylinder valve piston remains closed.

11. Close valves (Item 9 and 16). Open vent valves (Item 8 and 11) to relieve pressure on the
quick disconnect fitting (Item 10). Close vent valve (Item 11). Separate the quick
disconnect fitting (Item 10).
12. Check vent valve (Item 8) for any signs of leakage (hissing) past the valve piston. Remove
the recharge adapter (Item 7) from the cylinder valve outlet port and immediately install
the safety cap.
13. Remove seating adapter (Item 12) and immediately install pilot actuation port protection
cap.
14. Agitate or shake the cylinder and verify the equilibrated pressure per Table 7-19.

Table 7-19. Agent Fill Density for 360 psi Cylinders

Pressure, PSIG, -0/+20 PSIG

Temperature
(°F) Fill Density Fill Density Fill Density Fill Density Fill Density
30 lb/ft3 40 lb/ft3 50 lb/ft3 60 lb/ft3 70 lb/ft3

60 350 349 348 345 341

65 355 355 354 353 351

70 360 360 360 360 360

75 365 366 367 368 370

80 370 371 373 375 380

85 375 377 379 383 390

90 380 382 386 391 400

95 385 388 392 398 410

100 390 394 398 406 420

15. Mark cylinder for weight of the agent and total weight of assembly (cylinder and valve
assembly, agent, and N2) as needed.
16. Leak test the cylinder per Section 7-6.3

December 2022 7-30 06-236553-001

7-6.3 Agent Cylinder Leak Test

Clamp agent cylinders securely in place. The clamping device and supports must
be capable of withstanding a thrust force of 1800 lbs. (8000 newtons). This
WARNING approximates the thrust force generated from the agent cylinder valve outlet on
a full, wide open discharge.

Cylinder leak tests must be conducted in a well-ventilated area, away from the
charging station, so as not to be influenced by extraneous agent vapors
CAUTION released during the filling operations.

Agent cylinder leak tests must be conducted in a well-ventilated area, away

from the charging station so as not to be influenced by extraneous agent vapors
released during the filling operations. KFS recommends the Yokogawa Type
WARNING H25C leak detector for ECS System, with the Yokogawa Type LS-20 leak
standard for ECS System for calibrating the leak detector.

Follow the steps outlined in this section to check ECS System cylinders for leaks. A leak
detector capable of detecting minimum leaks of 0.13 oz/yr (3.69 g/yr) and a proper leak
standard for the agent for calibrating the leak detector are required.

KFS recommends the Bacharach® Type H25-IR leak detector for CFCs, HCFCs, HFCs and
halogens with a proper leak standard for the agent for calibrating the leak detector.

1. Warm up the leak detector for 30 minutes before proceeding with Step 2.
2. Calibrate the detector against the appropriate leak standard for the agent by holding the
probe about 1/8" (3mm) away and noting the meter deflection for the leakage allowance
of the standard. Maximum allowable leak rates are shown in Table and are used to
calibrate the meter for the particular size cylinder being tested.
3. Move probe back and forth slowly approximately 1/8" (3mm) away from all potential leak
points (discharge outlet area, pilot check, valve bonnet, supervisory pressure switch
connection, safety outlet, liquid level indicator, valve-to-cylinder connections, gage and
container welds).
4. Meter deflections greater than indicated during calibration are considered excessive and
will be cause for rejection.
5. Check for leakage at the discharge outlet.
6. If excess leakage is detected, salvage the agent, perform the required maintenance on the
container, and recharge.
7. After leak test is complete, place the protection cap on the actuation port of the valve.
Unclamp the cylinder.

06-236553-001 7-31 December 2022

 Table 7-20. Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates
Maximum Allowable
Part Number Cylinder Size Cylinder Fill Weight
Leakage

45-xx0010-X01 10 lb. (4.5 kg.) 6 lb. - 11 lb. (2.7 kg. - 5.0 kg.) 0.13 oz./yr. (3.7 g./yr.)
45-xx0020-X01 20 lb. (9.1 kg.) 12 lb. - 23 lb. (5.4 kg. - 10.4 kg.) 0.24 oz./yr. (6.8 g./yr.)
45-xx0040-X01 40 lb. (18.1 kg.) 20 lb. - 40 lb. (9.1 kg. - 18.1 kg.) 0.44 oz./yr. (12.5 g./yr.)
45-xx0070-X01 70 lb. (31.8 kg.) 35 lb. - 70 lb. (15.9 kg. - 31.8 kg.) 0.78 oz./yr. (22.1 g./yr.)
45-xx0125-X01 125 lb. (56.7 kg.) 63 lb. - 125 lb. (28.6 kg. - 56.7 kg.) 1.40 oz./yr. (39.7 g./yr.)
45-xx0121-X01* 125 lb. (56.7 kg.) 63 lb. - 125 lb. (28.6 kg. - 56.7 kg.) 1.40 oz./yr. (39.7 g./yr.)
45-xx0200-X01 200 lb. (90.7 kg.) 100 lb. - 200 lb. (45.5 kg. - 90.7 kg.) 2.22 oz./yr. (62.9 g./yr.)
45-xx0201-X01* 200 lb. (90.7 kg.) 100 lb. - 200 lb. (45.5 kg. - 90.7 kg.) 2.22 oz./yr. (62.9 g./yr.)
45-xx0350-X01 350 lb. (158.7 kg.) 175 lb. - 350 lb. (79.4 kg. - 158.8 kg.) 3.89 oz./yr. (110.3 g./yr.)
45-xx0351-X01* 350 lb. (158.7 kg.) 175 lb. - 350 lb. (79.4 kg. - 158.8 kg.) 3.89 oz./yr. (110.3 g./yr.)
45-XX0451-X01* 450 lb. (204.1 kg.) 260 lb. - 425 lb. (117.9 kg. - 192.8 kg.) 5.72 oz./yr. (162.2 g./yr.)
45-xx0600-X01 600 lb. (272.2 kg.) 300 lb. - 600 lb. (136.1 kg. - 272.2 kg.) 6.67 oz./yr. (189.1 g./yr.)
45-xx0601-X01* 600 lb. (272.2 kg.) 300 lb. - 600 lb. (136.1 kg. - 272.2 kg.) 6.67 oz./yr. (189.1 g./yr.)
45-xx0900-X01 900 lb. (408.2 kg.) 455 lbs. - 910 lbs. (206.4 kg. - 412.8 kg.) 10.1 oz./yr. (286.3 g./yr.)
45-xx0901-X01* 900 lb. (408.2 kg.) 455 lbs. - 910 lbs. (206.4 kg. - 412.8 kg.) 10.1 oz./yr. (286.3 g./yr.)
Notes:
*Includes liquid level indicator
45-XX designates either 45-10 for DOT or 45-77 for UK/EU Market (TPE/TPED)
-90X denotes filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent;
-00X denotes filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

December 2022 7-32 06-236553-001

 CHAPTER 8
PARTS LIST

8-1 INTRODUCTION AND PARTS LIST

The table below, and on the following pages, provides a complete list of the Kidde Fire Systems
ECS™ 360 PSI Fire Suppression System (ECS System) parts and associated system
equipment. The ECS System can use either Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent or 3M™
Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid herein referred to as collectively “agent” unless called out
specifically by name.
ECS System equipment can be ordered as complete assemblies or as individual items. In most
situations, when ordering a system, it will be easier and more cost effective to order by
assembly part numbers.

45 – X X X X X X – X 0 X Description
Fill State
1 = Factory Filled
3 = First Fill Eligible
Agent
0 = 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
9 = Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
Cylinder Size
0010 = 10 lb Cylinder
0020 = 20 lb Cylinder
0040 = 40 lb Cylinder
0070 = 70 lb Cylinder
0121 = 125 lb Cylinder with LLI
0125 = 125 lb Cylinder
0200 = 200 lb Cylinder
0201 = 200 lb Cylinder with LLI
0350 = 350 lb Cylinder
0351 = 350 lb Cylinder with LLI
0451 = 450 lb Cylinder with LLI
0600 = 600 lb Cylinder
0601 = 600 lb Cylinder with LLI
0900 = 900 lb Cylinder
0901 = 900 lb Cylinder with LLI
Cylinder Style
10 = DOT Approved
77 = UN/TPE/TPED (as applicable) Approved
20 = Legacy DOT Approved

Figure 8-1. Cylinder/Valve Part Number Breakdown

If the siphon tube is being replaced due to damage or wear, contact KFS to
ensure the proper replacement part is ordered based on the manufacturing date
CAUTION of the valve.

Note: Kidde Fire Systems no longer sells the ECS 360 product line in the US market, but still
provides replacement components and accessories. For new systems in the US market,
use the Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ Fire Suppressing System. Kidde Fire Protection
still sells the ECS 360 product line.

06-236553-001 8-1 December 2022

 Table 8-1. Parts List

Description Part Number

European Union Cylinder and Valve Assemblies (Vertical Mount Only)

filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
Cylinder, 360 psi, 10 lb. (4.5 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-770010-901
Cylinder, 360 psi, 20 lb. (9 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-770020-901
Cylinder, 360 psi, 40 lb. (18 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-770040-901
Cylinder, 360 psi, 70 lb. (32 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-770070-901
Cylinder, 360 psi, 125 lb. (57 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770121-901
Cylinder, 360 psi, 200 lb. (91 kg), 2 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770201-901
Cylinder, 360 psi, 350 lb. (159 kg), 2 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770351-901
Cylinder, 360 psi, 450 lb. (205 kg), 2 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770601-901
Cylinder, 360 psi, 600 lb. (272 kg), 3 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770901-901
Cylinder, 360 psi, 900 lb. (408 kg), 3 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770010-901
DOT Approved Cylinder and Valve Assemblies (Vertical Mount Only)
filled with 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Cylinder, 360 psi, 10 lb. (4.5 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-100010-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 20 lb. (9 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-100020-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 40 lb. (18 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-100040-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 70 lb. (32 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-100070-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 125 lb. (57 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, with LLI 45-100121-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 200 lb. (91 kg), 2 in. Valve, with LLI 45-100201-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 350 lb. (159 kg), 2 in. Valve, with LLI 45-100351-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 600 lb. (272 kg), 3 in. Valve, with LLI 45-100901-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 900 lb. (408 kg), 3 in. Valve, with LLI 45-100010-001
European Union Cylinder and Valve Assemblies (Vertical Mount Only)
filled with 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Cylinder, 360 psi, 10 lb. (4.5 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-770010-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 20 lb. (9 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-770020-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 40 lb. (18 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-770040-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 70 lb. (32 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, No LLI 45-770070-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 125 lb. (57 kg), 1.5 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770121-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 200 lb. (91 kg), 2 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770201-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 350 lb. (159 kg), 2 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770351-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 450 lb. (205 kg), 2 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770601-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 600 lb. (272 kg), 3 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770901-001
Cylinder, 360 psi, 900 lb. (408 kg), 3 in. Valve, with LLI 45-770010-001

December 2022 8-2 06-236553-001

 Table 8-1. Parts List

Description Part Number

Spare Valves
1-1/2 in (40 mm) Cylinder Valve 45-140000-501
2 in (51 mm) Cylinder Valve for Cylinders with Safety Burst Disc on Cylinder 85-150000-510
2 in (51 mm) Cylinder Valve for Legacy Valves with Safety Burst Disc on Valve 45-150000-001
3 in (76 mm) Cylinder Valve 85-170001-550
Spare Liquid Level Indicators
Liquid level indicator for use on 125 lb (57 kg) agent cylinders. 85-235000-025
Liquid level indicator for use on 200, 350, and 600 lb
85-235000-037
(81, 142, 243, and 499 kg) agent cylinders.
Liquid level indicator for use on 450 and 900 lb (182 and 408 kg) agent cylinders. 85-235000-042
Spare Liquid Level Indicator Tapes
Spare Tape for Liquid Level Indicator P/N: 85-235000-025 06-237764-025
Spare Tape for Liquid Level Indicator P/N: 85-235000-037 06-237764-037
Spare Tape for Liquid Level Indicator P/N: 85-235000-042 06-237764-042
Front Clamps (Side-by-Side Clamp)
125 lb. and 200 lb. (51 to 81 L) 06-235432-001
350 lb. (142 L) WK-281868-000
600 lb. and 900 lb. (243 L and 368 L) WK-294653-000
Cradles
125 lb. and 200 lb. (51 to 81 L) 06-235431-001
Agent Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switches

Supervisory Pressure Switch 06-118262-001

Supervisory Pressure Switch (ATEX) 06-118537-001

Control Heads
Electric Control Head Kit, Includes:
• Control Head Monitor, P/N 85-100000-100 85-890181-200
• Electrical Control Head, 24 VDC, P/N WK-890181-200
Stackable Electric Control Head Kit, Includes:
• Control Head Monitor, P/N 85-100000-100
• Lever Operated Control Head (with Black Lever), P/N WK-870652-000 85-486500-010
• Electrical Control Head, 24 VDC, Stackable, (Ex. Proof),
P/N: 82-486500-010
Electric and Cable Operated Control Head (Explosion Proof) Kit, Includes:
• Control Head Monitor, P/N 85-100000-100
85-897494-000
• Electrical and Cable Operated Control Head, 24 VDC,
(Ex. Proof), P/N WK-897494-000
Electric and Cable Operated Control Head Kit, Includes:
• Control Head Monitor, P/N 85-100000-100
85-895630-200
• Electrical and Cable Operated Control Head, 24 VDC,
P/N: 81-895630-200
Control Head Monitor 85-100000-100
Cable Operated Control Head 81-979469-000

06-236553-001 8-3 December 2022

 Table 8-1. Parts List

Description Part Number

Control Heads (continued)

Lever Operated Control Head (with Black Lever) WK-870652-000
Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head (with Black Lever) 82-878751-000
Pressure Operated Control Head 82-878737-000
Pressure Operated Control Head, Stackable 82-878750-000
Spacer 85-100000-002
Actuation Accessories
108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit, Includes:
• Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders,
85-877940-101
P/N 85-111540-001
• 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, P/N: 85-877940-001
1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver) Kit, Includes:
• Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders,
85-101040-101
P/N 85-111540-001
• 1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver), P/N: 85-101040-001
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder Kit, Includes:
• Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders,
85-102300-101
P/N 85-111540-001
• 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder, P/N: 85-102300-001
108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit with ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure Switch,
Includes:
• ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver 85-877940-201
Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-100
• 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, P/N: 85-877940-001
1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver) Kit with ATEX Approved Supervisory
Pressure Switch, Includes:
• ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver 85-101040-201
Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-100
• 1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver), P/N: 85-101040-001
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder Kit with ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure
Switch, Includes:
• ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver 85-102300-201
Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-100
• 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder, P/N: 85-102300-001
Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders 85-111540-001
ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders 85-111540-100
Mounting Bracket, 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder WK-877845-000
Mounting Strap, used for one 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder WK-270014-000
Dual Mounting Strap, used for two 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder WK-241219-000
Actuation Hose, 22 in 10 lb to 200 lb (4.5 kg to 91 kg) Cylinders WK-264987-000
Actuation Hose, 30 in 350 lb to 900 lb (159 kg to 408 kg) Cylinders WK-264986-000
Primary Cylinder Adapter Kit 82-844895-000
Male Connector, 5/16” Flare x 1/8” NPT WK-699205-010
Male Elbow, 5/16” Flare x 1/8” NPT WK-699205-030
Male Branch Tee, 5/16” Flare x 1/8” NPT WK-699205-050

December 2022 8-4 06-236553-001

 Table 8-1. Parts List

Description Part Number

Flexible Discharge Hoses

Discharge Hose, 1-1/2 in. x 24 in. (for 1.5 in. valve, use with 10, 20, 40, 70, and 125 lb. WK-283898-000
Cylinders)
Discharge Hose, 2 in. x 31 in. (for 2 in. valve, use with 200, 350, and 450 lb. Cylinders) WK-283899-000
Discharge Hose, 3 in. (for 3 in. valve, use with 600 and 900 lb. Cylinders) 06-118225-001
Flexible Discharge Hose for EU Cylinder with 1½ in. NPT Valve Outlet 283898
Flexible Discharge Hose for EU Cylinder with 2 in. NPT Valve Outlet 283899
Valve Outlet Adapters
Valve Outlet Adapter, 1-1/2 in (38 mm), 10 to 125 lb (4.5 to 57 kg) Cylinders WK-283904-000
Valve Outlet Adapter, 2 in (51 mm), 200 to 450 lb (91 to 205 kg) Cylinders WK-283905-000
Discharge Outlet Adapter 3 in. (Converts Victaulic groove to NPT threading) 600 to 900 lb 70400133
(243 to 408 kg) Cylinders
10 to 125 lb. (5 to 51 L) EU Market, 1½ in.BSP TR to BS21 283904-100
200 to 350 lb. (243 to 368 L) EU Market, 2 in. BSP TR to BS21 283905-100
Check Valves
Manifold El-Check, 1-1/2 in (38 mm) WK-877690-150
Manifold El-Check, 2 in (51 mm) WK-877690-200
Manifold El-Check, 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 82-878743-000
Manifold El-Check, 3 in (76 mm) WK-877690-300
Check Valve, 1/4 in NPT (6 mm) WK-264985-000
Swing Check, 3 in (76 mm) 06-118058-001

06-236553-001 8-5 December 2022

 Table 8-1. Parts List

Description Part Number

Discharge Accessories
Pressure Operated Switch 81-486536-000
Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof 81-981332-000
Pressure Operated Siren 90-981574-001
Nitrogen Time Delay for use with 108 cu. in. Pilot Cylinder (nom. 34 sec. delay) 81-871072-001
Nitrogen Time Delay for use with 108 cu. in. Pilot Cylinder (nom. 61 sec. delay) 81-871072-002
Nitrogen Time Delay for use with 1040 cu. in. Pilot Cylinder (nom. 35 sec. delay) 81-871072-003
Nitrogen Time Delay for use with 1040 cu. in. Pilot Cylinder (nom. 68 sec. delay) 81-871072-004
Pressure Operated Trip 81-874290-000
Discharge Indicator, 1/2” NPT (Aluminum) 81-875553-000
Discharge Indicator, 3/4” NPT (Brass) 81-967082-000
Corner Pulleys, Watertight 81-803808-000
Corner Pulley, 1/2 in (13 mm) EMT WK-844648-000
Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch 85-802398-001
Safety Outlet, Agent 82-844346-000
* Not FM Approved
Remote Pull Stations
Electric Remote Pull Station, Double Action SPST with Label Options 30-195000-002
Electric Remote Pull Station, Double Action DPST with Label Options 30-195000-004
Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface 81-871403-000
Hammer WK-928103-000
Break Glass WK-800450-000
2-Way Directional Valve Assemblies
1” Selector Valve, DN 25, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-025
1 1/2” Selector Valve, DN 40, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-040
2” Selector Valve, DN 50, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-050
3” Selector Valve, Flange DN 80, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-080
4” Selector Valve, Flange DN 100, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-100
2-Way Directional Valve Assemblies Accessories
Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 2 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar 01-3508-0002
Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 3 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar 01-3508-0003
Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 4 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar 01-3508-0004
Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 5 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar 01-3508-0005
Back-Plate Manifold Hose 01-3273-1200
1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter 85-025125-000
1" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit) 01-3711-3000
1 1/2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit) 01-3711-4000
2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit) 01-3711-5000
Hose Adapter for For 1", 1 ½" and 2" Selector Valves, Nipple 1/4" BSPP 60° x 1/4" BSPT M/M 15-8662-0042

December 2022 8-6 06-236553-001

 Table 8-1. Parts List

Description Part Number

2-Way Directional Valve Assemblies Accessories (continued)

Hose Adapter for For 3" and 4" Selector Valves, Nipple 1/4" BSPP 60° x 1/8" BSPT M/M 15-8662-0041
Pressure Regulator - 300 bar to 8 bar 01-6017-0000
3-Way Directional Valves and Accessories
3-Way Directional Valve, 1-1/2” NPT, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid 85-220031-002*
3-Way Directional Valve, 2" NPT, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid 85-220031-003*
3-Way Directional Valve, 3" GVD, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid 85-220032-001*
3-Way Directional Valve, 4" GVD, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid 85-220032-002*
3-Way Directional Valve, 1-1/2” NPT, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid, EX Proof 85-220031-200*
3-Way Directional Valve, 2" NPT, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid, EX Proof 85-220031-300*
3-Way Directional Valve, 3" GVD, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid, EX Proof 85-220032-100*
3-Way Directional Valve, 4" GVD, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid, EX Proof 85-220032-200*
Retrofit Kit for Solenoid Placement Supervision - 3-Way Directional Valve, kit includes switch
85-220000-001*
and accessories
Retrofit Kit for Solenoid Placement Supervision - 3-Way Directional Valve, kit includes NEMA
85-220000-100*
7 rated switch and accessories
* Not FM Approved
Lockout Valve Assemblies
Valve, 1" NPT Lockout (Isolation) 38-409830-005
Valve, 2" NPT Lockout (Isolation) 38-409830-007
Valve, 3" NPT Lockout (Isolation) 38-409830-009
Valve, 4" NPT Lockout (Isolation) 38-409830-010
Safety Burst Disc Assemblies and Rebuild Kits
Kit, 1-1/2” Valve Rebuild Includes 1 of each of the following:
• Safety Disc (1-1/2” Valve)
• Washer, Safety Disc - 1-1/2” Valve
• Nut, Safety Disc (1-1/2) Retainer
• O-Ring, Cap (1-1/2” Valve)
• O-Ring, Piston (1-1/2” Valve)
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (1-1/2” Valve) 90-140100-000
• O-Ring, Seat (1-1/2” Valve)
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (1-1/2” Valve)
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool

06-236553-001 8-7 December 2022

 Table 8-1. Parts List

Description Part Number

Safety Burst Disc Assemblies and Rebuild Kits (continued)

2" Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit includes:
• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Assembly, Safety Disc (for use on valves manufactured after April 2014) which includes:
Note:This is a complete assembly.
– Retainer, Safety Disc
– Disc, Safety
– Washer, Safety Disc
– Holder, Safety Disc Assembly
– O-ring, Packing
• Assembly, Piston, which includes:
– Piston
85-150200-000
– O-ring, Piston
– O-ring, Teflon Back-up
– O-ring, Seat
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool
• Safety Disc Bag (for use on valves manufactured before May 2014) which includes:
Note:This is a bag of components.
– Retainer, Safety Disc
– Disc, Safety
– Washer, Safety Disc
Kit, 3" Valve Maintenance. Includes 1 of each of the following:
• O-ring, Outlet (3" Valve)
• Assembly, Safety Disc which includes:
– Retainer, Safety Disc
– Disc, Safety
– Washer, Safety Disc
– Holder, Safety Disc Assembly
– O-ring, Packing
• O-ring, Inner Piston
• O-Ring, Cap (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
85-170200-000
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Seat (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (3" Valve)
• Pilot Check
• Spring, Pilot Check
• Disc, Perforated
• Ring, Retaining
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool

December 2022 8-8 06-236553-001

 Table 8-1. Parts List

Description Part Number

Other Accessories
Hydrostatic Test Adapter - 1-1/2" Valve 82-878754-000
Hydrostatic Test Adapter - 2" Valve 82-878755-000
Hydrostatic Test Adapter - 3" Valve 06-220259-001
Cylinder Recharge Adapter, 10 to 125 lb (4.5 kg to 57 kg) Cylinder 82-878757-000
Cylinder Recharge Adapter, 200 lb, 350 lb (91 kg and 159 kg) Cylinder 82-878758-000
Cylinder Seating Adapter WK-933537-000
Nameplate, “Main” WK-310330-000
Nameplate, “Reserve” WK-310340-000
Nameplate, “Warning” 06-231866-760
Warning Sign, Entrance 85-909300-001
Warning Sign, Exit 85-909300-002
Pressure Gauge 360 psi 70240265
Kit, 3 in. Valve Outlet Replacement Cap. Includes 1 each of the following:
• Cotter Pin
• Recoil Plug 06-236884-001
• Valve Cap
• Chain, 22 in.
Spare I-Valve Kit, this kit includes:
• I-Valve
• Pressure Gauge 85-220373-001
• Schrader Valve
• Installation Instruction Sheet

06-236553-001 8-9 December 2022

8-2 DISCHARGE NOZZLES
KFS offers 360 degree and 180 degree nozzles in brass and stainless steel.

KFS requires that only listed ECS System nozzles are to be used on ECS Systems.
WARNING Failure to comply with this WARNING can result in unpredictable agent distribution.

8-2.1 Listed Brass 360 Degree Nozzles

Table 8-2. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 360 Degree NPT Brass Nozzles

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.0223

0.0246

0.0254

0.0283

0.0308

0.0335

0.0363

0.0384 45-194722-107

0.0388 45-194722-108

0.0413 45-194722-109

0.0423 45-194722-110

0.0465 45-194722-111

0.0498 45-194722-112

0.055 45-194722-113

0.0553 45-194722-114

0.058 45-194722-115

0.0604 45-194722-116

0.0623 45-194722-117 45-194723-117

0.0648 45-194722-118 45-194723-118

0.068 45-194722-119 45-194723-119

0.0713 45-194722-120 45-194723-120

0.0752 45-194722-121 45-194723-121

0.0761 45-194722-122 45-194723-122

0.0775 45-194722-123 45-194723-123

0.0803 45-194722-124 45-194723-124

0.0846 45-194722-125 45-194723-125

0.0905 45-194722-126 45-194723-126

0.0982 45-194722-127 45-194723-127

0.1038 45-194722-128 45-194723-128

0.1163 45-194722-129 45-194723-129 45-194724-129

0.1241 45-194722-130 45-194723-130 45-194724-130

0.1243 45-194722-131 45-194723-131 45-194724-131

0.1303 45-194722-132 45-194723-132 45-194724-132

December 2022 8-10 06-236553-001

 Table 8-2. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 360 Degree NPT Brass Nozzles (Continued)

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.1358 45-194722-133 45-194723-133 45-194724-133

0.1405 45-194722-134 45-194723-134 45-194724-134

0.1452 45-194722-135 45-194723-135 45-194724-135

0.1491 45-194722-136 45-194723-136 45-194724-136

0.1534 45-194722-137 45-194723-137 45-194724-137

0.1549 45-194722-138 45-194723-138 45-194724-138

0.1589 45-194722-139 45-194723-139 45-194724-139

0.1629 45-194722-140 45-194723-140 45-194724-140

0.1732 45-194723-141 45-194724-141 45-194725-141

0.1806 45-194723-142 45-194724-142 45-194725-142

0.1857 45-194723-143 45-194724-143 45-194725-143

0.1881 45-194723-144 45-194724-144 45-194725-144

0.1969 45-194723-145 45-194724-145 45-194725-145

0.2036 45-194723-146 45-194724-146 45-194725-146

0.2082 45-194723-147 45-194724-147 45-194725-147

0.2151 45-194723-148 45-194724-148 45-194725-148

0.2209 45-194723-149 45-194724-149 45-194725-149

0.2245 45-194723-150 45-194724-150 45-194725-150

0.2293 45-194723-151 45-194724-151 45-194725-151

0.2353 45-194723-152 45-194724-152 45-194725-152

0.2414 45-194723-153 45-194724-153 45-194725-153

0.2489 45-194723-154 45-194724-154 45-194725-154

0.2539 45-194723-155 45-194724-155 45-194725-155

0.2592 45-194723-156 45-194724-156 45-194725-156

0.2615 45-194724-157 45-194725-157

0.2654 45-194724-158 45-194725-158

0.2745 45-194724-159 45-194725-159

0.2851 45-194724-160 45-194725-160

0.3008 45-194724-161 45-194725-161 45-194726-161

0.3069 45-194724-162 45-194725-162 45-194726-162

0.3267 45-194724-163 45-194725-163 45-194726-163

0.3441 45-194724-164 45-194725-164 45-194726-164

0.3453 45-194724-165 45-194725-165 45-194726-165

0.356 45-194724-166 45-194725-166 45-194726-166

0.368 45-194724-167 45-194725-167 45-194726-167

0.3803 45-194724-168 45-194725-168 45-194726-168

0.3927 45-194724-169 45-194725-169 45-194726-169

0.415 45-194724-170 45-194725-170 45-194726-170 45-194727-170

0.4281 45-194724-171 45-194725-171 45-194726-171 45-194727-171

0.4433 45-194724-172 45-194725-172 45-194726-172 45-194727-172

0.4446 45-194724-173 45-194725-173 45-194726-173 45-194727-173

0.4649 45-194725-174 45-194726-174 45-194727-174

0.4822 45-194725-175 45-194726-175 45-194727-175

06-236553-001 8-11 December 2022

 Table 8-2. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 360 Degree NPT Brass Nozzles (Continued)

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.4962 45-194725-176 45-194726-176 45-194727-176

0.4969 45-194725-177 45-194726-177 45-194727-177

0.5285 45-194725-178 45-194726-178 45-194727-178

0.5468 45-194725-179 45-194726-179 45-194727-179

0.5539 45-194725-180 45-194726-180 45-194727-180

0.5731 45-194725-181 45-194726-181 45-194727-181

0.6136 45-194725-182 45-194726-182 45-194727-182

0.6275 45-194725-183 45-194726-183 45-194727-183

0.6556 45-194725-184 45-194726-184 45-194727-184

0.6764 45-194725-185 45-194726-185 45-194727-185 45-194728-185

0.6926 45-194725-186 45-194726-186 45-194727-186 45-194728-186

0.7221 45-194725-187 45-194726-187 45-194727-187 45-194728-187

0.7427 45-194726-188 45-194727-188 45-194728-188

0.761 45-194726-189 45-194727-189 45-194728-189

0.8053 45-194726-190 45-194727-190 45-194728-190

0.8116 45-194726-191 45-194727-191 45-194728-191

0.8509 45-194726-192 45-194727-192 45-194728-192

0.8836 45-194726-193 45-194727-193 45-194728-193

0.8931 45-194726-194 45-194727-194 45-194728-194

0.9362 45-194726-195 45-194727-195 45-194728-195

0.9587 45-194726-196 45-194727-196 45-194728-196

0.9903 45-194726-197 45-194727-197 45-194728-197

1.0256 45-194726-198 45-194727-198 45-194728-198

1.0368 45-194726-199 45-194727-199 45-194728-199

1.0718 45-194726-200 45-194727-200 45-194728-200

1.1185 45-194726-201 45-194727-201 45-194728-201

1.2027 45-194726-202 45-194727-202 45-194728-202

1.29 45-194727-203 45-194728-203

1.3809 45-194727-204 45-194728-204

1.4744 45-194727-205 45-194728-205

1.5708 45-194727-206 45-194728-206

1.6704 45-194727-207 45-194728-207

1.773 45-194728-208

1.8794 45-194728-209

1.9881 45-194728-210

2.0999 45-194728-211

2.2155 45-194728-212

2.3334 45-194728-213

2.4544 45-194728-214

2.5785 45-194728-215

2.7056 45-194728-216

2.8366 45-194728-217

December 2022 8-12 06-236553-001

 Table 8-3. 360 Degree BSP Brass Nozzles
3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in
Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP
0.0223

0.0246

0.0254

0.0283

0.0308

0.0335

0.0363

0.0384 45-294722-107

0.0388 45-294722-108

0.0413 45-294722-109

0.0423 45-294722-110

0.0465 45-294722-111

0.0498 45-294722-112

0.055 45-294722-113

0.0553 45-294722-114

0.058 45-294722-115

0.0604 45-294722-116

0.0623 45-294722-117 45-294723-117

0.0648 45-294722-118 45-294723-118

0.068 45-294722-119 45-294723-119

0.0713 45-294722-120 45-294723-120

0.0752 45-294722-121 45-294723-121

0.0761 45-294722-122 45-294723-122

0.0775 45-294722-123 45-294723-123

0.0803 45-294722-124 45-294723-124

0.0846 45-294722-125 45-294723-125

0.0905 45-294722-126 45-294723-126

0.0982 45-294722-127 45-294723-127

0.1038 45-294722-128 45-294723-128

0.1163 45-294722-129 45-294723-129 45-294724-129

0.1241 45-294722-130 45-294723-130 45-294724-130

0.1243 45-294722-131 45-294723-131 45-294724-131

06-236553-001 8-13 December 2022

 Table 8-3. 360 Degree BSP Brass Nozzles (Continued)
3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in
Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP
0.1303 45-294722-132 45-294723-132 45-294724-132

0.1358 45-294722-133 45-294723-133 45-294724-133

0.1405 45-294722-134 45-294723-134 45-294724-134

0.1452 45-294722-135 45-294723-135 45-294724-135

0.1491 45-294722-136 45-294723-136 45-294724-136

0.1534 45-294722-137 45-294723-137 45-294724-137

0.1549 45-294722-138 45-294723-138 45-294724-138

0.1589 45-294722-139 45-294723-139 45-294724-139

0.1629 45-294722-140 45-294723-140 45-294724-140

0.1732 45-294723-141 45-294724-141 45-294725-141

0.1806 45-294723-142 45-294724-142 45-294725-142

0.1857 45-294723-143 45-294724-143 45-294725-143

0.1881 45-294723-144 45-294724-144 45-294725-144

0.1969 45-294723-145 45-294724-145 45-294725-145

0.2036 45-294723-146 45-294724-146 45-294725-146

0.2082 45-294723-147 45-294724-147 45-294725-147

0.2151 45-294723-148 45-294724-148 45-294725-148

0.2209 45-294723-149 45-294724-149 45-294725-149

0.2245 45-294723-150 45-294724-150 45-294725-150

0.2293 45-294723-151 45-294724-151 45-294725-151

0.2353 45-294723-152 45-294724-152 45-294725-152

0.2414 45-294723-153 45-294724-153 45-294725-153

0.2489 45-294723-154 45-294724-154 45-294725-154

0.2539 45-294723-155 45-294724-155 45-294725-155

0.2592 45-294723-156 45-294724-156 45-294725-156

0.2615 45-294724-157 45-294725-157

0.2654 45-294724-158 45-294725-158

0.2745 45-294724-159 45-294725-159

0.2851 45-294724-160 45-294725-160

0.3008 45-294724-161 45-294725-161 45-294726-161

0.3069 45-294724-162 45-294725-162 45-294726-162

0.3267 45-294724-163 45-294725-163 45-294726-163

0.3441 45-294724-164 45-294725-164 45-294726-164

December 2022 8-14 06-236553-001

 Table 8-3. 360 Degree BSP Brass Nozzles (Continued)
3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in
Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP
0.3453 45-294724-165 45-294725-165 45-294726-165

0.356 45-294724-166 45-294725-166 45-294726-166

0.368 45-294724-167 45-294725-167 45-294726-167

0.3803 45-294724-168 45-294725-168 45-294726-168

0.3927 45-294724-169 45-294725-169 45-294726-169

0.415 45-294724-170 45-294725-170 45-294726-170 45-294727-170

0.4281 45-294724-171 45-294725-171 45-294726-171 45-294727-171

0.4433 45-294724-172 45-294725-172 45-294726-172 45-294727-172

0.4446 45-294724-173 45-294725-173 45-294726-173 45-294727-173

0.4649 45-294725-174 45-294726-174 45-294727-174

0.4822 45-294725-175 45-294726-175 45-294727-175

0.4962 45-294725-176 45-294726-176 45-294727-176

0.4969 45-294725-177 45-294726-177 45-294727-177

0.5285 45-294725-178 45-294726-178 45-294727-178

0.5468 45-294725-179 45-294726-179 45-294727-179

0.5539 45-294725-180 45-294726-180 45-294727-180

0.5731 45-294725-181 45-294726-181 45-294727-181

0.6136 45-294725-182 45-294726-182 45-294727-182

0.7175 45-294725-183 45-294726-183 45-294727-183

0.6556 45-294725-184 45-294726-184 45-294727-184

0.6764 45-294725-185 45-294726-185 45-294727-185 45-294728-185

0.6926 45-294725-186 45-294726-186 45-294727-186 45-294728-186

0.7221 45-294725-187 45-294726-187 45-294727-187 45-294728-187

0.7427 45-294726-188 45-294727-188 45-294728-188

0.761 45-294726-189 45-294727-189 45-294728-189

0.8053 45-294726-190 45-294727-190 45-294728-190

0.8116 45-294726-191 45-294727-191 45-294728-191

0.8509 45-294726-192 45-294727-192 45-294728-192

0.8836 45-294726-193 45-294727-193 45-294728-193

0.8931 45-294726-194 45-294727-194 45-294728-194

0.9362 45-294726-195 45-294727-195 45-294728-195

0.9587 45-294726-196 45-294727-196 45-294728-196

0.9903 45-294726-197 45-294727-197 45-294728-197

1.0256 45-294726-198 45-294727-198 45-294728-198

1.0368 45-294726-199 45-294727-199 45-294728-199

1.0718 45-294726-200 45-294727-200 45-294728-200

1.1185 45-294726-201 45-294727-201 45-294728-201

06-236553-001 8-15 December 2022

 Table 8-3. 360 Degree BSP Brass Nozzles (Continued)
3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in
Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP
1.2027 45-294726-202 45-294727-202 45-294728-202

1.29 45-294727-203 45-294728-203

1.3809 45-294727-204 45-294728-204

1.4744 45-294727-205 45-294728-205

1.5708 45-294727-206 45-294728-206

1.6704 45-294727-207 45-294728-207

1.773 45-294728-208

1.8794 45-294728-209

1.9881 45-294728-210

2.0999 45-294728-211

2.2155 45-294728-212

2.3334 45-294728-213

2.4544 45-294728-214

2.5785 45-294728-215

2.7056 45-294728-216

2.8366 45-294728-217

8-2.2 Listed Brass 180 Degree Nozzles

Table 8-4. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 180 Degree NPT Brass Nozzles

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.0223

0.0246

0.0254

0.0283

0.0308

0.0335

0.0363

0.0384 45-194712-107

0.0388 45-194712-108

0.0413 45-194712-109

0.0423 45-194712-110

0.0465 45-194712-111

0.0498 45-194712-112

0.055 45-194712-113

0.0553 45-194712-114

0.058 45-194712-115

0.0604 45-194712-116

0.0623 45-194712-117 45-194713-117

0.0648 45-194712-118 45-194713-118

December 2022 8-16 06-236553-001

 Table 8-4. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 180 Degree NPT Brass Nozzles (Continued)

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.068 45-194712-119 45-194713-119

0.0713 45-194712-120 45-194713-120

0.0752 45-194712-121 45-194713-121

0.0761 45-194712-122 45-194713-122

0.0775 45-194712-123 45-194713-123

0.0803 45-194712-124 45-194713-124

0.0846 45-194712-125 45-194713-125

0.0905 45-194712-126 45-194713-126

0.0982 45-194712-127 45-194713-127

0.1038 45-194712-128 45-194713-128

0.1163 45-194712-129 45-194713-129 45-194714-129

0.1241 45-194713-130 45-194714-130

0.1243 45-194713-131 45-194714-131

0.1303 45-194713-132 45-194714-132

0.1358 45-194713-133 45-194714-133

0.1405 45-194713-134 45-194714-134

0.1452 45-194713-135 45-194714-135

0.1491 45-194713-136 45-194714-136

0.1534 45-194713-137 45-194714-137

0.1549 45-194713-138 45-194714-138

0.1589 45-194713-139 45-194714-139

0.1629 45-194713-140 45-194714-140

0.1732 45-194713-141 45-194714-141 45-194715-141

0.1806 45-194713-142 45-194714-142 45-194715-142

0.1857 45-194713-143 45-194714-143 45-194715-143

0.1881 45-194713-144 45-194714-144 45-194715-144

0.1969 45-194713-145 45-194714-145 45-194715-145

0.2036 45-194713-146 45-194714-146 45-194715-146

0.2082 45-194713-147 45-194714-147 45-194715-147

0.2151 45-194714-148 45-194715-148

0.2209 45-194714-149 45-194715-149

0.2245 45-194714-150 45-194715-150

0.2293 45-194714-151 45-194715-151

0.2353 45-194714-152 45-194715-152

0.2414 45-194714-153 45-194715-153

0.2489 45-194714-154 45-194715-154

0.2539 45-194714-155 45-194715-155

0.2592 45-194714-156 45-194715-156

0.2615 45-194714-157 45-194715-157

0.2654 45-194714-158 45-194715-158

0.2745 45-194714-159 45-194715-159

0.2851 45-194714-160 45-194715-160

06-236553-001 8-17 December 2022

 Table 8-4. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 180 Degree NPT Brass Nozzles (Continued)

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.3008 45-194714-161 45-194715-161 45-194716-161

0.3069 45-194714-162 45-194715-162 45-194716-162

0.3267 45-194714-163 45-194715-163 45-194716-163

0.3441 45-194714-164 45-194715-164 45-194716-164

0.3453 45-194714-165 45-194715-165 45-194716-165

0.356 45-194714-166 45-194715-166 45-194716-166

0.368 45-194714-167 45-194715-167 45-194716-167

0.3803 45-194714-168 45-194715-168 45-194716-168

0.3927 45-194714-169 45-194715-169 45-194716-169

0.415 45-194714-170 45-194715-170 45-194716-170 45-194717-170

0.4281 45-194715-171 45-194716-171 45-194717-171

0.4433 45-194715-172 45-194716-172 45-194717-172

0.4446 45-194715-173 45-194716-173 45-194717-173

0.4649 45-194715-174 45-194716-174 45-194717-174

0.4822 45-194715-175 45-194716-175 45-194717-175

0.4962 45-194715-176 45-194716-176 45-194717-176

0.4969 45-194715-177 45-194716-177 45-194717-177

0.5285 45-194715-178 45-194716-178 45-194717-178

0.5468 45-194715-179 45-194716-179 45-194717-179

0.5539 45-194715-180 45-194716-180 45-194717-180

0.5731 45-194715-181 45-194716-181 45-194717-181

0.6136 45-194715-182 45-194716-182 45-194717-182

0.6275 45-194715-183 45-194716-183 45-194717-183

0.6556 45-194715-184 45-194716-184 45-194717-184

0.6764 45-194715-185 45-194716-185 45-194717-185 45-194718-185

0.6926 45-194715-186 45-194716-186 45-194717-186 45-194718-186

0.7221 45-194715-187 45-194716-187 45-194717-187 45-194718-187

0.7427 45-194716-188 45-194717-188 45-194718-188

0.761 45-194716-189 45-194717-189 45-194718-189

0.8053 45-194716-190 45-194717-190 45-194718-190

0.8116 45-194716-191 45-194717-191 45-194718-191

0.8509 45-194716-192 45-194717-192 45-194718-192

0.8836 45-194716-193 45-194717-193 45-194718-193

0.8931 45-194716-194 45-194717-194 45-194718-194

0.9362 45-194716-195 45-194717-195 45-194718-195

0.9587 45-194716-196 45-194717-196 45-194718-196

0.9903 45-194716-197 45-194717-197 45-194718-197

1.0256 45-194716-198 45-194717-198 45-194718-198

1.0368 45-194716-199 45-194717-199 45-194718-199

1.0718 45-194716-200 45-194717-200 45-194718-200

1.1185 45-194716-201 45-194717-201 45-194718-201

1.2027 45-194716-202 45-194717-202 45-194718-202

December 2022 8-18 06-236553-001

 Table 8-4. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 180 Degree NPT Brass Nozzles (Continued)

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
1.29 45-194717-203 45-194718-203

1.3809 45-194717-204 45-194718-204

1.4744 45-194717-205 45-194718-205

1.5708 45-194717-206 45-194718-206

1.6704 45-194717-207 45-194718-207

1.773 45-194718-208

1.8794 45-194718-209

1.9881 45-194718-210

2.0999 45-194718-211

2.2155 45-194718-212

2.3334 45-194718-213

2.4544 45-194718-214

2.5785 45-194718-215

2.7056 45-194718-216

2.8366 45-194718-217

Table 8-5. 180 Degree BSP Brass Nozzles

1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

0.0223 45-294711-100

0.0246 45-294711-101

0.0254 45-294711-102

0.0283 45-294711-103

0.0308 45-294711-104

0.0335 45-294711-105

0.0363 45-294711-106

0.0384 45-294711-107 45-294712-107

0.0388 45-294711-108 45-294712-108

0.0413 45-294711-109 45-294712-109

0.0423 45-294711-110 45-294712-110

0.0465 45-294712-111

0.0498 45-294712-112

0.055 45-294712-113

0.0553 45-294712-114

0.058 45-294712-115

06-236553-001 8-19 December 2022

 Table 8-5. 180 Degree BSP Brass Nozzles (Continued)

1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

0.0604 45-294712-116

0.0623 45-294712-117 45-294713-117

0.0648 45-294712-118 45-294713-118

0.068 45-294712-119 45-294713-119

0.0713 45-294712-120 45-294713-120

0.0752 45-294712-121 45-294713-121

0.0761 45-294712-122 45-294713-122

0.0775 45-294712-123 45-294713-123

0.0803 45-294712-124 45-294713-124

0.0846 45-294712-125 45-294713-125

0.0905 45-294712-126 45-294713-126

0.0982 45-294712-127 45-294713-127

0.1038 45-294712-128 45-294713-128

0.1163 45-294622-129 45-294713-129 45-294714-129

0.1241 45-294713-130 45-294714-130

0.1243 45-294713-131 45-294714-131

0.1303 45-294713-132 45-294714-132

0.1358 45-294713-133 45-294714-133

0.1405 45-294713-134 45-294714-134

0.1452 45-294713-135 45-294714-135

0.1491 45-294713-136 45-294714-136

0.1534 45-294713-137 45-294714-137

0.1549 45-294713-138 45-294714-138

0.1589 45-294713-139 45-294714-139

0.1629 45-294713-140 45-294714-140

0.1732 45-294713-141 45-294714-141 45-294715-141

0.1806 45-294713-142 45-294714-142 45-294715-142

0.1857 45-294713-143 45-294714-143 45-294715-143

0.1881 45-294713-144 45-294714-144 45-294715-144

0.1969 45-294713-145 45-294714-145 45-294715-145

0.2036 45-294713-146 45-294714-146 45-294715-146

0.2082 45-294713-147 45-294714-147 45-294715-147

December 2022 8-20 06-236553-001

 Table 8-5. 180 Degree BSP Brass Nozzles (Continued)

1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

0.2151 45-294714-148 45-294715-148

0.2209 45-294714-149 45-294715-149

0.2245 45-294714-150 45-294715-150

0.2293 45-294714-151 45-294715-151

0.2353 45-294714-152 45-294715-152

0.2414 45-294714-153 45-294715-153

0.2489 45-294714-154 45-294715-154

0.2539 45-294714-155 45-294715-155

0.2592 45-294714-156 45-294715-156

0.2615 45-294714-157 45-294715-157

0.2654 45-294714-158 45-294715-158

0.2745 45-294714-159 45-294715-159

0.2851 45-294714-160 45-294715-160

0.3008 45-294714-161 45-294715-161 45-294716-161

0.3069 45-294714-162 45-294715-162 45-294716-162

0.3267 45-294714-163 45-294715-163 45-294716-163

0.3441 45-294714-164 45-294715-164 45-294716-164

0.3453 45-294714-165 45-294715-165 45-294716-165

0.356 45-294714-166 45-294715-166 45-294716-166

0.368 45-294714-167 45-294715-167 45-294716-167

0.3803 45-294714-168 45-294715-168 45-294716-168

0.3927 45-294714-169 45-294715-169 45-294716-169

0.415 45-294714-170 45-294715-170 45-294716-170 45-294717-170

0.4281 45-294715-171 45-294716-171 45-294717-171

0.4433 45-294715-172 45-294716-172 45-294717-172

0.4446 45-294715-173 45-294716-173 45-294717-173

0.4649 45-294715-174 45-294716-174 45-294717-174

0.4822 45-294715-175 45-294716-175 45-294717-175

0.4962 45-294715-176 45-294716-176 45-294717-176

0.4969 45-294715-177 45-294716-177 45-294717-177

0.5285 45-294715-178 45-294716-178 45-294717-178

0.5468 45-294715-179 45-294716-179 45-294717-179

06-236553-001 8-21 December 2022

 Table 8-5. 180 Degree BSP Brass Nozzles (Continued)

1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

0.5539 45-294715-180 45-294716-180 45-294717-180

0.5731 45-294715-181 45-294716-181 45-294717-181

0.6136 45-294715-182 45-294716-182 45-294717-182

0.7175 45-294715-183 45-294716-183 45-294717-183

0.6556 45-294715-184 45-294716-184 45-294717-184

0.6764 45-294715-185 45-294716-185 45-294717-185 45-294718-185

0.6926 45-294715-186 45-294716-186 45-294717-186 45-294718-186

0.7221 45-294715-187 45-294716-187 45-294717-187 45-294718-187

0.7427 45-294716-188 45-294717-188 45-294718-188

0.761 45-294716-189 45-294717-189 45-294718-189

0.8053 45-294716-190 45-294717-190 45-294718-190

0.8116 45-294716-191 45-294717-191 45-294718-191

0.8509 45-294716-192 45-294717-192 45-294718-192

0.8836 45-294716-193 45-294717-193 45-294718-193

0.8931 45-294716-194 45-294717-194 45-294718-194

0.9362 45-294716-195 45-294717-195 45-294718-195

0.9587 45-294716-196 45-294717-196 45-294718-196

0.9903 45-294716-197 45-294717-197 45-294718-197

1.0256 45-294716-198 45-294717-198 45-294718-198

1.0368 45-294716-199 45-294717-199 45-294718-199

1.0718 45-294716-200 45-294717-200 45-294718-200

1.1185 45-294716-201 45-294717-201 45-294718-201

1.2027 45-294716-202 45-294717-202 45-294718-202

1.29 45-294717-203 45-294718-203

1.3809 45-294717-204 45-294718-204

1.4744 45-294717-205 45-294718-205

1.5708 45-294717-206 45-294718-206

1.6704 45-294717-207 45-294718-207

1.773 45-294718-208

1.8794 45-294718-209

1.9881 45-294718-210

2.0999 45-294718-211

2.2155 45-294718-212

2.3334 45-294718-213

2.4544 45-294718-214

2.5785 45-294718-215

2.7056 45-294718-216

2.8366 45-294718-217

December 2022 8-22 06-236553-001

8-2.3 Listed Stainless Steel 360 Degree Nozzles

Table 8-6. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 360 Degree NPT Stainless Steel Nozzles

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.0223

0.0246

0.0254

0.0283

0.0308

0.0335

0.0363

0.0384 45-194622-107

0.0388 45-194622-108

0.0413 45-194622-109

0.0423 45-194622-110

0.0465 45-194622-111

0.0498 45-194622-112

0.055 45-194622-113

0.0553 45-194622-114

0.058 45-194622-115

0.0604 45-194622-116

0.0623 45-194622-117 45-194623-117

0.0648 45-194622-118 45-194623-118

0.068 45-194622-119 45-194623-119

0.0713 45-194622-120 45-194623-120

0.0752 45-194622-121 45-194623-121

0.0761 45-194622-122 45-194623-122

0.0775 45-194622-123 45-194623-123

0.0803 45-194622-124 45-194623-124

0.0846 45-194622-125 45-194623-125

0.0905 45-194622-126 45-194623-126

0.0982 45-194622-127 45-194623-127

0.1038 45-194622-128 45-194623-128

0.1163 45-194622-129 45-194623-129 45-194624-129

0.1241 45-194622-130 45-194623-130 45-194624-130

0.1243 45-194622-131 45-194623-131 45-194624-131

0.1303 45-194622-132 45-194623-132 45-194624-132

0.1358 45-194622-133 45-194623-133 45-194624-133

0.1405 45-194622-134 45-194623-134 45-194624-134

0.1452 45-194622-135 45-194623-135 45-194624-135

0.1491 45-194622-136 45-194623-136 45-194624-136

0.1534 45-194622-137 45-194623-137 45-194624-137

0.1549 45-194622-138 45-194623-138 45-194624-138

06-236553-001 8-23 December 2022

 Table 8-6. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 360 Degree NPT Stainless Steel Nozzles

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.1589 45-194622-139 45-194623-139 45-194624-139

0.1629 45-194622-140 45-194623-140 45-194624-140

0.1732 45-194623-141 45-194624-141 45-194625-141

0.1806 45-194623-142 45-194624-142 45-194625-142

0.1857 45-194623-143 45-194624-143 45-194625-143

0.1881 45-194623-144 45-194624-144 45-194625-144

0.1969 45-194623-145 45-194624-145 45-194625-145

0.2036 45-194623-146 45-194624-146 45-194625-146

0.2082 45-194623-147 45-194624-147 45-194625-147

0.2151 45-194623-148 45-194624-148 45-194625-148

0.2209 45-194623-149 45-194624-149 45-194625-149

0.2245 45-194623-150 45-194624-150 45-194625-150

0.2293 45-194623-151 45-194624-151 45-194625-151

0.2353 45-194623-152 45-194624-152 45-194625-152

0.2414 45-194623-153 45-194624-153 45-194625-153

0.2489 45-194623-154 45-194624-154 45-194625-154

0.2539 45-194623-155 45-194624-155 45-194625-155

0.2592 45-194623-156 45-194624-156 45-194625-156

0.2615 45-194624-157 45-194625-157

0.2654 45-194624-158 45-194625-158

0.2745 45-194624-159 45-194625-159

0.2851 45-194624-160 45-194625-160

0.3008 45-194624-161 45-194625-161 45-194626-161

0.3069 45-194624-162 45-194625-162 45-194626-162

0.3267 45-194624-163 45-194625-163 45-194626-163

0.3441 45-194624-164 45-194625-164 45-194626-164

0.3453 45-194624-165 45-194625-165 45-194626-165

0.356 45-194624-166 45-194625-166 45-194626-166

0.368 45-194624-167 45-194625-167 45-194626-167

0.3803 45-194624-168 45-194625-168 45-194626-168

0.3927 45-194624-169 45-194625-169 45-194626-169

0.415 45-194624-170 45-194625-170 45-194626-170 45-194627-170

0.4281 45-194624-171 45-194625-171 45-194626-171 45-194627-171

0.4433 45-194624-172 45-194625-172 45-194626-172 45-194627-172

0.4446 45-194624-173 45-194625-173 45-194626-173 45-194627-173

0.4649 45-194625-174 45-194626-174 45-194627-174

0.4822 45-194625-175 45-194626-175 45-194627-175

0.4962 45-194625-176 45-194626-176 45-194627-176

0.4969 45-194625-177 45-194626-177 45-194627-177

0.5285 45-194625-178 45-194626-178 45-194627-178

0.5468 45-194625-179 45-194626-179 45-194627-179

0.5539 45-194625-180 45-194626-180 45-194627-180

December 2022 8-24 06-236553-001

 Table 8-6. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 360 Degree NPT Stainless Steel Nozzles

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.5731 45-194625-181 45-194626-181 45-194627-181

0.6136 45-194625-182 45-194626-182 45-194627-182

0.6275 45-194625-183 45-194626-183 45-194627-183

0.6556 45-194625-184 45-194626-184 45-194627-184

0.6764 45-194625-185 45-194626-185 45-194627-185 45-194628-185

0.6926 45-194625-186 45-194626-186 45-194627-186 45-194628-186

0.7221 45-194625-187 45-194626-187 45-194627-187 45-194628-187

0.7427 45-194626-188 45-194627-188 45-194628-188

0.761 45-194626-189 45-194627-189 45-194628-189

0.8053 45-194626-190 45-194627-190 45-194628-190

0.8116 45-194626-191 45-194627-191 45-194628-191

0.8509 45-194626-192 45-194627-192 45-194628-192

0.8836 45-194626-193 45-194627-193 45-194628-193

0.8931 45-194626-194 45-194627-194 45-194628-194

0.9362 45-194626-195 45-194627-195 45-194628-195

0.9587 45-194626-196 45-194627-196 45-194628-196

0.9903 45-194626-197 45-194627-197 45-194628-197

1.0256 45-194626-198 45-194627-198 45-194628-198

1.0368 45-194626-199 45-194627-199 45-194628-199

1.0718 45-194626-200 45-194627-200 45-194628-200

1.1185 45-194626-201 45-194627-201 45-194628-201

1.2027 45-194626-202 45-194627-202 45-194628-202

1.29 45-194627-203 45-194628-203

1.3809 45-194627-204 45-194628-204

1.4744 45-194627-205 45-194628-205

1.5708 45-194627-206 45-194628-206

1.6704 45-194627-207 45-194628-207

1.773 45-194628-208

1.8794 45-194628-209

1.9881 45-194628-210

2.0999 45-194628-211

2.2155 45-194628-212

2.3334 45-194628-213

2.4544 45-194628-214

2.5785 45-194628-215

2.7056 45-194628-216

2.8366 45-194628-217

06-236553-001 8-25 December 2022

 Table 8-7. 360 Degree BSP Stainless Steel Nozzles
1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in
Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

0.0223 45-294621-100

0.0246 45-294621-101

0.0254 45-294621-102

0.0283 45-294621-103

0.0308 45-294621-104

0.0335 45-294621-105

0.0363 45-294621-106

0.0384 45-294621-107 45-294622-107

0.0388 45-294621-108 45-294622-108

0.0413 45-294621-109 45-294622-109

0.0423 45-294621-110 45-294622-110

0.0465 45-294621-111 45-294622-111

0.0498 45-294621-112 45-294622-112

0.055 45-294621-113 45-294622-113

0.0553 45-294621-114 45-294622-114

0.058 45-294621-115 45-294622-115

0.0604 45-294621-116 45-294622-116

0.0623 45-294621-117 45-294622-117 45-294623-117

0.0648 45-294621-118 45-294622-118 45-294623-118

0.068 45-294621-119 45-294622-119 45-294623-119

0.0713 45-294621-120 45-294622-120 45-294623-120

0.0752 45-294621-121 45-294622-121 45-294623-121

0.0761 45-294621-122 45-294622-122 45-294623-122

0.0775 45-294621-123 45-294622-123 45-294623-123

0.0803 45-294622-124 45-294623-124

0.0846 45-294622-125 45-294623-125

0.0905 45-294622-126 45-294623-126

0.0982 45-294622-127 45-294623-127

0.1038 45-294622-128 45-294623-128

0.1163 45-294622-129 45-294623-129 45-294624-129

0.1241 45-294622-130 45-294623-130 45-294624-130

0.1243 45-294622-131 45-294623-131 45-294624-131

December 2022 8-26 06-236553-001

 1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in
Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

0.1303 45-294622-132 45-294623-132 45-294624-132

0.1358 45-294622-133 45-294623-133 45-294624-133

0.1405 45-294622-134 45-294623-134 45-294624-134

0.1452 45-294622-135 45-294623-135 45-294624-135

0.1491 45-294622-136 45-294623-136 45-294624-136

0.1534 45-294622-137 45-294623-137 45-294624-137

0.1549 45-294622-138 45-294623-138 45-294624-138

0.1589 45-294622-139 45-294623-139 45-294624-139

0.1629 45-294622-140 45-294623-140 45-294624-140

0.1732 45-294623-141 45-294624-141 45-294625-141

0.1806 45-294623-142 45-294624-142 45-294625-142

0.1857 45-294623-143 45-294624-143 45-294625-143

0.1881 45-294623-144 45-294624-144 45-294625-144

0.1969 45-294623-145 45-294624-145 45-294625-145

0.2036 45-294623-146 45-294624-146 45-294625-146

0.2082 45-294623-147 45-294624-147 45-294625-147

0.2151 45-294623-148 45-294624-148 45-294625-148

0.2209 45-294623-149 45-294624-149 45-294625-149

0.2245 45-294623-150 45-294624-150 45-294625-150

0.2293 45-294623-151 45-294624-151 45-294625-151

0.2353 45-294623-152 45-294624-152 45-294625-152

0.2414 45-294623-153 45-294624-153 45-294625-153

0.2489 45-294623-154 45-294624-154 45-294625-154

0.2539 45-294623-155 45-294624-155 45-294625-155

0.2592 45-294623-156 45-294624-156 45-294625-156

0.2615 45-294624-157 45-294625-157

0.2654 45-294624-158 45-294625-158

0.2745 45-294624-159 45-294625-159

0.2851 45-294624-160 45-294625-160

0.3008 45-294624-161 45-294625-161 45-294626-161

0.3069 45-294624-162 45-294625-162 45-294626-162

0.3267 45-294624-163 45-294625-163 45-294626-163

06-236553-001 8-27 December 2022

 1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in
Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

0.3441 45-294624-164 45-294625-164 45-294626-164

0.3453 45-294624-165 45-294625-165 45-294626-165

0.356 45-294624-166 45-294625-166 45-294626-166

0.368 45-294624-167 45-294625-167 45-294626-167

0.3803 45-294624-168 45-294625-168 45-294626-168

0.3927 45-294624-169 45-294625-169 45-294626-169

0.415 45-294624-170 45-294625-170 45-294626-170 45-294627-170

0.4281 45-294624-171 45-294625-171 45-294626-171 45-294627-171

0.4433 45-294624-172 45-294625-172 45-294626-172 45-294627-172

0.4446 45-294624-173 45-294625-173 45-294626-173 45-294627-173

0.4649 45-294625-174 45-294626-174 45-294627-174

0.4822 45-294625-175 45-294626-175 45-294627-175

0.4962 45-294625-176 45-294626-176 45-294627-176

0.4969 45-294625-177 45-294626-177 45-294627-177

0.5285 45-294625-178 45-294626-178 45-294627-178

0.5468 45-294625-179 45-294626-179 45-294627-179

0.5539 45-294625-180 45-294626-180 45-294627-180

0.5731 45-294625-181 45-294626-181 45-294627-181

0.6136 45-294625-182 45-294626-182 45-294627-182

0.7175 45-294625-183 45-294626-183 45-294627-183

0.6556 45-294625-184 45-294626-184 45-294627-184

0.6764 45-294625-185 45-294626-185 45-294627-185 45-294628-185

0.6926 45-294625-186 45-294626-186 45-294627-186 45-294628-186

0.7221 45-294625-187 45-294626-187 45-294627-187 45-294628-187

0.7427 45-294626-188 45-294627-188 45-294628-188

0.761 45-294626-189 45-294627-189 45-294628-189

0.8053 45-294626-190 45-294627-190 45-294628-190

0.8116 45-294626-191 45-294627-191 45-294628-191

0.8509 45-294626-192 45-294627-192 45-294628-192

0.8836 45-294626-193 45-294627-193 45-294628-193

0.8931 45-294626-194 45-294627-194 45-294628-194

0.9362 45-294626-195 45-294627-195 45-294628-195

0.9587 45-294626-196 45-294627-196 45-294628-196

0.9903 45-294626-197 45-294627-197 45-294628-197

1.0256 45-294626-198 45-294627-198 45-294628-198

December 2022 8-28 06-236553-001

 1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in
Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

1.0368 45-294626-199 45-294627-199 45-294628-199

1.0718 45-294626-200 45-294627-200 45-294628-200

1.1185 45-294626-201 45-294627-201 45-294628-201

1.2027 45-294626-202 45-294627-202 45-294628-202

1.29 45-294627-203 45-294628-203

1.3809 45-294627-204 45-294628-204

1.4744 45-294627-205 45-294628-205

1.5708 45-294627-206 45-294628-206

1.6704 45-294627-207 45-294628-207

1.773 45-294628-208

1.8794 45-294628-209

1.9881 45-294628-210

2.0999 45-294628-211

2.2155 45-294628-212

2.3334 45-294628-213

2.4544 45-294628-214

2.5785 45-294628-215

2.7056 45-294628-216

2.8366 45-294628-217

06-236553-001 8-29 December 2022

8-2.4 Listed Stainless Steel 180 Degree Nozzles

Table 8-8. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 180 Degree NPT Stainless Steel Nozzles

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.0223

0.0246

0.0254

0.0283

0.0308

0.0335

0.0363

0.0384 45-194612-107

0.0388 45-194612-108

0.0413 45-194612-109

0.0423 45-194612-110

0.0465 45-194612-111

0.0498 45-194612-112

0.055 45-194612-113

0.0553 45-194612-114

0.058 45-194612-115

0.0604 45-194612-116

0.0623 45-194612-117 45-194613-117

0.0648 45-194612-118 45-194613-118

0.068 45-194612-119 45-194613-119

0.0713 45-194612-120 45-194613-120

0.0752 45-194612-121 45-194613-121

0.0761 45-194612-122 45-194613-122

0.0775 45-194612-123 45-194613-123

0.0803 45-194612-124 45-194613-124

0.0846 45-194612-125 45-194613-125

0.0905 45-194612-126 45-194613-126

0.0982 45-194612-127 45-194613-127

0.1038 45-194612-128 45-194613-128

0.1163 45-194612-129 45-194613-129 45-194614-129

0.1241 45-194613-130 45-194614-130

0.1243 45-194613-131 45-194614-131

0.1303 45-194613-132 45-194614-132

0.1358 45-194613-133 45-194614-133

0.1405 45-194613-134 45-194614-134

0.1452 45-194613-135 45-194614-135

0.1491 45-194613-136 45-194614-136

0.1534 45-194613-137 45-194614-137

0.1549 45-194613-138 45-194614-138

0.1589 45-194613-139 45-194614-139

December 2022 8-30 06-236553-001

 Table 8-8. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 180 Degree NPT Stainless Steel Nozzles

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.1629 45-194613-140 45-194614-140

0.1732 45-194613-141 45-194614-141 45-194615-141

0.1806 45-194613-142 45-194614-142 45-194615-142

0.1857 45-194613-143 45-194614-143 45-194615-143

0.1881 45-194613-144 45-194614-144 45-194615-144

0.1969 45-194613-145 45-194614-145 45-194615-145

0.2036 45-194613-146 45-194614-146 45-194615-146

0.2082 45-194613-147 45-194614-147 45-194615-147

0.2151 45-194614-148 45-194615-148

0.2209 45-194614-149 45-194615-149

0.2245 45-194614-150 45-194615-150

0.2293 45-194614-151 45-194615-151

0.2353 45-194614-152 45-194615-152

0.2414 45-194614-153 45-194615-153

0.2489 45-194614-154 45-194615-154

0.2539 45-194614-155 45-194615-155

0.2592 45-194614-156 45-194615-156

0.2615 45-194614-157 45-194615-157

0.2654 45-194614-158 45-194615-158

0.2745 45-194614-159 45-194615-159

0.2851 45-194614-160 45-194615-160

0.3008 45-194614-161 45-194615-161 45-194616-161

0.3069 45-194614-162 45-194615-162 45-194616-162

0.3267 45-194614-163 45-194615-163 45-194616-163

0.3441 45-194614-164 45-194615-164 45-194616-164

0.3453 45-194614-165 45-194615-165 45-194616-165

0.356 45-194614-166 45-194615-166 45-194616-166

0.368 45-194614-167 45-194615-167 45-194616-167

0.3803 45-194614-168 45-194615-168 45-194616-168

0.3927 45-194614-169 45-194615-169 45-194616-169

0.415 45-194614-170 45-194615-170 45-194616-170 45-194617-170

0.4281 45-194615-171 45-194616-171 45-194617-171

0.4433 45-194615-172 45-194616-172 45-194617-172

0.4446 45-194615-173 45-194616-173 45-194617-173

0.4649 45-194615-174 45-194616-174 45-194617-174

0.4822 45-194615-175 45-194616-175 45-194617-175

0.4962 45-194615-176 45-194616-176 45-194617-176

0.4969 45-194615-177 45-194616-177 45-194617-177

0.5285 45-194615-178 45-194616-178 45-194617-178

0.5468 45-194615-179 45-194616-179 45-194617-179

0.5539 45-194615-180 45-194616-180 45-194617-180

0.5731 45-194615-181 45-194616-181 45-194617-181

06-236553-001 8-31 December 2022

 Table 8-8. UL and ULC Listed, and FM Approved 180 Degree NPT Stainless Steel Nozzles

3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
0.6136 45-194615-182 45-194616-182 45-194617-182

0.6275 45-194615-183 45-194616-183 45-194617-183

0.6556 45-194615-184 45-194616-184 45-194617-184

0.6764 45-194615-185 45-194616-185 45-194617-185 45-194618-185

0.6926 45-194615-186 45-194616-186 45-194617-186 45-194618-186

0.7221 45-194615-187 45-194616-187 45-194617-187 45-194618-187

0.7427 45-194616-188 45-194617-188 45-194618-188

0.761 45-194616-189 45-194617-189 45-194618-189

0.8053 45-194616-190 45-194617-190 45-194618-190

0.8116 45-194616-191 45-194617-191 45-194618-191

0.8509 45-194616-192 45-194617-192 45-194618-192

0.8836 45-194616-193 45-194617-193 45-194618-193

0.8931 45-194616-194 45-194617-194 45-194618-194

0.9362 45-194616-195 45-194617-195 45-194618-195

0.9587 45-194616-196 45-194617-196 45-194618-196

0.9903 45-194616-197 45-194617-197 45-194618-197

1.0256 45-194616-198 45-194617-198 45-194618-198

1.0368 45-194616-199 45-194617-199 45-194618-199

1.0718 45-194616-200 45-194617-200 45-194618-200

1.1185 45-194616-201 45-194617-201 45-194618-201

1.2027 45-194616-202 45-194617-202 45-194618-202

1.29 45-194617-203 45-194618-203

1.3809 45-194617-204 45-194618-204

1.4744 45-194617-205 45-194618-205

1.5708 45-194617-206 45-194618-206

1.6704 45-194617-207 45-194618-207

1.773 45-194618-208

1.8794 45-194618-209

1.9881 45-194618-210

2.0999 45-194618-211

2.2155 45-194618-212

2.3334 45-194618-213

2.4544 45-194618-214

2.5785 45-194618-215

2.7056 45-194618-216

2.8366 45-194618-217

December 2022 8-32 06-236553-001

 Table 8-9. 180 Degree BSP Stainless Steel Nozzles

1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

0.0223 45-294611-100

0.0246 45-294611-101

0.0254 45-294611-102

0.0283 45-294611-103

0.0308 45-294611-104

0.0335 45-294611-105

0.0363 45-294611-106

0.0384 45-294611-107 45-294612-107

0.0388 45-294611-108 45-294612-108

0.0413 45-294611-109 45-294612-109

0.0423 45-294611-110 45-294612-110

0.0465 45-294612-111

0.0498 45-294612-112

0.055 45-294612-113

0.0553 45-294612-114

0.058 45-294612-115

0.0604 45-294612-116

0.0623 45-294612-117 45-294613-117

0.0648 45-294612-118 45-294613-118

0.068 45-294612-119 45-294613-119

0.0713 45-294612-120 45-294613-120

0.0752 45-294612-121 45-294613-121

0.0761 45-294612-122 45-294613-122

0.0775 45-294612-123 45-294613-123

0.0803 45-294612-124 45-294613-124

0.0846 45-294612-125 45-294613-125

0.0905 45-294612-126 45-294613-126

0.0982 45-294612-127 45-294613-127

0.1038 45-294612-128 45-294613-128

0.1163 45-294612-129 45-294613-129 45-294614-129

0.1241 45-294613-130 45-294614-130

06-236553-001 8-33 December 2022

 Table 8-9. 180 Degree BSP Stainless Steel Nozzles (Continued)

1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

0.1243 45-294613-131 45-294614-131

0.1303 45-294613-132 45-294614-132

0.1358 45-294613-133 45-294614-133

0.1405 45-294613-134 45-294614-134

0.1452 45-294613-135 45-294614-135

0.1491 45-294613-136 45-294614-136

0.1534 45-294613-137 45-294614-137

0.1549 45-294613-138 45-294614-138

0.1589 45-294613-139 45-294614-139

0.1629 45-294613-140 45-294614-140

0.1732 45-294613-141 45-294614-141 45-294615-141

0.1806 45-294613-142 45-294614-142 45-294615-142

0.1857 45-294613-143 45-294614-143 45-294615-143

0.1881 45-294613-144 45-294614-144 45-294615-144

0.1969 45-294613-145 45-294614-145 45-294615-145

0.2036 45-294613-146 45-294614-146 45-294615-146

0.2082 45-294613-147 45-294614-147 45-294615-147

0.2151 45-294614-148 45-294615-148

0.2209 45-294614-149 45-294615-149

0.2245 45-294614-150 45-294615-150

0.2293 45-294614-151 45-294615-151

0.2353 45-294614-152 45-294615-152

0.2414 45-294614-153 45-294615-153

0.2489 45-294614-154 45-294615-154

0.2539 45-294614-155 45-294615-155

0.2592 45-294614-156 45-294615-156

0.2615 45-294614-157 45-294615-157

0.2654 45-294614-158 45-294615-158

0.2745 45-294614-159 45-294615-159

0.2851 45-294614-160 45-294615-160

0.3008 45-294614-161 45-294615-161 45-294616-161

0.3069 45-294614-162 45-294615-162 45-294616-162

December 2022 8-34 06-236553-001

 Table 8-9. 180 Degree BSP Stainless Steel Nozzles (Continued)

1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

0.3267 45-294614-163 45-294615-163 45-294616-163

0.3441 45-294614-164 45-294615-164 45-294616-164

0.3453 45-294614-165 45-294615-165 45-294616-165

0.356 45-294614-166 45-294615-166 45-294616-166

0.368 45-294614-167 45-294615-167 45-294616-167

0.3803 45-294614-168 45-294615-168 45-294616-168

0.3927 45-294614-169 45-294615-169 45-294616-169

0.415 45-294614-170 45-294615-170 45-294616-170 45-294617-170

0.4281 45-294615-171 45-294616-171 45-294617-171

0.4433 45-294615-172 45-294616-172 45-294617-172

0.4446 45-294615-173 45-294616-173 45-294617-173

0.4649 45-294615-174 45-294616-174 45-294617-174

0.4822 45-294615-175 45-294616-175 45-294617-175

0.4962 45-294615-176 45-294616-176 45-294617-176

0.4969 45-294615-177 45-294616-177 45-294617-177

0.5285 45-294615-178 45-294616-178 45-294617-178

0.5468 45-294615-179 45-294616-179 45-294617-179

0.5539 45-294615-180 45-294616-180 45-294617-180

0.5731 45-294615-181 45-294616-181 45-294617-181

0.6136 45-294615-182 45-294616-182 45-294617-182

0.6275 45-294615-183 45-294616-183 45-294617-183

0.6556 45-294615-184 45-294616-184 45-294617-184

0.6764 45-294615-185 45-294616-185 45-294617-185 45-294618-185

0.6926 45-294615-186 45-294616-186 45-294617-186 45-294618-186

0.7221 45-294615-187 45-294616-187 45-294617-187 45-294618-187

0.7427 45-294616-188 45-294617-188 45-294618-188

0.761 45-294616-189 45-294617-189 45-294618-189

0.8053 45-294616-190 45-294617-190 45-294618-190

0.8116 45-294616-191 45-294617-191 45-294618-191

0.8509 45-294616-192 45-294617-192 45-294618-192

0.8836 45-294616-193 45-294617-193 45-294618-193

0.8931 45-294616-194 45-294617-194 45-294618-194

0.9362 45-294616-195 45-294617-195 45-294618-195

0.9587 45-294616-196 45-294617-196 45-294618-196

06-236553-001 8-35 December 2022

 Table 8-9. 180 Degree BSP Stainless Steel Nozzles (Continued)

1/4 in 3/8 in 1/2 in 3/4 in 1 in 1-1/4 in 1-1/2 in 2 in

Area (6 mm) (10 mm) (13 mm) (18 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (38 mm) (51 mm)
BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP BSP

0.9903 45-294616-197 45-294617-197 45-294618-197

1.0256 45-294616-198 45-294617-198 45-294618-198

1.0368 45-294616-199 45-294617-199 45-294618-199

1.0718 45-294616-200 45-294617-200 45-294618-200

1.1185 45-294616-201 45-294617-201 45-294618-201

1.2027 45-294616-202 45-294617-202 45-294618-202

1.29 45-294617-203 45-294618-203

1.3809 45-294617-204 45-294618-204

1.4744 45-294617-205 45-294618-205

1.5708 45-294617-206 45-294618-206

1.6704 45-294617-207 45-294618-207

1.773 45-294618-208

1.8794 45-294618-209

1.9881 45-294618-210

2.0999 45-294618-211

2.2155 45-294618-212

2.3334 45-294618-213

2.4544 45-294618-214

2.5785 45-294618-215

2.7056 45-294618-216

2.8366 45-294618-217

December 2022 8-36 06-236553-001

 Nitrogen Required for Cylinder Fill

APPENDIX A
NITROGEN REQUIRED FOR CYLINDER FILL

This Appendix includes tables for each size cylinder to provide a guideline to determine specific
amounts of N2 needed to add for accurate fills. Each table provides the equation to be used to
determine exact fill amounts for each size tank as well as both the minimum and maximum fill
amounts for that size cylinder. The pressure of each cylinder must be verified via the use of
the fill line pressure gauge. Ensure to make allowances for pressure based upon temperature,
refer to figure 1-3 or 1-4 for metric units.

Tables shown on the left size represent English units and the tables on the right side are for
Metric units where x= desired fill amount and y= amount of N2 mass required to complete fill.

Table A-1. Min/Max Fill Amounts for 10 lb. Cylinders

y = -0.0104x + 0.3043 y = -0.0104x + 0.138

Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2 Mass (kg)

Min 6.0 0.242 Min 2.7 0.110

Max 11.0 0.190 Max 5.0 0.086

Table A-2. Min/Max Fill Amounts for 20 lb. Cylinders

y = -0.0104x + 0.6084 y = -0.0104x + 0.276

Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2 Mass (kg)

Min 12.0 0.484 Min 5.4 0.219

Max 23.0 0.369 Max 10.4 0.168

Table A-3. Min/Max Fill Amounts for 40 lb. Cylinders

y = -0.0104x + 1.0484 y = -0.0104x + 0.4756

Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2 Mass (kg)

Min 20.0 0.840 Min 9.1 0.381

Max 40.0 0.632 Max 18.1 0.287

Table A-4. Min/Max Fill Amounts for 70 lb. Cylinders

y = -0.0104x + 1.832 y = -0.0104x + 0.831

Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2 Mass (kg)

Min 35.0 1.468 Min 15.9 0.666

Max 70.0 1.104 Max 31.8 0.500

06-236553-001 A-1 December 2022

Nitrogen Required for Cylinder Fill

Table A-5. Min/Max Fill Amounts for 125 lb. Cylinders

y = -0.0104x + 3.2749 y = -0.0104x + 1.4855

Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2 Mass (kg)

Min 63.0 2.620 Min 28.6 1.188

Max 125.0 1.975 Max 56.7 0.896

Table A-6. Min/Max Fill Amounts for 200 lb. Cylinders

y = -0.0104x + 5.2429 y = -0.0104x + 2.3782

Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2 Mass (kg)

Min 100.0 4.203 Min 45.4 1.906

Max 200.0 3.163 Max 90.7 1.435

Table A-7. Min/Max Fill Amounts for 350 lb. Cylinders

y = -0.0104x + 9.1649 y = -0.0104x + 4.1571

Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2 Mass (kg)

Min 175.0 7.345 Min 79.4 3.332

Max 350.0 5.525 Max 158.8 2.506

Table A-8. Min/Max Fill Amounts for 450 lb. Cylinders

y = -0.0104x + 11.738 y = -0.0104x + 4.7636

Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2 Mass (kg)
(x) (y) (x) (y)

Min 260.0 9.034 Min 117.9 4.098

Max 425.0 7.318 Max 192.8 3.319

Table A-9. Min/Max Fill Amounts for 600 lb. Cylinders

y = -0.0104x + 15.71 y = -0.0104x + 7.1259

Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2 Mass (kg)

Min 300.0 12.590 Min 136.1 5.711

Max 600.0 9.470 Max 272.2 4.296

Table A-10. Min/Max Fill Amounts for 900 lb. Cylinders

y = -0.0104x + 23.813 y = -0.0104x + 10.801

Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2Mass (kg)

Min 445.0 19.081 Min 206.4 8.655

Max 910.0 14.349 Max 412.8 6.508

December 2022 A-2 06-236553-001

 APPENDIX B
SAFETY DATASHEETS

06-236553-001 B-1 December 2022

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

1. IDENTIFICATION

Product Name Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent

(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized and
Non-pressurized)
Recommended use of the chemical and
restrictions on use
Identified uses Fire Extinguishing Agent
Restrictions on use Consult applicable fire protection codes
Company Identification Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
Customer Information Number (508) 881-2000
Emergency Telephone Number
CHEMTREC Number (800) 424-9300
(703) 527-3887 (International)
Issue Date September 11, 2022
Supersedes Date New SDS
Safety Data Sheet prepared in accordance with OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) and the Globally
Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS)

2. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

This SDS covers the product listed above as sold in pressurized and non-pressurized containers.
GHS classifications for both forms are listed below.

GHS Classification – Pressurized

Hazard Classification
Chronic hazard to the aquatic environment - Category 3 (This classification not adopted by OSHA)
Gas under pressure – Compressed gas

Label Elements
Hazard Symbols

Signal Word: Warning

Hazard Statements
Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.
Contents under pressure; may explode if heated.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 1 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

2. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Precautionary Statements
Prevention
Avoid release to the environment.
Response
None
Storage
Protect from sunlight.
Store in well-ventilated place.
Disposal
Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local regulation.

GHS Classification: Non - pressurized

Hazard Classification
Chronic hazard to the aquatic environment - Category 3 (This classification not adopted by OSHA)

Label Elements
Hazard Symbols
None

Signal Word: None

Hazard Statements
Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

Precautionary Statements
Prevention
Avoid release to the environment.
Response
None
Storage
None
Disposal
Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local regulation.

Other Hazards
None identified.

Specific Concentration Limits

The values listed below represent the percentages of ingredients of unknown toxicity.
Acute oral toxicity 0%
Acute dermal toxicity 0%
Acute inhalation toxicity 0%
Acute aquatic toxicity 0%

3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

This product is a substance.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 2 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Component CAS Number Concentration

1,1,1,2,2,4,5,5,5,-Nonafluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pentanone 756-13-8 >99.9%

Note: Pressurized product uses nitrogen as the expellant.

4. FIRST- AID MEASURES

Description of necessary first-aid measures

Eyes
Immediately flood the eye with plenty of water for several minutes, holding the eye open. Obtain medical
attention if soreness or redness persists.
Skin
Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Obtain medical attention if irritation persists.
Ingestion
Rinse mouth. Obtain medical attention if you feel unwell.
Inhalation
Move victim to fresh air. Obtain medical attention immediately for any breathing difficulty.

Most important symptoms/effects, acute and delayed

Aside from the information found under Description of necessary first aid measures (above) and
Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed, no additional symptoms and
effects are anticipated.

Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed

Notes to Physicians
Treat symptomatically.

5. FIRE - FIGHTING MEASURES

Suitable Extinguishing Media

This preparation is used as an extinguishing agent and therefore is not a problem when trying to control a
blaze. Use extinguishing agent appropriate to other materials involved. Keep pressurized containers and
surroundings cool with water spray as they may rupture or burst in the heat of a fire

Specific hazards arising from the chemical

Predominant decomposition product is hydrogen fluoride in fire situations. By-products are irritating and
potentially toxic. Pressurized containers may explode in heat of fire.

Special Protective Actions for Fire-Fighters

Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus as appropriate for specific fire
conditions.

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures

Wear appropriate protective clothing. Prevent skin and eye contact. Remove leaking container to a safe
place. Ventilate the area.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 3 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Environmental Precautions
Prevent large quantities of the material from entering drains or watercourses.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up

Contain and absorb using earth, sand or other inert material. Transfer into suitable containers for
recovery or disposal.

7. HANDLING AND STORAGE

Precautions for safe handling

Wear appropriate protective clothing.

Conditions for safe storage

Store at temperatures not exceeding 38°C/100°F. Pressurized containers should be properly stored and
secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not drag, slide or roll pressurized containers. Do not
drop pressurized containers or permit them to strike against each other. Never apply flame or localized
heat directly to any part of the pressurized or plastic container. Store pressurized and plastic containers
away from high heat sources. Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated - under cover - out
of direct sunlight

8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION

Control parameters
Exposure limits are listed below, if they exist.

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent

Manufacturer’s recommended exposure limit: 150 ppm, 8 hr TWA

Appropriate engineering controls

Engineering methods to prevent or control exposure are preferred. Methods include process or personnel
enclosure, mechanical ventilation (dilution and local exhaust), and control of process conditions.

Individual protection measures

Respiratory Protection
Wear respiratory protection if there is a risk of exposure to high vapor concentrations, aerosols or if
material is exposed to extreme overheating. The specific respirator selected must be based on the
airborne concentration found in the workplace and must not exceed the working limits of the respirator.
Skin Protection
Gloves
Eye/Face Protection
Chemical goggles or safety glasses with side shields.
Body Protection
Normal work wear.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 4 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Non- Pressurized
Appearance
Physical State Liquid
Color Colorless
Odor Slight
Odor Threshold No data available
pH Not applicable
Specific Gravity 1.6
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) 49.2 oC/120.6 oF
Melting Point (°C/F) -108 oC/-162.4 oF
Flash Point (PMCC) (°C/F) Not flammable
Vapor Pressure 0.3260 bar @ 20 oC
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1) >1
Solubility in Water Nil
Relative Vapor Density (Air = 1) 11.6
VOC (g/l) 1600 g/l
VOC (%) 100%
Partition coefficient (n- No data available
octanol/water)
Kinematic Viscosity No data available
Auto-ignition Temperature Not applicable
Decomposition Temperature No data available
Upper explosive limit None detected
Lower explosive limit None detected
Flammability (solid, gas) No data available
Particle Characteristics Not applicable

Expellant - Nitrogen
Appearance
Physical State Compressed gas
Color Colorless
Odor None
Odor Threshold No data available
pH Not applicable
Specific Gravity No data available
Gas Density 0.075 lb/ft3 @70oF as vapor
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) -196oC/-321 oF
Melting Point (°C/F) -210oC/-346 oF
Flash Point (PMCC) (°C/F) Not flammable
Vapor Pressure No data available
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1) No data available
Solubility in Water 0.2 g/l
Relative Vapor Density (Air = 1) 0.97
VOC (g/l) None
VOC (%) None
Partition coefficient (n- No data available
octanol/water)
Kinematic Viscosity Not applicable
Auto-ignition Temperature No data available
Decomposition Temperature No data available
Upper explosive limit Not explosive

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 5 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Lower explosive limit Not explosive

Flammability (solid, gas) Not flammable
Particle Characteristics Not applicable

10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Reactivity
Pressurized containers may rupture or explode if exposed to heat.

Chemical Stability
Stable under normal conditions.

Possibility of hazardous reactions

Hazardous polymerization will not occur.

Conditions to Avoid
Exposure to direct sunlight - ultraviolet light - contact with incompatible materials

Incompatible Materials
Strong bases - amines - alcohols - water

Hazardous Decomposition Products

Oxides of carbon - hydrogen fluoride - perfluoroisobutylene

11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Acute Toxicity
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
Oral LD50 (rat) >5000 mg/kg (estimated)
Dermal LD50 (rat) >5000mg/kg (estimated)
Inhalation LC50 (rat) >5 mg/l 4hr
Nitrogen
Simple asphyxiant

Specific Target Organ Toxicity (STOT) – single exposure

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: All data were negative in a 2 hour rat inhalation study
(nervous system). The NOAEL was determined to be 10,000ppm. All data were negative in a 17 minute
dog inhalation study (cardiac sensitization).
Nitrogen: Exposure to nitrogen gas at high concentrations can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen
available for breathing. Breathing very high concentrations can cause dizziness, shortness of breath,
unconsciousness or asphyxiation.

Specific Target Organ Toxicity (STOT) – repeat exposure

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: NOAEL from 28-day inhalation study in rats was determined
to be 300000 mg/m3 (6h/d, 5d/w). Results indicate Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent is not
expected to cause target organ effects after repeat exposure.

Serious Eye damage/Irritation

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: No significant irritation to eyes in rabbit study.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 6 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Skin Corrosion/Irritation
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: No significant irritation to skin in rabbit study.

Respiratory or Skin Sensitization

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: Did not cause skin sensitization in guinea pig study.

Carcinogenicity
Not considered carcinogenic by NTP, IARC, and OSHA.

Germ Cell Mutagenicity

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: Not mutagenic in both in vitro mammalian chromosome
aberration test and mammalian cell gene mutation test.

Reproductive Toxicity
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: Not toxic to male reproduction, female reproduction or
development in rat inhalation study. The NOAEL was determined to be 3000ppm.

Aspiration Hazard
Not an aspiration hazard.

Quality
The NFPA 2001 purity specifications and cardiac sensitization NOAEL help to address the safety of
agents included in the standard. Historically, the unstated safety assumptions have been as follows:

1. The NOAEL for cardiac sensitization will be protective for all other end points of acute toxicity.

2. 99 percent purity precludes the presence of impurities that could impact the NOAEL for agent
acute toxicity. However, there are some impurities that, when present at less than 1 percent by
weight in the liquid agent, could result in acute toxicity at agent concentrations below the NOAEL
for cardiac sensitization. Hexafluoropropylene (HFP) thermodynamic and kinetic dimers are
examples of such impurities. For these dimers, a 5-minute exposure to a concentration in air
greater than 10 ppm by volume for the HFP thermodynamic dimer or greater than 300 ppm by
volume for the HFP kinetic dimer could cause toxicological effects. [Maranion, 2020] For FK-5-1-
12 at a use concentration of 10 percent by volume in air, these levels would translate to 95 ppm
(0.0095 percent) by weight in the liquid agent for the thermodynamic dimer and 2850 ppm
(0.2850 percent) by weight in the liquid agent for the kinetic dimer.

Note: Each batch of FK-5-1-12 is tested to ensure the PPM for these Dimers is lower than these upper
threshold limits.

12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Ecotoxicity
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
LC50 Zebra fish >1070 mg/l 96h
EC50 Daphnia magna >1080 mg/l 48h
EC50 Pseudokirchneriella subcapitata 10.6mg/l 72h
Classified by ECHA as Aquatic Chronic 3: Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 7 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

Mobility in soil
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: Product is highly insoluble in water and volatile.

Persistence/Degradability
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: Not readily biodegradable

Bioaccumulative Potential
BCF = 1.2 – 4.8

Other adverse effects

No relevant studies identified.

13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

Disposal Methods
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations.

14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION

Safety Data Sheet information is intended to address a specific material and not various forms or states
of containment.

Pressurized Containers
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Fire extinguishers, 2.2, UN1044
UN Proper Shipping Name Fire extinguishers
UN Class (2.2)
UN Number UN1044
UN Packaging Group Not applicable
Classification for AIR Consult current IATA Regulations prior to shipping by air.
Transportation (IATA)
Classification for Water Consult current IMDG Regulations prior to shipping by water.
Transport IMDG Fire extinguishers, 2.2, UN1044

Non-pressurized Containers
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Not Regulated
UN Proper Shipping Name Not Regulated
UN Class None.
UN Number None.
UN Packaging Group None.
Classification for AIR Consult current IATA Regulations prior to shipping by air.
Transportation (IATA)
Classification for Water Consult current IMDG Regulations prior to shipping by water.
Transport IMDG

This section is believed to be accurate at the time of preparation. It is not intended to be a complete
statement or summary of the applicable laws, rules, or hazardous material regulations, and is subject to
change. Users have the responsibility to confirm compliance with all laws, rules, and hazardous material
regulations in effect at the time of shipping.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 8 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

15. REGULATORY INFORMATION

United States TSCA Inventory

This product contains ingredients that are listed on or exempt from listing on the EPA Toxic Substance
Control Act Chemical Substance Inventory.

Canada DSL Inventory

All ingredients in this product are listed on the Domestic Substance List (DSL) or the Non-Domestic
Substance List (NDSL) or are exempt from listing.

SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization: Pressurized

Gas under pressure
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization: Non-pressurized
None

SARA Title III Sect. 313

This product does not contain any chemicals that are listed in Section 313 at or above de minimis
concentrations.

16. OTHER INFORMATION

NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Health - 1
NFPA Code for Flammability - 0
NFPA Code for Reactivity - 1
NFPA Code for Special Hazards - None

Legend
ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
CAS#: Chemical Abstracts Service Number
ECHA: European Chemicals Agency
EC50: Effect Concentration 50%
IARC: International Agency for Research on Cancer
LC50: Lethal Concentration 50%
LD50: Lethal Dose 50%
N/A: Denotes no applicable information found or available
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PEL: Permissible Exposure Limit
STEL: Short Term Exposure Limit
TLV: Threshold Limit Value
TSCA: Toxic Substance Control Act

P/N: SDS_KFS_45_0003_EN

Revision Date: September 11, 2022

Replaces: March 11, 2020
Changes made: Update to sections 11 and 16.

Information Source and References

This SDS is prepared by Hazard Communication Specialists based on information provided by internal
company references.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 9 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

The information and recommendations presented in this SDS are based on sources believed to be
accurate. Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information. It
is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the material for their particular purposes. In
particular, we make NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, with respect to such information, and we assume no liability resulting from its
use. Users should ensure that any use or disposal of the material is in accordance with applicable
Federal, State, and local laws and regulations.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 10 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

1. IDENTIFICATION

Product Name 3M™ Novec ™1230 Fire Protection Fluid

(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized and
Non-pressurized)
Recommended use of the chemical and
restrictions on use
Identified uses Fire Extinguishing Agent
Restrictions on use Consult applicable fire protection codes
Company Identification Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
Customer Information Number (508) 881-2000
Emergency Telephone Number
CHEMTREC Number (800) 424-9300
(703) 527-3887 (International)
Issue Date September 11, 2022
Supersedes Date March 11, 2020
Safety Data Sheet prepared in accordance with OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) and the Globally
Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS)

2. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

This SDS covers the product listed above as sold in pressurized and non-pressurized containers.
GHS classifications for both forms are listed below.

GHS Classification – Pressurized

Hazard Classification
Chronic hazard to the aquatic environment - Category 3 (This classification not adopted by OSHA)
Gas under pressure – Compressed gas

Label Elements
Hazard Symbols

Signal Word: Warning

Hazard Statements
Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.
Contents under pressure; may explode if heated.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 1 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

2. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Precautionary Statements
Prevention
Avoid release to the environment.
Response
None
Storage
Protect from sunlight.
Store in well-ventilated place.
Disposal
Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local regulation.

GHS Classification: Non - pressurized

Hazard Classification
Chronic hazard to the aquatic environment - Category 3 (This classification not adopted by OSHA)

Label Elements
Hazard Symbols
None

Signal Word: None

Hazard Statements
Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

Precautionary Statements
Prevention
Avoid release to the environment.
Response
None
Storage
None
Disposal
Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local regulation.

Other Hazards
None identified.

Specific Concentration Limits

The values listed below represent the percentages of ingredients of unknown toxicity.
Acute oral toxicity 0%
Acute dermal toxicity 0%
Acute inhalation toxicity 0%
Acute aquatic toxicity 0%

3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

This product is a substance.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 2 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Component CAS Number Concentration

1,1,1,2,2,4,5,5,5,-Nonafluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pentanone 756-13-8 >99.9%

Note: Pressurized product uses nitrogen as the expellant.

4. FIRST- AID MEASURES

Description of necessary first-aid measures

Eyes
Immediately flood the eye with plenty of water for several minutes, holding the eye open. Obtain medical
attention if soreness or redness persists.
Skin
Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Obtain medical attention if irritation persists.
Ingestion
Rinse mouth. Obtain medical attention if you feel unwell.
Inhalation
Move victim to fresh air. Obtain medical attention immediately for any breathing difficulty.

Most important symptoms/effects, acute and delayed

Aside from the information found under Description of necessary first aid measures (above) and
Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed, no additional symptoms and
effects are anticipated.

Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed

Notes to Physicians
Treat symptomatically.

5. FIRE - FIGHTING MEASURES

Suitable Extinguishing Media

This preparation is used as an extinguishing agent and therefore is not a problem when trying to control a
blaze. Use extinguishing agent appropriate to other materials involved. Keep pressurized containers and
surroundings cool with water spray as they may rupture or burst in the heat of a fire

Specific hazards arising from the chemical

Predominant decomposition product is hydrogen fluoride in fire situations. By-products are irritating and
potentially toxic. Pressurized containers may explode in heat of fire.

Special Protective Actions for Fire-Fighters

Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus as appropriate for specific fire
conditions.

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures

Wear appropriate protective clothing. Prevent skin and eye contact. Remove leaking container to a safe
place. Ventilate the area.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 3 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Environmental Precautions
Prevent large quantities of the material from entering drains or watercourses.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up

Contain and absorb using earth, sand or other inert material. Transfer into suitable containers for
recovery or disposal.

7. HANDLING AND STORAGE

Precautions for safe handling

Wear appropriate protective clothing.

Conditions for safe storage

Store at temperatures not exceeding 38°C/100°F. Pressurized containers should be properly stored and
secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not drag, slide or roll pressurized containers. Do not
drop pressurized containers or permit them to strike against each other. Never apply flame or localized
heat directly to any part of the pressurized or plastic container. Store pressurized and plastic containers
away from high heat sources. Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated - under cover - out
of direct sunlight

8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION

Control parameters
Exposure limits are listed below, if they exist.

3MTM NovecTM 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

Manufacturer’s recommended exposure limit: 150 ppm, 8 hr TWA

Appropriate engineering controls

Engineering methods to prevent or control exposure are preferred. Methods include process or personnel
enclosure, mechanical ventilation (dilution and local exhaust), and control of process conditions.

Individual protection measures

Respiratory Protection
Wear respiratory protection if there is a risk of exposure to high vapor concentrations, aerosols or if
material is exposed to extreme overheating. The specific respirator selected must be based on the
airborne concentration found in the workplace and must not exceed the working limits of the respirator.
Skin Protection
Gloves
Eye/Face Protection
Chemical goggles or safety glasses with side shields.
Body Protection
Normal work wear.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 4 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Non- Pressurized
Appearance
Physical State Liquid
Color Colorless
Odor Slight
Odor Threshold No data available
pH Not applicable
Specific Gravity 1.6
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) 49.2 oC/120.6 oF
Melting Point (°C/F) -108 oC/-162.4 oF
Flash Point (PMCC) (°C/F) Not flammable
Vapor Pressure 0.404 bar (5.87 psig) @ 25 oC
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1) >1
Solubility in Water Nil
Relative Vapor Density (Air = 1) 11.6
VOC (g/l) 1600 g/l
VOC (%) 100%
Partition coefficient (n- No data available
octanol/water)
Kinematic Viscosity 0.6 centipoise @ 25 oC
Auto-ignition Temperature Not applicable
Decomposition Temperature No data available
Upper explosive limit None detected
Lower explosive limit None detected
Flammability (solid, gas) No data available
Particle Characteristics Not applicable

Expellant - Nitrogen
Appearance
Physical State Compressed gas
Color Colorless
Odor None
Odor Threshold No data available
pH Not applicable
Specific Gravity No data available
Gas Density 0.075 lb/ft3 @70oF as vapor
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) -196oC/-321 oF
Melting Point (°C/F) -210oC/-346 oF
Flash Point (PMCC) (°C/F) Not flammable
Vapor Pressure No data available
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1) No data available
Solubility in Water 0.2 g/l
Vapor Density (Air = 1) 0.97
VOC (g/l) None
VOC (%) None
Partition coefficient (n- No data available
octanol/water)
Viscosity Not applicable
Auto-ignition Temperature No data available
Decomposition Temperature No data available
Upper explosive limit Not explosive

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 5 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Lower explosive limit Not explosive

Flammability (solid, gas) Not flammable
Particle Characteristics Not applicable

10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Reactivity
Pressurized containers may rupture or explode if exposed to heat.

Chemical Stability
Stable under normal conditions.

Possibility of hazardous reactions

Hazardous polymerization will not occur.

Conditions to Avoid
Exposure to direct sunlight - ultraviolet light - contact with incompatible materials

Incompatible Materials
Strong bases - amines - alcohols - water

Hazardous Decomposition Products

Oxides of carbon - hydrogen fluoride - perfluoroisobutylene

11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Acute Toxicity
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Oral LD50 (rat) >5000 mg/kg (estimated)
Dermal LD50 (rat) >5000mg/kg (estimated)
Inhalation LC50 (rat) >1227 mg/l 4hr
Nitrogen
Simple asphyxiant

Specific Target Organ Toxicity (STOT) – single exposure

3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: All data were negative in a 2 hour rat inhalation study (nervous
system). The NOAEL was determined to be 10,000ppm. All data were negative in a 17 minute dog
inhalation study (cardiac sensitization).
Nitrogen: Exposure to nitrogen gas at high concentrations can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen
available for breathing. Breathing very high concentrations can cause dizziness, shortness of breath,
unconsciousness or asphyxiation.

Specific Target Organ Toxicity (STOT) – repeat exposure

3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: NOAEL from 90-day inhalation study was determined to be
3000ppm. Results indicate 3M™ Novec ™1230 Fire Protection Fluid is not expected to cause target
organ effects after repeat exposure.

Serious Eye damage/Irritation

3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: No significant irritation to eyes in rabbit study.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 6 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Skin Corrosion/Irritation
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: No significant irritation to skin in rabbit study.

Respiratory or Skin Sensitization

3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: Did not cause skin sensitization in guinea pig study.

Carcinogenicity
Not considered carcinogenic by NTP, IARC, and OSHA.

Germ Cell Mutagenicity

3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: Not mutagenic in both in vivo and in vitro testing.

Reproductive Toxicity
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: Not toxic to male reproduction, female reproduction or
development in rat inhalation study. The NOAEL was determined to be 3000ppm.

Aspiration Hazard
Not an aspiration hazard.

Quality
The NFPA 2001 purity specifications and cardiac sensitization NOAEL help to address the safety of
agents included in the standard. Historically, the unstated safety assumptions have been as follows:

1. The NOAEL for cardiac sensitization will be protective for all other end points of acute toxicity.

2. 99 percent purity precludes the presence of impurities that could impact the NOAEL for agent
acute toxicity. However, there are some impurities that, when present at less than 1 percent by
weight in the liquid agent, could result in acute toxicity at agent concentrations below the NOAEL
for cardiac sensitization. Hexafluoropropylene (HFP) thermodynamic and kinetic dimers are
examples of such impurities. For these dimers, a 5-minute exposure to a concentration in air
greater than 10 ppm by volume for the HFP thermodynamic dimer or greater than 300 ppm by
volume for the HFP kinetic dimer could cause toxicological effects. [Maranion, 2020] For FK-5-1-
12 at a use concentration of 10 percent by volume in air, these levels would translate to 95 ppm
(0.0095 percent) by weight in the liquid agent for the thermodynamic dimer and 2850 ppm
(0.2850 percent) by weight in the liquid agent for the kinetic dimer.

Note: Each batch of FK-5-1-12 is tested to ensure the PPM for these Dimers is lower than these upper
threshold limits.

12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Ecotoxicity
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
LC50 Zebra fish >1200mg/l 96h
EC50 Daphnia magna >1200mg/l 48h
EC50 Green algae 7.7mg/l 72h
Classified by ECHA as Aquatic Chronic 3: Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

Mobility in soil
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: Product is highly insoluble in water and volatile.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 7 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

Persistence/Degradability
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: Photolytic half-life: 3 - 5 days. Persistent Photolytic
degradation product: trifluoroacetic acid.

Bioaccumulative Potential
No relevant studies identified.

Other adverse effects

No relevant studies identified.

13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

Disposal Methods
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations.

14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION

Safety Data Sheet information is intended to address a specific material and not various forms or states
of containment.

Pressurized Containers
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Fire extinguishers, 2.2, UN1044
UN Proper Shipping Name Fire extinguishers
UN Class (2.2)
UN Number UN1044
UN Packaging Group Not applicable
Classification for AIR Consult current IATA Regulations prior to shipping by air.
Transportation (IATA)
Classification for Water Consult current IMDG Regulations prior to shipping by water.
Transport IMDG Fire extinguishers, 2.2, UN1044

Non-pressurized Containers
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Not Regulated
UN Proper Shipping Name Not Regulated
UN Class None.
UN Number None.
UN Packaging Group None.
Classification for AIR Consult current IATA Regulations prior to shipping by air.
Transportation (IATA)
Classification for Water Consult current IMDG Regulations prior to shipping by water.
Transport IMDG

This section is believed to be accurate at the time of preparation. It is not intended to be a complete
statement or summary of the applicable laws, rules, or hazardous material regulations, and is subject to
change. Users have the responsibility to confirm compliance with all laws, rules, and hazardous material
regulations in effect at the time of shipping.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 8 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

15. REGULATORY INFORMATION

United States TSCA Inventory

This product contains ingredients that are listed on or exempt from listing on the EPA Toxic Substance
Control Act Chemical Substance Inventory.

Canada DSL Inventory

All ingredients in this product are listed on the Domestic Substance List (DSL) or the Non-Domestic
Substance List (NDSL) or are exempt from listing.

SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization: Pressurized

Gas under pressure
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization: Non-pressurized
None

SARA Title III Sect. 313

This product does not contain any chemicals that are listed in Section 313 at or above de minimis
concentrations.

16. OTHER INFORMATION

NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Health - 3
NFPA Code for Flammability - 0
NFPA Code for Reactivity - 1
NFPA Code for Special Hazards - None

Legend
ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
CAS#: Chemical Abstracts Service Number
ECHA: European Chemicals Agency
EC50: Effect Concentration 50%
IARC: International Agency for Research on Cancer
LC50: Lethal Concentration 50%
LD50: Lethal Dose 50%
N/A: Denotes no applicable information found or available
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PEL: Permissible Exposure Limit
STEL: Short Term Exposure Limit
TLV: Threshold Limit Value
TSCA: Toxic Substance Control Act

P/N: SDS_KFS_45_0001_EN

Revision Date: September 11, 2022

Replaces: March 11, 2020
Changes made: Update to sections 11 and 16.

Information Source and References

This SDS is prepared by Hazard Communication Specialists based on information provided by internal
company references.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 9 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)

3M and Novec are trademarks of 3M Company.

The information and recommendations presented in this SDS are based on sources believed to be
accurate. Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information. It
is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the material for their particular purposes. In
particular, we make NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, with respect to such information, and we assume no liability resulting from its
use. Users should ensure that any use or disposal of the material is in accordance with applicable
Federal, State, and local laws and regulations.

Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 10 of 10

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Nitrogen (Expellant)

1. IDENTIFICATION

Product Name Nitrogen (Expellant)

Other Names N2
Recommended use of the chemical and
restrictions on use
Identified uses Fire Extinguishing Expellant
Restrictions on use Consult applicable fire protection codes
Company Identification Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
Customer Information Number (508) 881-2000
Emergency Telephone Number
CHEMTREC Number (800) 424-9300
(703) 527-3887 (International)
Issue Date November 15, 2019
Supersedes Date October 1, 2015
Safety Data Sheet prepared in accordance with OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200, the Canadian
Hazardous Products Regulations (HPR) and the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS)

2. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Hazard Classification
Gas under pressure – compressed gas
Simple Asphyxiant

Label Elements
Hazard Symbols

Signal Word: Warning

Hazard Statements
Contents under pressure; may explode if heated.
May displace oxygen and cause rapid suffocation.

Precautionary Statements
Prevention
Do not enter confined space unless adequately ventilated.
In case of inadequate ventilation wear respiratory protection.
Response
None
Storage
Keep container tightly closed.
Protect from sunlight and store in well-ventilated place.
Disposal
None
Revision Date: November 15, 2019 Page 1 of 7
 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Nitrogen (Expellant)

2. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Other Hazards
Avoid direct inhalation of undiluted gas. Can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen available for
breathing. Breathing very high concentrations can cause dizziness, shortness of breath,
unconsciousness or asphyxiation.

Specific Concentration Limits

The values listed below represent the percentages of ingredients of unknown toxicity.
Acute oral toxicity 0%
Acute dermal toxicity 0%
Acute inhalation toxicity 0%
Acute aquatic toxicity 100%

3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Synonyms: N2
This product is a substance.

Component CAS Number Concentration

Nitrogen 7727-37-9 100%

4. FIRST- AID MEASURES

Description of necessary first-aid measures

Eyes
No specific measures.
Skin
No specific measures.
Ingestion
Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure.
Inhalation
Remove from exposure. If there is difficulty in breathing, give oxygen. Obtain medical attention
immediately.

Most important symptoms/effects, acute and delayed

Aside from the information found under Description of necessary first aid measures (above) and
Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed, no additional symptoms and
effects are anticipated.

Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed

Notes to Physicians
Treat symptomatically.

5. FIRE - FIGHTING MEASURES

Suitable Extinguishing Media

All known extinguishing media can be used. Use extinguishing media appropriate for containers in the area.

Specific hazards arising from the chemical

Containers may explode in heat of fire.

Revision Date: November 15, 2019 Page 2 of 7

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Nitrogen (Expellant)

5. FIRE - FIGHTING MEASURES

Special Protective Actions for Fire-Fighters

Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus as appropriate for specific fire
conditions.

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures

Remove leaking cylinder to a safe place. Ventilate the area. Leaks inside confined spaces may cause
suffocation as oxygen is displaced and should not be entered without a self-contained breathing
apparatus.

Environmental Precautions
None - Material is a normal atmospheric gas.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up

None

7. HANDLING AND STORAGE

Precautions for safe handling

Containers should be properly stored and secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not drag,
slide or roll containers. Do not drop containers or permit them to strike against each other. Never apply
flame or localized heat directly to any part of the containers.

Conditions for safe storage

Store away from sources of heat or ignition. Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated -
under cover - out of direct sunlight

8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION

Control parameters
Exposure limits are listed below, if they exist.

Nitrogen
ACGIH: Simple Asphyxiant (Inert gas or vapor that acts primarily as a simple asphyxiant without other
significant physiologic effects when present in high concentrations in air.)

Appropriate engineering controls

Use with adequate ventilation (natural or mechanical), especially in a confined space.

Individual protection measures

Respiratory Protection
Not normally required. In oxygen deficient atmospheres, use a self contained breathing apparatus, as an
air purifying respirator will not provide protection.
Skin Protection
Use leather or sturdy work gloves when handling cylinders.
Eye/Face Protection
Chemical goggles or safety glasses with side shields.
Body Protection
Normal work wear.
Revision Date: November 15, 2019 Page 3 of 7
 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Nitrogen (Expellant)

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Appearance
Physical State Compressed gas
Color Colorless
Odor None
Odor Threshold No data available
pH Not applicable
Gas Density 0.075 lb/ft3 @70oF as vapor
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) -196oC/-321 oF
Melting Point (°C/F) -210oC/-346 oF
Flash Point (PMCC) (°C/F) Not flammable
Vapor Pressure No data available
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1) Not applicable
Solubility in Water 0.2 g/l
Vapor Density (Air = 1) 0.97
VOC (%) Not applicable
Partition coefficient (n- No data available
octanol/water)
Viscosity Not applicable
Auto-ignition Temperature No data available
Decomposition Temperature No data available
Upper explosive limit Not explosive
Lower explosive limit Not explosive
Flammability (solid, gas) Not flammable

10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Reactivity
Containers may rupture or explode if exposed to heat.

Chemical Stability
Stable under normal conditions.

Possibility of hazardous reactions

Hazardous polymerization will not occur.

Conditions to Avoid
Extremely high temperatures

Incompatible Materials
None known

Hazardous Decomposition Products

None

11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Acute Toxicity
Simple asphyxiant.

Revision Date: November 15, 2019 Page 4 of 7

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Nitrogen (Expellant)

11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Specific Target Organ Toxicity (STOT) – single exposure

Exposure to nitrogen gas at high concentrations can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen available for
breathing. Breathing very high concentrations can cause dizziness, shortness of breath,
unconsciousness or asphyxiation.

Specific Target Organ Toxicity (STOT) – repeat exposure

No data available.

Serious Eye damage/Irritation

No data available.

Skin Corrosion/Irritation
No data available.

Respiratory or Skin Sensitization

No data available.

Carcinogenicity
Not considered carcinogenic by NTP, IARC, and OSHA.

Germ Cell Mutagenicity

No data available.

Reproductive Toxicity
No data available.

Aspiration Hazard
Not an aspiration hazard.

12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Ecotoxicity
No data available

Mobility in soil
Nitrogen occurs naturally in the atmosphere.

Persistence/Degradability
Nitrogen occurs naturally in the atmosphere.

Bioaccumulative Potential
Nitrogen occurs naturally in the atmosphere.

Other adverse effects

No relevant studies identified.

Revision Date: November 15, 2019 Page 5 of 7

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Nitrogen (Expellant)

13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

Disposal Methods
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations. Do not cut puncture
or weld on or near to the container. If spilled, contents will vaporize to the atmosphere.

14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION

Safety Data Sheet information is intended to address a specific material and not various forms or states
of containment.

DOT CFR 172.101 Data Nitrogen, compressed, 2.2, UN1066

UN Proper Shipping Name Nitrogen, compressed
UN Class (2.2) Non-Flammable Gas
UN Number UN1066
UN Packaging Group Not Applicable
Classification for AIR Transportation Consult current IATA Regulations prior to shipping by air.
(IATA)
Classification for Water Transport IMDG Nitrogen, compressed, 2.2, UN1066

This section is believed to be accurate at the time of preparation. It is not intended to be a complete
statement or summary of the applicable laws, rules, or hazardous material regulations, and is subject to
change. Users have the responsibility to confirm compliance with all laws, rules, and hazardous material
regulations in effect at the time of shipping.

15. REGULATORY INFORMATION

United States TSCA Inventory

All components of this product are in compliance with the inventory listing requirements of the US Toxic
Substance Control Act (TSCA) Chemical Substance Inventory.

Canada DSL Inventory

All ingredients in this product have been verified for inclusion on the Domestic Substance List (DSL).

SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization

Gas under pressure

SARA Title III Sect. 313

This product does not contain a chemical which is listed in Section 313 at or above de minimis
concentrations.

16. OTHER INFORMATION

NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Health - 0
NFPA Code for Flammability - 0
NFPA Code for Reactivity - 0
NFPA Code for Special Hazards – None

Revision Date: November 15, 2019 Page 6 of 7

 SAFETY DATA SHEET
Nitrogen (Expellant)

16. OTHER INFORMATION

Legend
ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
CAS: Chemical Abstracts Service
IARC: International Agency for Research on Cancer
LCLo: Lethal concentration low
N/A: Denotes no applicable information found or available
NTP: National Toxicology Program
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PEL: Permissible Exposure Limit
SDS: Safety Data Sheet
STEL: Short Term Exposure Limit
TLV: Threshold Limit Value

Revision Date: November 15, 2019

Replaces: October 1, 2015
Changes made: Updates to sections 1, 8 and 14, 15 and 16.

Information Source and References

This SDS is prepared by Hazard Communication Specialists based on information provided by internal
company references.

Prepared By: EnviroNet LLC.

The information and recommendations presented in this SDS are based on sources believed to be
accurate. Kidde-Fenwal Inc. assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information. It is
the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the material for their particular purposes. In
particular, we make NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, with respect to such information, and we assume no liability resulting from its
use. Users should ensure that any use or disposal of the material is in accordance with applicable
Federal, State, and local laws and regulations.

Revision Date: November 15, 2019 Page 7 of 7

All trademarks are property of their respective owners.
3M and Novec are trademarks of 3M Company.
Bacharach is a registered trademark of Bacharach Inc.
Loctite is a registered trademark of the Henkel Corporation.
Mag-Probe is a registered trademark of Robert J. Bartol Jr.
Speedaire is a registered trademark of Dayton Electric Manufacturing Co., or its parents, subsidiaries, or affiliates.

This literature is provided for informational purposes only. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. believes this data to be accurate, but
it is published and presented without any guarantee or warranty whatsoever. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. assumes no re-
sponsibility for the product's suitability for a particular application. The fire suppression system design, installation,
maintenance, service and troubleshooting must be performed by trained, authorized Kidde Fire Systems distributors
400 Main Street for the product to work correctly. If you need more information on this product, or if you have a particular problem or
Ashland, MA 01721 question, contact KIDDE-FENWAL, INC., Ashland, MA 01721 USA. Telephone: (508) 881-2000.
Ph: 508.881.2000
Fax: 508.881.8920 06-236553-001 Rev. BB ©2021 Carrier. All Rights Reserved.
www.kiddefiresystems.com
06-237873-001
January 2023

2-Way NPT and Grooved

Selector and Lockout Valve
Addendum
for
Kidde Fire Systems
Clean Agent Systems

EXPORT INFORMATION (USA):

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
This document contains technical
data subject to the EAR.
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Component Description.......................................................................... 2
2.1 2-Way NPT and Grooved Selector Valves .................................................. 2
2.1.1 Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves ............................... 5
2.1.2 Back-Plate Manifold Hose ....................................................................... 6
2.1.3 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter .......................................... 7
2.1.4 Pressure Regulator and Bracket Kit.......................................................... 7
2.1.5 Spare NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly .......................................................... 8
2.1.6 Flexible Actuation Hoses ........................................................................ 8
2.1.7 NEMA 7 Solenoid Adapter Kit .................................................................. 8
2.1.8 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders .......................................................... 9
2.1.9 Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder ........................... 10
2.1.10 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch................................. 11
2.1.10.1 Supervisory Pressure Switch Differentiation ............................................ 12
2.2 Lockout Valves ................................................................................... 13
3 Design Consideration........................................................................... 17
3.1 Selector Valves ................................................................................... 17
3.2 Back-Plate Manifold with NEMA 4 Rated Solenoids ................................... 17
3.3 Lockout Valve Clearance ...................................................................... 17
4 Install ............................................................................................... 18
4.1 2- Way Selector Valves ........................................................................ 18
4.1.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves ........................................ 18
4.1.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves................................................................. 18
4.2 Selector Valves with NEMA 7 Rated Solenoids ......................................... 18
4.3 Installing the Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
with Supervisory Pressure Switch .......................................................... 19
4.3.1 Wiring the Control Head Monitor ........................................................... 21
4.4 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Pressure Regulator .......................... 22
4.5 Connecting Pressure Regulator to NEMA 7 Selector Valve ......................... 23
4.6 Lockout Valves ................................................................................... 24
4.7 System Pressure Test .......................................................................... 24
5 Operation .......................................................................................... 25
5.1 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves
with NEMA 4 Solenoids ........................................................................ 25
5.2 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves
with NEMA 7 Solenoids ........................................................................ 25
5.3 Lockout Valves ................................................................................... 26
6 Maintenance....................................................................................... 27
6.1 Semi-Annual Inspection ....................................................................... 27
6.1.1 Actuator Test on 2-Way Selector Valve .................................................. 27
6.1.2 System Lockout Valve (if Fitted) ........................................................... 27
6.2 Inspection Procedures - 2 Years ............................................................ 27
6.3 Service: Replacing NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly....................................... 28
7 Post Discharge Maintenance ................................................................. 29
7.1 Resetting Selector Valves after Operation ............................................... 29
8 Parts List ........................................................................................... 29

06-237873-001 i January 2023

 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

January 2023 ii 06-237873-001

1 GENERAL
Kidde Fire Systems 2-Way NPT and Grooved selector valves are used to distribute agent where
multiple spaces are protected from a common bank of cylinders.
Kidde Fire Systems NPT and Grooved lockout valves can be locked in the close position to
prevent agent from being discharged into a protected area for the safety of personnel.
These selector and lockout valves are available to multiple Kidde Fire Systems Clean Agent Fire
Suppression Systems. This addendum applies to the following industrial, land-based Kidde Fire
Systems fire suppression systems:
• Kidde Fire Systems Natura™ Inert Gas System
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230
Fire Protection Fluid
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230
Fire Protection Fluid
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230
Fire Protection Fluid
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent (a discontinued
brand)
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent (a discontinued
brand)
This addendum applies to the manuals listed in Table 1. For other system details, see the
associated manuals listed in Table 1.

Table 1. Kidde Fire Systems Manual Listing

Manual Title Part Number Rev

Kidde Fire Systems Natura™ Inert Gas System Design, Installation, Operation, and 06-237619-001 AC
Maintenance Manual with FM Approval
Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire 06-237585-001 AB
Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection 06-237256-001 AB
Fluid Design, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection 06-236553-001 BA
Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent Design, 06-236068-001 BA
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent 06-236115-001 BA
Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual

06-237873-001 1 January 2023

2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
2.1 2-Way NPT and Grooved Selector Valves
P/N: See Table 2
Selector valves are used to distribute agent where multiple hazards are protected from the
same or multiple banks of cylinders. These selector valves are 2-way ball valves with full bore,
available in sizes to match 1, 1 1/2, 2, 3, and 4 inch pipes.
The valves operate pneumatically, using pressure from either a Nitrogen pilot cylinder or, in
the case of inert systems, from the agent manifold. The pressure passes through a pressure
regulator, then through the associated solenoid which is opened via the control panel, allowing
the pressure to flow to the required selector valve.
For selector valves with NEMA 4 rated solenoids, Kidde Fire Systems offers back-plate
manifolds which includes the various number of solenoids to ease installation. For more
information, see Section 2.1.1, Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves.
Selector valves with NEMA 7 rated solenoids cannot use the back-plate manifolds as, the
solenoids are mounted directly on the selector valve.
Selector valve sizes 1, 1 1/2, and 2 in. have NPT threaded inlet and outlet ports for connection
to the distribution piping. Selector valve sizes 3 and 4 in. use grooved fitting to connect to the
system piping. When installing, choose the correct mating fittings to match with the groove
fitting of the selector valves.
Table 2. Selector Valve Part Numbers

Part Number Description

NEMA 4 Rated Selector Valves

85-100025-100 1 in. Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid
85-150025-150 1 1/2 in. Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid
85-200025-200 2 in. Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid
85-300025-300 3 in. Selector valve, Grooved, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid
85-400025-400 4 in. Selector valve, Grooved, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid
NEMA 7 Rated Selector Valves
85-100724-100 1 in. Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid
85-150724-150 1 1/2 in. Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid
85-200724-200 2 in. Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid
85-300724-300 3 in. Selector valve, Grooved, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid
85-400724-400 4 in. Selector valve, Grooved, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid

January 2023 2 06-237873-001

 A
A

B
B

1 in. Selector Valve, NEMA 4, P/N: 85-100025-100 4 in. Selector Valve, NEMA 4, P/N: 85-400025-400

Figure 1. 1 and 4 inch Selector Valve, NEMA 4

Table 3. NEMA 4 Selector Valve Specifications

Dimensions
Thread
Part Number Size A B Pressure Rating
Type
inches mm inches mm

85-100025-100 1 in. NPT 6 5/8 168 6 11/16 195 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-150025-150 1.5 in. NPT 10 1/3 263 9 15/16 252 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-200025-200 2 in. NPT 10 9/16 268 11 1/4 286 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-300025-300 3 in. Grooved 11 7/8 301 14 1/4 362 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-400025-400 4 in. Grooved 15 1/2 394 16 3/8 416 1015 PSI (70 Bar)

06-237873-001 3 January 2023

 A
A

B
B

1 in. Selector Valve, NEMA 7, P/N: 85-100724-100 4 in. Selector Valve, NEMA 7, P/N: 85-400724-400

Figure 2. 1 and 4 inch Selector Valve, NEMA 7

Table 4. NEMA 7 Selector Valve Specifications

Dimensions
Thread
Part Number Size Lead Length A B Pressure Rating
Type
inches mm inches mm

85-100724-100 1 in. 70” (1778 mm) NPT 7 9/16 193 6 11/16 195 1015 PSI (70 Bar)

85-150724-150 1.5 in. 70” (1778 mm) NPT 10 1/3 263 9 15/16 252 1015 PSI (70 Bar)

85-200724-200 2 in. 70” (1778 mm) NPT 10 9/16 268 11 1/4 286 1015 PSI (70 Bar)

85-300724-300 3 in. 70” (1778 mm) Grooved 11 7/8 301 14 3/16 360 1015 PSI (70 Bar)

85-400724-400 4 in. 70” (1778 mm) Grooved 15 1/2 394 16 3/8 416 1015 PSI (70 Bar)

January 2023 4 06-237873-001

2.1.1 Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves
P/N: 01-3508-000X
Note: Use only with NEMA 4 rated solenoids. Not to be used with selector valves P/N: 85-
100724-100, 85-150724-150, 85-200724-200, 85-300724-300 or 85-400724-400.
To simplify the selector valve installation, KFS offers a back-plate manifold with the pressure
regulator, piping, and the required number of solenoids to provide pressure to the appropriate
selector valve. This back-plate manifold includes one hose (P/N 01-3273-1200) to connect the
pressure regulator on the back-plate to a Nitrogen pilot cylinder or agent manifold. Use one
108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold to provide pressure to open the
selector valves.

Solenoid Specifications:
– Operating Voltage: 24 VDC 10W
– Current Draw: 0.42 Amps
Note: The solenoid on the back-plate manifold leading to the hazard being protected by the
discharge must be continuously powered during the system discharge.
The solenoid includes a manual override. To operate, pull the pin, depress the button,
and turn clockwise to lock the solenoid open.

Date Part no.

TP bar. Batc h n o.

H
L

Figure 3. Back-Plate Manifold Arrangement Figure 4. Back-Plate Manifold Dimensions

Table 5. Back-Plate Manifold Dimensions

Dimensions
Number of Weight
Part Number Selector Valve L H
Connections
inches mm inches mm lbs kg

01-3508-0002 2 23.8 605 7.9 200 ~8.8 ~4

01-3508-0003 3 35.8 910 7.9 200 ~11.0 ~5
01-3508-0004 4 47.8 1215 7.9 200 ~17.6 ~8
01-3508-0005 5 59.8 1520 7.9 200 ~22.0 ~10

Table 6. Back-Plate Manifold Part Numbers

Part Number Description

01-3508-0002 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 2 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar
01-3508-0003 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 3 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar
01-3508-0004 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 4 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar
01-3508-0005 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 5 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar

Note: For systems with more than 5 areas protected, use multiple back-plate manifolds.

06-237873-001 5 January 2023

2.1.2 Back-Plate Manifold Hose
P/N: 01-3273-1200
Use the hose to connect the NEMA 4 solenoid to the selector valves or to connect the Nitrogen
pilot cylinder to the pressure regulator on the back-plate manifold. When connecting a back-
plate manifold hose to the Nitrogen pilot cylinder, use adapter P/N: 85-025125-000.

27.6 in. (700 mm)

Figure 5. Back-Plate Manifold Hose

Table 7. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers

Part Number Description

01-3273-1200 Back-Plate Manifold Hose

Back-Plate Manifold Hose

(P/N 01-3273-1200)

Note: One hose is included

with Back-Plate Manifold to
connect to the pressure supply.
Seperate hoses must be
purchased for each Selector
Valve.

-Kerr

Figure 6. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Installed on Back-Plate Manifold

January 2023 6 06-237873-001

2.1.3 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter
P/N: 85-025125-000
Use the adapter when connecting the Nitrogen pilot cylinder to the back-plate manifold hose.
1.11in 45/64"

1/4 BSPP 1/8 NPT

Figure 7. Back-Plate Manifold Hose

Table 8. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers

Part Number Description

85-025125-000 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter

2.1.4 Pressure Regulator and Bracket Kit

P/N: 01-6017-0000
The pressure regulator reduces the incoming pressure from a Nitrogen pilot cylinder down to
the 8 bar needed to operate the selector valves. The regulator is included with the back-plate
manifold, but may be ordered separately for selector valves with NEMA 7 rated solenoids.

4.9 in.
(125mm)

2.2 in. (55mm)

Figure 8. Pressure Regulator and Bracket

Table 9. Pressure Regulator Part Numbers

Part Number Description

01-6017-0000 Pressure Regulator

06-237873-001 7 January 2023

2.1.5 Spare NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly
P/N: 85-063724-XX0
If necessary, the NEMA 7 solenoid and actuation assembly on the selector valves can be
replaced.
Solenoid Specifications:
– Operating Voltage: 24 VDC 10W
– Current Draw: 0.187 Amps

Figure 9. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly

Table 10. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly Part Numbers

Current
Part Number For Valve Size Operating Voltage Rating
Draw

85-063724-100 1 in. 24 VDC 10W .187 Amps NEMA 7

85-092724-150 1 1/2 in. 24 VDC 10W .187 Amps NEMA 7
85-105724-200 2 in. 24 VDC 10W .187 Amps NEMA 7
85-125724-300 3 in. 24 VDC 10W .187 Amps NEMA 7
85-140724-400 4 in. 24 VDC 10W .187 Amps NEMA 7

Note: The solenoid includes a manual override. To operate, depress the button, and turn
clockwise to lock the solenoid open.

2.1.6 Flexible Actuation Hoses

P/N: WK-264986-000 and WK-264987-000
The flexible actuation hoses can be used to connect the pressure regulator to a NEMA 7
solenoid.

A
1-3/8 in.
5/8 in. HEX SWIVEL
(35 mm)
NUT (BRASS)
5/16 in.
TUBING COUPLING
(BOTH ENDS)

HOSE - 1/4 in. I.D.

Figure 1-1. Flexible Actuation Hose

Table 1-1. Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose

Part Number Dimension A

WK-264986-000 30 in. 762 mm

WK-264987-000 22 in. 559 mm

2.1.7 NEMA 7 Solenoid Adapter Kit

P/N: 85-118990-001
Note: Use only with NEMA 7 rated solenoids.
This kit includes an adapter and washer to connect the solenoid on a NEMA 7 rated selector
valve to the pressure regulator using a flexible hose. The kit includes an adapter and washer.

January 2023 8 06-237873-001

2.1.8 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders
P/N: 85-877940-001 and 85-877940-002
Use the 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder to provide operating pressure for the selector valves.
When activated by a control head, gas pressure is routed from the Nitrogen pilot cylinder to
the pressure regulator connected to the selector valve solenoids via piping or a manifold. The
control panel singles which solenoid to open, directing the Nitrogen pressure to and opening
the corresponding selector valve. Use one 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder per back-plate
manifold to provide pressure to open the selector valves. For information on standard or ATEX
approved supervisory pressure switch, see Section 2.1.10.

Pressurized (charged) cylinders are extremely hazardous and, if not handled

properly, are capable of violent discharge. This could result in death, personal
injury or property damage. Always handle charged cylinders according to the
instructions in this manual and applicable federal codes.
108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinders are factory-equipped with a safety cap
threaded securely over the control head connection port and a plastic cap for
WARNING the outlet port. These devices are safety feature and provides protection during
shipping and handling. The safety cap must be installed at all times, except
when the cylinder is connected into the system piping or is being filled. Do not
move or handle a cylinder unless the safety cap is installed. Ensure that the
safety cap is retained in a safe place close to the installed cylinder.

Table 2. Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and

OUTLET PORT SAFETY OUTLET Adapter Specifications
1/8 in. NPT FEMALE
ATTACH
ADAPTER HERE
Description Standard Metric
SUPERVISORY
Cylinder
108 cu. in. 1770 cm3
PRESSURE SWITCH GAUGE
PORT 1-1/4 in.-18 NF-3 Capacity
FOR
CONTROL HEAD
2650 psig to
CONNECTION
Safety Outlet 183 bar to 207
3000 psig @
Burst Range bar @ 21°C
70°F
Nitrogen BB-n- Nitrogen BB-n-
Cylinder 411b, Grade A, 411b, Grade A,
Contents Type 1 1800 Type 1 124 bar
psig @ 70°F @ 21°C

Table 3. 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit

Order Information
16.0 in
(406 mm) Description Part Number
Factory Filled 108 cu. in. Nitrogen
85-877940-001
Pilot Cylinder
Empty 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot
85-877940-002
Cylinder

3.56 in.
(90 mm)

Figure 2. 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder

06-237873-001 9 January 2023

2.1.9 Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
P/N WK-877845-000
P/N WK-877845-000 is a steel mounting bracket used to secure the 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot
cylinder (see Figure 3). The bracket includes the clamp to secure the cylinder.

4x Ø 0.517

10.6

ISOMETRIC VIEW
CLAMP NOT SHOWN
1.5 SCALE 1:2

2.9 0.75
4.4

Figure 3. Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder

January 2023 10 06-237873-001

2.1.10 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch
P/N 85-111540-001 and 85-111540-100
Note: See Table 4 for approvals.
The Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch is intended to detect a drop in pressure
in the Kidde Fire Systems Nitrogen pilot cylinders (see Figure 2-49).
Note: The Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch differentiator is a blue colored
band on both the box and switch (see Table 5).
The Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch can be wired for either normally-open
(N.O.) or normally-closed (N.C.) operation, depending on installation requirements and those
of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). When wired for N.O. under pressure, if the pressure
inside the cylinder drops below 1625 psig (112.0 bar gauge), the switch contacts will transfer
and, if wired correctly, invoke a “supervisory” signal at the control panel.
Note: When the Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch (P/N 85-111540-001
or P/N 85-111540-100) is connected to a supervised control panel circuit, and the
switch is wired N.C. under pressure, it is not possible to distinguish between a wir-
ing fault and a loss of cylinder pressure. This configuration should only be used if
accepted by the AHJ.

1-3/16 in.
(30 mm)

FACTORY SEALED
LEAD WIRES 36 in. LONG ± 1 in.

1/2 in. -14 NPT (ALUMINUM)

CAUTION LABEL

4-1/8 in. NAMEPLATE LABEL

(105 mm)
BLUE BAND

O-RING 21/64 in. x 3/32 in.

01/4 in. SAE 45° FLARE

WITH VALVE CORE
FEMALE W/VALVE DEFLECTOR

Figure 4. Supervisory Pressure Switch, Female Fitting, (P/N 85-111540-001 shown)

Table 4. Approvals

Part Number Approvals

85-111540-001 UL, FM

85-111540-100 UL, FM, ATEX

Note: Nitrogen pilot cylinder valves manufactures prior to November 2020 do not include the
necessary port for this driver supervisory pressure switch.

06-237873-001 11 January 2023

2.1.10.1 Supervisory Pressure Switch Differentiation
Kidde Fire Systems offers supervisory pressure switches for multiple products and product
lines. When ordering and installing supervisory pressure switches, please select the
appropriate switch. The switches have a colored band to help differentiate them.
Note: Due to the various differences in screen displays and printers, the colors displayed here
may not perfectly match the colors on the actual products.
Table 5. Supervisory Pressure Switch Specifications

Band Pressure
Switch Part Numbers Compatible with
Color Trip Setting

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders

85-111540-001 1540 psig ADS™ Systems
Blue
85-111540-100 (ATEX) (106.2 bar) Nitrogen Drivers
Nitrogen Siren Drivers

06-118262-001 305 psig ECS™ 360 psi Agent

Silver
06-118537-001 (ATEX) (21.0 bar) Cylinders

45-118500-001 435 psig ECS-500™ psi Agent

Orange
45-500537-001 (ATEX) (30.0 bar) Cylinders

Carbon Dioxide Pilot

Cylinders and Siren
81-111350-001 1350 psig
Red Drivers
81-111350-100 (ATEX) (93.1 bar)
(High and Low
Pressure systems)

January 2023 12 06-237873-001

2.2 Lockout Valves
P/N: See Table 6
A lockout valve is a manually operated valve installed between the agent manifold and the
discharge pipe to the protected area. Lockout valves are normally open, but can be locked in
the closed position when maintenance is under way. This prevents agent from discharging into
the protected area for the safety of the maintenance personnel. The lockout valve shall be
installed at the end of the agent manifold or, if a common manifold protects multiple hazards,
downstream of each selector valve.
Lockout valve assemblies include a high visibility indicator and weatherproof limit switch. The
limit switch shall initiate a “Trouble” signal at the control panel when the valve is in the closed
position. All valves have a maximum pressure rating of 70 bar (1015 PSI). When using lockout
valves, also install a pressure relief valve wherever pressure could be trapped in closed
sections of pipe.
The lockout valves are available in sizes 1, 1 1/2, 2, 3, and 4 inches. Lockout valve sizes 1, 1
1/2, and 2 in. have NPT threaded inlet and outlet ports for connection to the distribution piping.
Lockout valve sizes 3 and 4 in. use grooved fitting to connect to the system piping. When
installing, choose the correct mating fittings to match with the groove fitting of the lockout
valves.
Table 6. Selector Valve Part Numbers

Part Number Description

NEMA 4 Rated Lockout Valves

85-100210-101 1 in. Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 4 Rated Switch
85-150210-151 1 1/2 in. Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 4 Rated Switch
85-200210-201 2 in. Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 4 Rated Switch
85-300210-301 3 in. Lockout Valve, Grooved, NEMA 4 Rated Switch
85-400210-401 4 in. Lockout Valve, Grooved, NEMA 4 Rated Switch
NEMA 7 Rated Lockout Valves
85-100120-101 1 in. Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 7 Rated Switch
85-150120-151 1 1/2 in. Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 7 Rated Switch
85-200120-201 2 in. Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 7 Rated Switch
85-300120-301 3 in. Lockout Valve, Grooved, NEMA 7 Rated Switch
85-400120-401 4 in. Lockout Valve, Grooved, NEMA 7 Rated Switch

06-237873-001 13 January 2023

 A

B
B

1 in. Lockout Valve, NEMA 4, P/N: 85-100210-101 4 in. Lockout Valve, NEMA 4, P/N: 85-400210-401

Figure 5. 1 and 4 inch Lockout Valve, NEMA 4

Table 7. NEMA 4 Lockout Valve Specifications

Dimensions
Thread
Part Number Size A B Pressure Rating
Type
inches mm inches mm

85-100210-101 1 in. NPT 9 230 7 7/8 200 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-150210-151 1.5 in. NPT 10 255 8 15/16 227 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-200210-201 2 in. NPT 10 255 9 5/8 244 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-300210-301 3 in. Grooved 17 430 12 3/8 314 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-400210-401 4 in. Grooved 21 1/2 545 13 13/16 351 1015 PSI (70 Bar)

January 2023 14 06-237873-001

 A

B
B

1 in. Lockout Valve, NEMA 7, P/N: 85-100120-101 4 in. Lockout Valve, NEMA 7, P/N: 85-400120-401

Figure 6. 1 and 4 inch Lockout Valve, NEMA 7

Table 8. NEMA 7 Lockout Valve Specifications

Dimensions
Thread
Part Number Size A B Pressure Rating
Type
inches mm inches mm

85-100120-101 1 in. NPT 10 1/3 256.5 11 1/16 280.7 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-150120-151 1.5 in. NPT 11 282 12 1/8 308.2 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-200120-201 2 in. NPT 11 282 12 13/16 325.2 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-300120-301 3 in. Grooved 17 430 15 9/16 395.2 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-400120-401 4 in. Grooved 21 1/2 545 17 432.2 1015 PSI (70 Bar)

06-237873-001 15 January 2023

 Figure 7. Lockout Valve Clearance Requirements

Table 9. NEMA 4 Lockout Valve Clearance Requirements

Dimensions

Part Number Size A B C

mm inches mm inches mm inches

85-100210-101 1 in. 161.5 6 11/32 253.5 10 161.5 6 11/32

85-150210-151 1.5 in. 187 6 3/8 293.75 11 9/16 187 6 3/8
85-200210-201 2 in. 187 6 3/8 293.75 11 9/16 187 6 3/8
85-300210-301 3 in. 310 12 7/32 487 19 3/16 310 12 7/32
85-400210-401 4 in. 400 15 3/4 628.5 24 3/4 400 15 3/4

Table 10. NEMA 7 Lockout Valve Clearance Requirements

Dimensions

Part Number Size A B C

mm inches mm inches mm inches

85-100120-101 1 in. 161.5 6 11/32 253.5 10 161.5 6 11/32

85-150120-151 1.5 in. 187 6 3/8 293.75 11 9/16 187 6 3/8
85-200120-201 2 in. 187 6 3/8 293.75 11 9/16 187 6 3/8
85-300120-301 3 in. 310 12 7/32 487 19 3/16 310 12 7/32
85-400120-401 4 in. 400 15 3/4 628.5 24 3/4 400 15 3/4

January 2023 16 06-237873-001

3 DESIGN CONSIDERATION

3.1 Selector Valves

Standard EN12094-5 requires that selector valves be opened within a maximum time span of
3 seconds. Use the following rules for designing all selector valve systems:
• 3-Way and 2-Way selector valves must not be mixed in a system. A system may use only
2-way or 3-way selector valves, not both.
• Always confirm the duration for which the solenoid valve will be kept energized by the con-
trol panel. The solenoid must be energized for the full discharge time.

3.2 Back-Plate Manifold with NEMA 4 Rated Solenoids

Note: Use only with NEMA 4 rated solenoids. Not to be used with selector valves P/N: 85-
100724-025, 85-150724-040, 85-200724-050, 85-300724-080 or 85-400724-100.
The NEMA 4 rated solenoid valves with manual override used for controlling the opening of the
selector valves are supplied as part of a back-plate manifold. This back-plate manifold holds
the required numbers of solenoid valves. The back-plate manifold receives pressure from a
Nitrogen pilot cylinder in the case of clean agent systems or from the manifold for inert gas
systems. A pressure regulator reduces the supplied pressure to approx. 8 bar. Use one 108 cu.
in. cylinders per back-plate manifold to provide pressure to open the selector valves.
Note: The solenoid on the back-plate manifold leading to the hazard being protected by the
discharge must be continuously powered during the system discharge.

(200 mm)
7.9 in.
(95 mm)
3.7 in.
(23 mm)

(45 mm)
0.9 in.

1.8 in.

5.9 in. 12.0 in. 3.9 in.

(150 mm) (305 mm) (100 mm)
7.9 in.
(200 mm)
10.6 in. 12.0 in.
(270 mm) (305 mm)

Figure 8. Back-Plate Manifold Dimensions (2 Area Manifold shown)

Note: For larger Back-Plate Manifolds, the distance between each solenoid is still 12.0 in.
(305 mm).

3.3 Lockout Valve Clearance

Ensure that ample space is given to the arm of the lockout valve. There must be space to
position the lever in both the open and closed positions. For dimension, see Table 9 and
Table 10.

06-237873-001 17 January 2023

4 INSTALL

4.1 2- Way Selector Valves

Note: Valves can be installed horizontally or vertically.
Kidde Fire Systems recommends installing union fittings before and after the valves to
facilitate future service work.

4.1.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves

Install the 1, 1 1/2, and 2 in. selector valves by following the steps listed below:
1. Inspect the valves to verify the threads are not damaged.
2. Inspect the visible surface of the ball valves to ensure no debris is present.
3. Apply Teflon™ tape or pipe sealant to the piping male threads.

Do not drip sealant into the internal part of the valve.

CAUTION

4. Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers prior to installing the valves.
5. Install the valve.
6. Once the installation is finished, perform the necessary system pressure test ensuring the
valve is tested in all states.

4.1.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves

Install the 3 and 4 in. Selector valves by following the steps listed below:
1. Inspect the gaskets and valve assemblies for damage.
2. Inspect the visible surface of the ball valves to ensure no debris is present.
3. Add grooves to the corresponding section of pipe that connects to the selector valve.
4. Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers prior to installing the valves.
5. Connect the pipe to the selector valve using the appropriate Victolic coupling.
6. Tighten the nuts on the clamp until secure.
7. Once the installation is finished, perform the necessary system pressure test ensuring the
valve is tested in all states.

4.2 Selector Valves with NEMA 7 Rated Solenoids

Selector Valves with NEMA 7 rated solenoids cannot be used with the Back-Plate
manifold.

For US and Canada explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
WARNING inches from the end of the component.

January 2023 18 06-237873-001

4.3 Installing the Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Supervisory Pressure
Switch
Note: Supervision of electric control heads is a requirement of NFPA 2001

The placement supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring the proper
interlock of the actuator plunger to the pilot check assembly. Make sure the
WARNING control head is properly seated.
Follow these steps to install a Nitrogen pilot cylinder:
1. Install mounting bracket clamps and hardware as instructed in the corresponding manual.
2. Install the Nitrogen pilot cylinder in the mounting bracket, ensuring the gauge is forward
facing.
Note: If the discharge port is too close to a wall or obstruction, install the Nitrogen pilot cyl-
inder bracket using a spacer such as a Unistrut channel setup as shown in Figure 9. One
section of Unistrut may not create enough space. Ensure the spacer is structurally
sound and can support the weight of the components.

Spacer

Bracket

Nitrogen Pilot
Cylinder

Figure 9. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Bracket and Spacer

3. Install the CHM over the cylinder valve actuation port as shown in Figure 10 and Figure 11.
Important: Make sure the safety burst disc outlet port lines up and sits in the slot on
the underside of the CHM (see Figure 11). The body of the CHM should
be opposite the supervisory pressure switch.

06-237873-001 19 January 2023

 SLOT FOR
SAFETY BURST
DISC OUTLET

SAFETY BURST DISC

OUTLET PORT

Figure 10. Installation Side View Figure 11. Installation Isometric View

Control Head Monitor

Supervisory Pressure Switch

Safety Burst Disc Outlet Port
N2 Pilot Cylinder

Figure 12. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Side View

Slot for Safety Burst Disc Outlet

(on Underside of Control Head Monitor)
Supervisory Pressure Switch

Control Head Monitor

N2 Pilot Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Outlet Port

Figure 13. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Top View, no Control Head Shown

January 2023 20 06-237873-001

 Ensure the control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in
the fully retracted and the arrow on the front is pointing to the SET position)
before attaching the control head to the cylinder valve. Also, ensure the
WARNING safety pin is installed and secured with a listed tamper seal. If the control
head is not in the SET position, the cylinder will discharge.

4. Attach the control head to the Nitrogen pilot cylinder valve body by hand threading the
swivel nut onto the mating threads of the valve. Hand thread the swivel until it stops.
Note: The lever on the control head used for manual operation must be positioned so it is
readily accessible.
5. Using the two available flats of the valve body, hold the valve body while using a wrench
on the flats of the swivel nut to secure the control head. Tighten the control head swivel
nut until the nut is tight and the control head body does not swivel further. Tighten the
swivel nut to 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.

The placement supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring the proper
interlock of the actuator plunger to the pilot check assembly. Make sure the
WARNING control head is properly seated.
Note: The CHM body should not be held down tight by the swivel nut of the control head.
Some play or movement of the CHM body is acceptable, and the CHM should not touch
the supervisory pressure switch or the gauge.
6. Attach outlet adapter, connect the Nitrogen pilot lines, wire all components, and perform
necessary testing as instructed in the corresponding manual.

4.3.1 Wiring the Control Head Monitor

EOL Resistor After Last

Device

White
Blue Control
Head
White
Monitor
Blue

Control
Panel Open when in
activated
position

Figure 14. Control Head Monitor Wiring

Use the wiring diagram found in Figure 14 when wiring the CHM.

For US and Canada explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
WARNING inches from the end of the component.

06-237873-001 21 January 2023

4.4 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Pressure Regulator
The pressure from a 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder must be reduced before being used to
operate a selector valve. The pressure regulator is included with the back-plate manifold. For
NEMA 7 solenoids, the pressure regulator must be purchased separately.
Note: Use the 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder to provide pressure to open the selector
valves. Use one 108 cu. in. pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold.

1/4” BSPP Male x 1/8” NPT Male

Straight Adapter

108 or 1040 cu. in.

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder

Back-Plate Manifold Hose

P/N 01-3273-1200

Pressure Regulator
included on Back-Plate
Manifold
Note: Image not to scale.

Figure 15. Connecting Nitrogen Pilot to Pressure Regulator

1. Secure the Pilot Cylinder per the installation instructions outlined in this addendum, in the
corresponding manual listed in Table 1, and in the addendum 06-237750-001.
2. Apply a stripe of an anaerobic liquid pipe sealant around the male threads leaving the first
two threads uncovered. If no liquid sealant is available, wrap Teflon tape (or equivalent) 2-
1/2 turns in a clockwise direction, viewed from the pipe end, leaving the first two threads
uncovered (only use tape suitable for gas applications).
3. Thread the 1/8 in. NPT end of the BSPP to NPT adapter into the Nitrogen Pilot cylinder.
Wrench tight.
4. Connect the Back-Plate Manifold hose to the BSPP end of the adapter.
5. Install all necessary control heads and control head monitors to the pilot cylinder as out-
lined in this addendum, in the corresponding manual listed in Table 1, and in the addendum
06-237750-001.

January 2023 22 06-237873-001

4.5 Connecting Pressure Regulator to NEMA 7 Selector Valve
Follow these steps to connect the pressure regulator to the NEMA 7 selector valve:
1. Place the rubber bonded steel washer onto the outlet of the pressure regulator.
Note: The rubber bonded steel washer may only be installed once. It cannot be reused after
it has been removed. If the bonded steel washer is ever removed, it must be replaced
with a new washer.
This does not mean the washer must be replaced after a discharge, only that the washer
must not be re-installed if the adapter or washer is removed after installation.

Pressure Regulator

Washer

1/4” BSPP Female x NPT Male

Straight Adapter

Figure 16: Pressure Regulator Outlet Washer and Adapter

2. Screw the 1/4” BSPP female end of the 1/4” BSPP female x NPT male straight adapter onto
the outlet of the pressure regulator with a minimum torque of 25 ft-lbs.
3. Use either WK-264986-000 or WK-264987-000 to connect the adapter to the NEMA 7 so-
lenoid.

06-237873-001 23 January 2023

4.6 Lockout Valves
Note: Lockout valves are required when the agent concentration is at or above the LOAEL.
The lockout valve with limit switch must be installed in the discharge pipe network, down-
stream of all cylinders, check valves, and selector valves. All valves must be easily accessible.
Lockout valves can be installed in either the vertical or horizontal position using good pipe fit-
ting practices.
Inspect the valve to ensure no dirt or debris is inside the valve, ensuring to check the valve in
the open and closed position. Place two to three wraps of Teflon tape on male threads of pipe.
A union is recommended before and after the valve to facilitate future service work. The valve
should be locked in the “open” position using a padlock. All valves must be electrically
supervised.
Figure 17 shows the lockout valve wiring diagram when the ball valve is in the fully open
position.

RED
NC 1

CLOSED
BLACK
C 2
GREEN
NO 3
YELLOW
NC 4

OPEN
WHITE
C 5
BLUE
NO 6
7

EXT
8

GROUND

Figure 17. NEMA 4 Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position

C BLACK
1
SWITCH 2 SWITCH 1

NC NO WHITE
2
RED
3
C BLACK
4
NC NO WHITE
5
RED
6
7
SOL

GROUND

Figure 18. NEMA 7 Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position

4.7 System Pressure Test

Per NFPA 2001, 2022 Edition, the piping system must be pressure tested in a closed circuit
using nitrogen or other dry gas. Ensure all sections of pipe are tested, including those separat-
ed by Selector or Directional valves. Ensure all Selector or Directional valves are tested in all
applicable states. For more details on the system pressure test, consult the corresponding
manual listed in Table 1.
Note: A calibrated gauge must be used when monitoring the pressure during the test.

January 2023 24 06-237873-001

5 OPERATION

5.1 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves with NEMA 4

Solenoids
Manual control of selector valves is not part of normal system actuation and should only be
used in an emergency. Ensure the hazard area is evacuated and emergency services are being
called:
1. Proceed to appropriate back-plate manifold for the selector valve corresponding to the haz-
ard.
2. Pull the safety pin out from the override button on the solenoid.
3. Push the button down and turn it 90° clockwise to lock the solenoid in the open state.
4. If necessary, use the manual leveler operated control head on the Nitrogen pilot cylinder
to discharge the pilot cylinder, providing pressure to operate the selector valve.
5. Proceed to appropriate primary cylinder release unit or control head for the hazard.
6. Remove the safety pull pin from the cylinder release unit or control head. This will also
break the tamper seal.
7. Operate the manual release knob or lever in the direction indicated on the unit.
Note: Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.

5.2 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves with NEMA 7

Solenoids
Manual control of selector valves is not part of normal system actuation and should only be
used in an emergency. Ensure the hazard area is evacuated and emergency services are being
called:
1. Proceed to appropriate selector valve for the hazard.
2. Push the manual override button down and turn it 90° clockwise to lock the solenoid in the
open state.
3. If necessary, use the manual leveler operated control head on the Nitrogen pilot cyilnder
to discharge the pilot cylinder, providing pressure to operate the selector valve.
4. Proceed to appropriate primary cylinder release unit or control head for the hazard.
5. Remove the safety pull pin from the cylinder release unit or control head. This will also
break the tamper seal.
6. Operate the manual release knob or lever in the direction indicated on the unit.
Note: Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.

06-237873-001 25 January 2023

5.3 Lockout Valves
If applicable, it is recommended to lock-out the clean agent system when performing
maintenance on the system or there is need to perform work that could cause false alarms and
a discharge. Use the following steps to lockout the system:
1. Unlock the valve and place it in the Closed position.
2. Lock the valve. Locations for the lock are shown in Figure 19.

Open Position

Hole for Lock

Closed Position

Figure 19. Lock Locations (Limit Switch not shown)

3. Verify that a Trouble indicator appears on the control unit.
4. When maintenance or test is complete, unlock the valve and place it in the Open position.
5. Lock the valve.
6. Verify the Trouble indicator is clear on the control unit.

January 2023 26 06-237873-001

6 MAINTENANCE
All standard maintenance must be performed as outlined in the manual listed in Table 1. In
addition, maintenance on the selector and lockout valves must be performed as part of the
standard semi-annual and 2 year maintenance procedures.

6.1 Semi-Annual Inspection

6.1.1 Actuator Test on 2-Way Selector Valve

1. Operate the valve using pilot Nitrogen pressure.
2. Replace/Refill the Nitrogen pilot cylinder.
Should for any reason the unit fail to operate as intended or should there be any doubt about
the opening/closing of the valve, contact Kidde Fire Systems.
Never attempt to modify the actuator assembly (i.e. never open the actuator).
Note: In addition to the actuator test, a pressure test of the system should be conducted ev-
ery two years. This test should include check all lockout and selector valves in all appli-
cable states.

6.1.2 System Lockout Valve (if Fitted)

The ball valve should be manually operated and the operation of the micro-switch (if fitted)
observed.
1. Signal to be initiated on control panel.
2. Replace the micro-switch if found to be defective.

6.2 Inspection Procedures - 2 Years

Once every two years, perform a system pressure test on the piping to ensure that no new leak
paths have developed. Ensure all sections of pipe are tested, including those separated by
Selector or Directional valves. Ensure all Selector or Directional valves are tested in all
applicable states.

06-237873-001 27 January 2023

6.3 Service: Replacing NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly
If the solenoid or actuation assembly becomes damaged on a NEMA 7 selector valve, it can be
replaced with a new actuation assembly. Follow the steps below when replacing the actuation
assembly.

Figure 20. NEMA 7 Actuator Assembly Installation

1. Remove the pressure and electrical connections to the actuation assembly.
2. Remove the 4 hex nuts and washers holding the actuator assembly to the valve.
3. Remove the old actuator assembly.
4. Install the new actuator assembly, making sure the spigot fits in the alignment hole. This
prevents installing the actuation assembly in an incorrect orientation.
5. Place the washer on the mounting post, then screw on the nut to the torque specified in
Table 11. Repeat for the other 3 washers and nuts.
Table 11. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly Hex Bolt Torque Specification

Part Number Hex Bolt Torque Specification

85-100724-100 70 in-lbs
85-150724-150 170 in-lbs
85-200724-200 170 in-lbs
85-300724-300 340 in-lbs
85-400724-400 340 in-lbs

6. Reconnect the pressure and electrical connections on the replacement actuator assembly.

January 2023 28 06-237873-001

7 POST DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE
All standard post discharge maintenance must be performed as outlined in the manual listed
in Table 1. Additionally, all solenoids must be returned to their normal operating state.

7.1 Resetting Selector Valves after Operation

Note: Manual control of selector valves is not part of normal system actuation and should only
be used in an emergency. After such an emergency, the selector valves and associated
solenoid must be returned to the normal active state.
For NEMA 4 solenoids, turn the manual override 90° counter-clockwise, then re-insert the
safety pin.
For NEMA 7 solenoids, turn the button 90° clockwise, and let the button pop out.

8 PARTS LIST

Table 12. Selector Valve, Lockout Valve, and Associated Equipment Parts List

Description Part Number

2-Way Selector Valves, NEMA 4 Rated

1” Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid 85-100025-100
1 1/2” Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid 85-150025-150
2” Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid 85-200025-200
3” Selector valve, Grooved, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid 85-300025-300
4” Selector valve, Grooved, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid 85-400025-400
2-Way Selector Valves, NEMA 7 Rated
1” Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid 85-100724-100
1 1/2” Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid 85-150724-150
2” Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid 85-200724-200
3” Selector valve, Grooved, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid 85-300724-300
4” Selector valve, Grooved, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid 85-400724-400
2-Way Directional Valve Assemblies Accessories
Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 2 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar 01-3508-0002
Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 3 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar 01-3508-0003
Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 4 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar 01-3508-0004
Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 5 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar 01-3508-0005
Back-Plate Manifold Hose 01-3273-1200
1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter 85-025125-000
Pressure Regulator - 300 bar to 8 bar 01-6017-0000
1 in. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly 85-063724-100
1 1/2 in. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly 85-092724-150
2 in. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly 85-105724-200
3 in. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly 85-125724-300
4 in. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly 85-140724-400
Actuation Hose, 30 in 350 lb to 900 lb (159 kg to 408 kg) Cylinders WK-264986-000

Actuation Hose, 36 in 1100 lb (499 kg) Cylinders 85-264988-036

06-237873-001 29 January 2023

 Table 12. Selector Valve, Lockout Valve, and Associated Equipment Parts List (Continued)

Description Part Number

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders and Mounting Equipment

Factory Filled 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 85-877940-001

Empty 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 85-877940-002
1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver) Kit, Includes:
• Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders,
85-101040-101
P/N 85-111540-001
• 1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver), P/N: 85-101040-001
Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders 85-111540-001
ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders 85-111540-100
Mounting Bracket, 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder WK-877845-000
NEMA 4 Rated Lockout Valves
1” Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 4 Rated Switch 85-100210-101
1 1/2” Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 4 Rated Switch 85-150210-151
2” Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 4 Rated Switch 85-200210-201
3” Lockout Valve, Grooved, NEMA 4 Rated Switch 85-300210-301
4” Lockout Valve, Grooved, NEMA 4 Rated Switch 85-400210-401
NEMA 7 Rated Lockout Valves
1” Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 7 Rated Switch 85-100120-101
1 1/2” Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 7 Rated Switch 85-150120-151
2” Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 7 Rated Switch 85-200120-201
3” Lockout Valve, Grooved, NEMA 7 Rated Switch 85-300120-301
4” Lockout Valve, Grooved, NEMA 7 Rated Switch 85-400120-401

January 2023 30 06-237873-001

All trademarks are property of their respective owners.
Unistrut is a registered trademark of Atkore International Group.

This literature is provided for informational purposes only. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. believes this data to be accurate, but
it is published and presented without any guarantee or warranty whatsoever. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. assumes no re-
sponsibility for the product's suitability for a particular application. The fire suppression system design, installation,
maintenance, service and troubleshooting must be performed by trained, authorized Kidde Fire Systems distributors
400 Main Street for the product to work correctly. If you need more information on this product, or if you have a particular problem or
Ashland, MA 01721 question, contact KIDDE-FENWAL, INC., Ashland, MA 01721 USA. Telephone: (508) 881-2000.
Ph: 508.881.2000
Fax: 508.881.8920 06-237873-001 Rev. AA ©2023 Carrier. All Rights Reserved.
kiddefiresystems.com
06-237955-001
October 2023

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean

Agent Cylinder/Valve
Rebranding Kits
Addendum
for
Kidde Fire Systems
Industrial
ECS-500™
and
Fluoroketone
Clean Agent Systems

EXPORT INFORMATION (USA):

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
This document contains technical
data subject to the EAR.
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Component Description.......................................................................... 2
2.1 Cylinder/Valve ReBranding Kit ................................................................ 2
2.1.1 1-1/2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits .................................................. 3
2.1.2 2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits ........................................................ 4
2.1.3 3 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits ........................................................ 5
3 Design Consideration............................................................................. 5
4 Install ................................................................................................. 6
4.1 Rebranding a Cylinder /Valve Assembly
to Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent............................................... 6
4.1.1 Replacing the Valve’s Pressure Gauge ...................................................... 6
4.1.2 Replacing the Valve’s Cap Ring Label ....................................................... 7
4.1.3 Applying the Valve’s New Part Number Label ............................................ 9
4.1.4 Replacing the Cylinder Instruction and Branding Labels ............................ 10
5 Operation .......................................................................................... 11
6 Maintenance....................................................................................... 11
7 Post Discharge Maintenance ................................................................. 11
8 Parts List ........................................................................................... 11

06-237955-001 i October 2023

 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

October 2023 ii 06-237955-001

1 GENERAL
Use one of the Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits to convert a Kidde Fire Systems 3M™
Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid agent cylinder to a cylinder capable of holding Kidde Fire
Systems Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent. These kits include all necessary components
to replace the Pressure Gauge, Valve Cap Ring, Branding Label, and Instruction Label plus the
components to rebuild the valve, ensuring the cylinder is properly marked for Fluoro-K™ Fire
Suppression Clean Agent storage and ready to be refilled.

Kidde Fire Systems requires that only Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
supplied by Kidde Fire Systems shall be used when refilling cylinders labeled for
WARNING
use with Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent.

This addendum applies to the following Kidde Fire Systems industrial fire suppression systems:
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System use with Fluoroketone Fire Suppression
Agents
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System use with Fluoroketone Fire Suppression
Agents
This addendum applies to the manuals listed in Table 1. For other system details, see the
associated manuals listed in Table 1.

Table 1. Kidde Fire Systems Manual Listing

Manual Title Part Number Rev

Industrial Manuals

Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System Design, Installation, Operation, 06-237585-001 AD
and Maintenance Manual

Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System for use with Fluoroketone Fire 06-237256-001 AB
Suppression Agents Design, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual

Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ 360 PSI Fire Suppression System for use with Fluoroketone Fire 06-236553-001 BB
Suppression Agents Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual

06-237955-001 1 October 2023

2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
2.1 Cylinder/Valve ReBranding Kit
There are several Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits available, covering the various valve sizes,
pressure gauge ratings, and safety burst disc location combinations offered by Kidde Fire Sys-
tems. Each kit contains all the necessary components to rebuild the valve, replace the safety
burst disc, and rebrand the cylinder/valve assembly for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Agent.
During the rebranding process, the valve must be rebuilt and the safety burst disc must be
replaced. The available kits are as follows:
Table 2. ReBranding Kit Part Numbers

Part Number Description

ECS-500

45-144500-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS-500 Agent Cylinders with 1.5 in. Valves
45-154500-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS-500 Agent Cylinders with 2 in. Valves
45-174500-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS-500 Agent Cylinders with 3 in. Valves

ECS 360 and ADS

45-144360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 Agent Cylinders with 1.5 in. Valves
45-154360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 2 in. Valves built after April 2014
where the safety burst disc is located on the cylinder shoulder.
45-154361-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 2 in. Valves built before May 2014
where the safety burst disc is on the valve itself.
45-174360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 3 in. Valves

October 2023 2 06-237955-001

2.1.1 1-1/2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits
P/N: 45-144500-901 or 45-144360-901
Use the 1-1/2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit to rebuild and rebrand the 1-1/2 in. Cylinder
and Valve assembly. During the rebranding process, the valve must be rebuilt and the safety
burst disc must also be replaced. The rebranding kit includes the following:
Table 3. 1-1/2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit Contents

Description Part Number

1-1/2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit includes:

• O-ring, Packing Qpl
• O-ring, Packing 1-7/8
• O-ring, Packing 2-1/8
• O-ring, Packing 1-5/16 Qpl
• Retainer, Backup
• Washer, Safety Disc
• Retainer, Safety Disc
• Disc, Safety
• FK-5-1-12 Valve Ring Label
45-144XX0-901
• Screw, Drive Rd Hd #2 X.125 Ss
• Gauge, Pressure (FK-5-1-12, 360 Psi) or (FK-5-1-12, 500 Psi)
• Valve Part Number Label Sheet
• Brand Label
• Fluoro-K Agent Instruction Label
• Install Instructions
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool

06-237955-001 3 October 2023

2.1.2 2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits
P/N: 45-154500-901, 45-154360-901, and 45-154361-901
There are 3 Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits to choose from when rebranding the 2 in. valve.
• Use kit P/N: 45-154500-901 for all ECS-500 2 in. valve.
• Use kit P/N: 45-154360-901 for ECS 360 and ADS 2 in. valves manufactured after April
2014 where the safety burst disc is found on the shoulder of the cylinder.
• Use kit P/N: 45-154361-901 for ECS 360 and ADS 2 in. valves manufactured before May
2014 where the safety burst disc is located on the valve.
Table 4. 2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit Contents for P/Ns: 45-154360-901 and 45-154500-901 where
the safety burst disc is found on the shoulder of the cylinder

Description Part Number

2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit includes:

• Piston Assembly
• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Burst Disc Assembly, Ø.563
• Fk-5-1-12 Valve Ring Label
• Screw - Drive Rd Hd #2 X.125 SS 45-154360-901
• Gauge, Pressure (FK-5-1-12, 360 Psi) or (FK-5-1-12, 500 Psi)
or
• Valve Part Number Label Sheet
• Brand Label 45-154500-901
• Fluoro-K Agent Instruction Label
• Install Instructions
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool

Table 5. 2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit Contents for P/N: 45-154361-901

where the safety burst disc is located on the valve

Description Part Number

2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit includes:

• Piston Assembly
• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Disc - Safety, 2.0 in. Valve
• Washer - Safety
• Retainer - Safety Disc
• Install Instructions for the Safety Burst Disc
• Fk-5-1-12 Valve Ring Label
• Screw - Drive Rd Hd #2 X.125 SS 45-154361-901
• Gauge, Pressure (FK-5-1-12, 360 Psi)
• Valve Part Number Label Sheet
• Brand Label
• Fluoro-K Agent Instruction Label
• Install Instructions
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool

October 2023 4 06-237955-001

2.1.3 3 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits
P/N: 45-174500-901 or 45-174360-901
Use the 3 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit to rebrand all 3 in. agent cylinders. This kit includes
a Safety Disc Assembly for cylinders with 3 in. valves.
Table 6. 3” Valve Maintenance Kit Contents

Description Part Number

3 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit includes:

• Burst Disc Assembly
• Pilot Check
• Disc - Perforated
• Ring - Retain .500-.548
• Spring
• Retainer - Pkg Backup
• O-ring, Inner Piston
• O-Ring, Cap
• O-Ring, Piston
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston
• O-Ring, Seat
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck 45-174XX0-901
• Disc - Valve
• Fk-5-1-12 Valve Ring Label
• Screw - Drive Rd Hd #2 X.125 Ss
• Gauge, Pressure (FK-5-1-12, 360 Psi) or (FK-5-1-12, 500 Psi)
• Valve Part Number Label Sheet
• Brand Label
• Fluoro-K Agent Instruction Label
• Install Instructions
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool

3 DESIGN CONSIDERATION
There are 2 important considerations to take into account when switching to Fluoro-K™ Fire
Suppression Clean Agent.
• Verify the MDC for the hazard. This may differ from the original 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Pro-
tection Fluid MDC. For more information, see the manual listed in Table 1.
• Rerun any flow calculations of the system when changing agent to Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppres-
sion Clean Agent. Ensure that if the quantity of agent is increased, the cylinders are adjust-
ed accordingly.
Note: If applicable, the new weights will be needed when stamping the ring label.
When finished, it may be necessary to resubmit any system certifications based on
requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

06-237955-001 5 October 2023

4 INSTALL
Installation of the cylinders does not differ from the steps in the manuals listed in Table 1.

4.1 Rebranding a Cylinder /Valve Assembly to Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression

Clean Agent
Note: Check the hydrostatic testing requirements for the cylinder outline in the manual listed
in Table 1. If hydrostatic testing is to be done on the cylinder, rebrand after the testing.

Only rebrand empty 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid agent cylinders. Do not
attempt to rebrand a filled cylinder as this may lead to accidental discharge
WARNING resulting in injury or death.

Rebranding a cylinder/valve assembly to be able to hold Fluoro-K clean agent requires four
changes:
• Section 4.1.1, Replacing the Valve’s Pressure Gauge
• Section 4.1.2, Replacing the Valve’s Cap Ring Label
• Section 4.1.3, Applying the Valve’s New Part Number Label
• Section 4.1.4, Replacing the Cylinder Instruction and Branding Labels
After the cylinder/valve assembly has been rebranded, it can be rebuilt and filled with
Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent.

4.1.1 Replacing the Valve’s Pressure Gauge

The Pressure Gauge is located on the front of the valve and lists the agent used to fill the
cylinder. As such, the Pressure Gauge must be replaced when rebranding a cylinder/valve
assembly. Follow these steps when replacing a Pressure Gauge:

Do not replace the Pressure Gauge on a filled cylinder. This may lead to accidental
WARNING discharge resulting in injury or death.

1. Ensure the cylinder is empty and de-pressurized.

2. Remove the old Pressure Gauge. There are wrench flats behind the gauge if needed.
3. Apply thread tape clockwise around the male threads of the new Pressure Gauge, excluding
the first two threads.
4. Install the new Pressure Gauge. Tighten until hand tight. After hand tight, turn the gauge
further until the gauge is oriented with the green band facing up, so it is closest to the Pro-
tection Cap at the top of the valve. This should orient the valve so that it is legible when
facing the cylinder/valve assembly. See Figure 1.
This Green Band should face up,
pointing to the top of the valve to
ensure the gauge is legible.

Figure 1. Pressure Gauge Installation (500 PSI Gauge Example Shown)

October 2023 6 06-237955-001

4.1.2 Replacing the Valve’s Cap Ring Label
The Cap Ring Label is located at the top of the valve cap and contains the fill information for
the cylinder. Follow these steps when replacing a Cap Ring Label:
1. Remove the Protection Cap from the top of the valve.
2. Remove the old Cap Ring Label by inserting a thin scraper (or flat blade) beneath the name
plate, by the first screw. (See Figure 2.)

Screw Tool goes under

Cap Ring Label

Figure 2. Scrapper Location

3. Lightly tap the end of the scraper with a hammer which should dislodge the screw.
4. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until all 3 screws holding the Cap Ring secure are removed.
5. Pull the old Cap Ring Label off the valve.

Figure 3. Removing Old Cap Ring Label

6. Using metal stamps or a dot peening machine, stamp or engrave the listed part number
and empty weight from the old Cap Ring Label onto the new Cap Ring Label.
7. Stamp or engrave the fill weight on the new Cap Ring Label.
8.
The fill weight may change when switching agent. Ensure to run the flow calculation
program and stamp the updated required fill weight. Failure to provide the correct
WARNING fill weight could lead to an incorrect filling, and issues during a discharge.

06-237955-001 7 October 2023

 9. Place the new Cap Ring Label on the valve, lining the holes on the Cap Ring Label with the
holes where the screws were removed in the previous steps. The new label should say FK-
5-1-12 instead of Novec.

Figure 4. New Cap Ring Label Installation

10. Insert a screw in one of the holes and hold it in place as needed.
11. Tap the screw down with a hammer. Minimal force is required to drive in the screw.
12. Repeat steps 8 and 9 for the other 2 screws.
13. Once finished, reinstall the Protection Cap.

October 2023 8 06-237955-001

4.1.3 Applying the Valve’s New Part Number Label
The valve has the old part number engraved on the body of the valve. To update this, the
Cylinder-Valve Rebranding kits include a set of new Valve Part Number labels to be placed over
the existing engraving.
Note: The new labels are made to be permanently applied and cannot be removed easily once
in place. Take care to ensure proper placement when installing the labels.
Please make sure to use the correct part number label that matches the valve. Follow these
steps to apply the new part number label.
1. Select the appropriate label based on the valve being rebranded. See Table 7.
Table 7. Part Number Label

Old Valve Part Suppression New Label to Use with

Number System Text

1.5 Inch Valve

45-140000-501 ECS-500 45-144000-501

45-140000-001 ECS 360 45-144000-001

2 Inch Valve

85-150000-550 ECS-500 85-154000-550

85-150000-500 ADS 85-154000-500
85-150000-510 ECS 360 85-154000-510
45-150000-001 ECS 360 45-154000-001

3 Inch Valve

85-170001-550 ECS-500 85-174001-550

85-170001-500 ADS 85-174001-500
85-170001-100 ECS 360 85-174001-100

2. Apply the label as shown in Figure 6.

Figure 5. Part Number Label Installation (2 in. Valve Pictured)

06-237955-001 9 October 2023

4.1.4 Replacing the Cylinder Instruction and Branding Labels
Note: If the cylinder includes a small agency label, do not remove the agency label. This label
must be applied at the factory and should not be touched during this process.
The Instruction Label contains information that is specific to the agent and must be replaced
when rebranding a cylinder. The Branding Label must be replaced if it says “3M™ Novec™ 1230
Fire Protection Fluid”. Follow these steps to replace the labels:
1. Peel or scrape the old label off the cylinder. Note, if the paint is scratched or damaged, have
the cylinder resurfaced and touched up with the same paint.
2. Install the new label as specified in the appropriate location. Ensure the center of the In-
struction label lines up with the valve’s pressure gauge. Line the left hand side of Brand
Label with the left hand side of the Instruction Label. See Figure 6 and Table 8.

A B
B
A
A

10, 20, 40, 70, and 125 lb 200, 350, and 450 lb 600, 900, and 1100 lb
Cylinder Example Cylinder Example Cylinder Example

Images are not to scale.

Figure 6. Label Locations

Table 8. Cylinder Label Locations

Install Instruction Branding Label

Cylinder
Location Location
Capacity Used in
Dimension A Dimension A
(lbs)
(inches) (inches)

Immediately Below Not applicable

10 ECS 360, ECS-500
Weld Seam
20 ECS 360, ECS-500 7.5 11.8
40 ECS 360, ECS-500 9.0 15.5
70 ECS 360, ECS-500 18.0 27.0
125 ECS 360, ECS-500 14.5 19.0
200 ECS 360, ADS, ECS-500 26.0 37.0
350 ECS 360, ADS, ECS-500 32.0 42.5
450 ADS, ECS-500 46.0 52.0
600 ECS 360, ADS, ECS-500 26.0 32.0
900 ECS 360, ADS, ECS-500 36.0 42.0
1100 ECS-500 28.0 34.0

The valve can now be rebuilt, the safety burst disc replaced and the cylinder refilled using
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent as outlined in the manual listed in Table 1.

October 2023 10 06-237955-001

5 OPERATION
Operation of the cylinders does not differ from the steps in the manuals listed in Table 1.

6 MAINTENANCE
Maintenance of the cylinders does not differ from the steps in the manuals listed in Table 1.

7 POST DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

Post discharge maintenance of the cylinders does not differ from the steps in the manuals listed
in Table 1.

8 PARTS LIST
Table 9. ReBranding Kit Part Numbers

Part Number Description

ECS-500

45-144500-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS-500 Agent Cylinders with 1.5 in. Valves
45-154500-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS-500 Agent Cylinders with 2 in. Valves
45-174500-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS-500 Agent Cylinders with 3 in. Valves

ECS 360 and ADS

45-144360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 Agent Cylinders with 1.5 in. Valves
45-154360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 2 in. Valves built after April 2014
where the safety burst disc is located on the cylinder shoulder.
45-154361-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 2 in. Valves built before May 2014
where the safety burst disc is on the valve itself.
45-174360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 3 in. Valves

06-237955-001 11 October 2023

 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

October 2023 12 06-237955-001

All trademarks are property of their respective owners.

This literature is provided for informational purposes only. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. believes this data to be accurate, but
it is published and presented without any guarantee or warranty whatsoever. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. assumes no re-
sponsibility for the product's suitability for a particular application. The fire suppression system design, installation,
maintenance, service and troubleshooting must be performed by trained, authorized Kidde Fire Systems distributors
400 Main Street for the product to work correctly. If you need more information on this product, or if you have a particular problem or
Ashland, MA 01721 question, contact KIDDE-FENWAL, INC., Ashland, MA 01721 USA. Telephone: (508) 881-2000.
Ph: 508.881.2000
Fax: 508.881.8920 06-237955-001 Rev. AA ©2023 Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
kiddefiresystems.com